Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Comm. on the Kāvyālaṃkāravṛtti
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Bhallaṭaśataka
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Meghadūta
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Sūryasiddhānta
Tantrākhyāyikā
Trikāṇḍaśeṣa
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Amaraughaśāsana
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Aṣṭāṅganighaṇṭu
Bhadrabāhucarita
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Bījanighaṇṭu
Devīkālottarāgama
Dhanvantarinighaṇṭu
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
Haṃsasaṃdeśa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Mahācīnatantra
Maṇimāhātmya
Mukundamālā
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Nighaṇṭuśeṣa
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Rasahṛdayatantra
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rasārṇava
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Agastīyaratnaparīkṣā
Bhramarāṣṭaka
Bhāvaprakāśa
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṃsadūta
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Kokilasaṃdeśa
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
Rasataraṅgiṇī
Rasikasaṃjīvanī
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Comm. on the Kāvyālaṃkāravṛtti
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 1, 3, 3, 8.0 preṇā tad eṣāṃ nihitaṃ guhāvir itīdam u ha guhādhyātmam imā devatā
ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 13.0 adaḥ su madhu madhunābhi yodhīr iti mithunaṃ vai madhu prajā madhu mithunenaiva tat prajām abhiyudhyati //
AĀ, 1, 3, 6, 8.0 preṇā tad eṣāṃ nihitaṃ guhāvir itīdam u ha guhādhyātmam imā devatā
ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 7.0 so
'sau lokaḥ so 'sāv ādityas tan manas tad bṛhat sa bharadvājas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 7.0 so 'sau lokaḥ so
'sāv ādityas tan manas tad bṛhat sa bharadvājas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 3, 7.0 auṣṇihīṃ tṛcāśītiṃ śaṃsaty
asau vai loko dyaur auṣṇihī tṛcāśītir yad evāmuṣmiṃlloke yaśo yan maho yan mithunaṃ yad annādyaṃ yāpacitiḥ yad devānāṃ daivaṃ tad aśnavai tad āpnavāni tad avaruṇadhai tan me 'sad iti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 3, 7.0 auṣṇihīṃ tṛcāśītiṃ śaṃsaty asau vai loko dyaur auṣṇihī tṛcāśītir yad
evāmuṣmiṃlloke yaśo yan maho yan mithunaṃ yad annādyaṃ yāpacitiḥ yad devānāṃ daivaṃ tad aśnavai tad āpnavāni tad avaruṇadhai tan me 'sad iti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 1, 8.0 bṛhaddha tasthau bhuvaneṣv antar ity
ada u eva bṛhad bhuvaneṣv antar asāv ādityaḥ //
AĀ, 2, 1, 1, 8.0 bṛhaddha tasthau bhuvaneṣv antar ity ada u eva bṛhad bhuvaneṣv antar
asāv ādityaḥ //
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 4.0 asāv eva dyaur uktham amutaḥpradānāddhīdaṃ sarvam uttiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiñca tasyāsāv ādityo 'rko 'nnam aśītayo 'nnena hīdaṃ sarvam aśnute //
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 4.0 asāv eva dyaur uktham amutaḥpradānāddhīdaṃ sarvam uttiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiñca
tasyāsāv ādityo 'rko 'nnam aśītayo 'nnena hīdaṃ sarvam aśnute //
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 15.0 samānam aśītayo 'dhyātmaṃ cādhidaivataṃ cānnam evānnena hīmāni sarvāṇi bhūtāni samanantī3ṃ annenemaṃ lokaṃ jayaty
annenāmuṃ tasmāt samānam aśītayo 'dhyātmaṃ cādhidaivataṃ cānnam eva //
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 17.0 yaddha kiñcedaṃ prertā3i tad
asau sarvam atti yad u kiñcātaḥ praitī3ṃ tad iyaṃ sarvam atti seyam ity ādyāttrī //
AĀ, 2, 1, 3, 4.0 hiraṇmayo ha vā
amuṣmiṃlloke sambhavati hiraṇmayaḥ sarvebhyo bhūtebhyo dadṛśe ya evaṃ veda //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 2.0 vāg agniś cakṣur
asāv ādityaś candramā mano diśaḥ śrotraṃ sa eṣa prahitāṃ saṃyogo 'dhyātmam imā devatā ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 2.0 vāg agniś cakṣur asāv ādityaś candramā mano diśaḥ śrotraṃ sa eṣa prahitāṃ saṃyogo 'dhyātmam imā devatā
ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 5.0 tat satyaṃ sad iti prāṇas tīty annaṃ yam ity
asāv ādityas tad etat trivṛt trivṛd iva vai cakṣuḥ śuklaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ kanīniketi //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 1.0 āpā3 ity āpa iti tad idam āpa evedaṃ vai mūlam
adas tūlam ayaṃ pitaite putrā yatra ha kva ca putrasya tat pitur yatra vā pitus tad vā putrasyety etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 14.0 amṛto ha vā
amuṣmiṃl loke sambhavaty amṛtaḥ sarvebhyo bhūtebhyo dadṛśe ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda //
AĀ, 2, 3, 3, 2.0 yaddha kiñcāśnute 'ty enaṃ manyate yady antarikṣalokam aśnute 'ty enaṃ manyate yady
amuṃ lokam aśnuvītāty evainaṃ manyeta //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 3.0 tad āhur yad anena
rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavatī3ṃ atha kena rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavatī3ṃ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 5.0 so 'yam ātmemam ātmānam
amuṣmā ātmane samprayacchaty asāv ātmāmum ātmānam imasmā ātmane samprayacchati tāv anyonyam abhisaṃbhavato 'nenāha rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavaty amuno rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 5.0 so 'yam ātmemam ātmānam amuṣmā ātmane samprayacchaty
asāv ātmāmum ātmānam imasmā ātmane samprayacchati tāv anyonyam abhisaṃbhavato 'nenāha rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavaty amuno rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 5.0 so 'yam ātmemam ātmānam amuṣmā ātmane samprayacchaty asāv
ātmāmum ātmānam imasmā ātmane samprayacchati tāv anyonyam abhisaṃbhavato 'nenāha rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavaty amuno rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 5.0 so 'yam ātmemam ātmānam amuṣmā ātmane samprayacchaty asāv ātmāmum ātmānam imasmā ātmane samprayacchati tāv anyonyam abhisaṃbhavato 'nenāha
rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavaty amuno rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 5.0 so 'yam ātmemam ātmānam amuṣmā ātmane samprayacchaty asāv ātmāmum ātmānam imasmā ātmane samprayacchati tāv anyonyam abhisaṃbhavato 'nenāha rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavaty
amuno rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavati //
AĀ, 5, 1, 5, 5.0 svar
amum iti yo 'sya priyaḥ syān na tu vakṣyantīm iti brūyāt //
AĀ, 5, 1, 6, 3.1 atra haike svādoḥ svādīyaḥ svādunā sṛjā sam
adaḥ su madhu madhunābhi yodhīr ity ātmana ete pade uddhṛtya pakṣapade pratyavadadhāty aśvāyanto maghavann indra vājino gām aśvaṃ rathyam indra saṃ kirety etayoś ca sthāna itare //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 2, 6.0 yad vāva sa tatra yathābhājanaṃ devatā
amum āvahāmum āvahety āvāhayati tad eva hotur hotṛtvam //
AB, 1, 2, 6.0 yad vāva sa tatra yathābhājanaṃ devatā amum
āvahāmum āvahety āvāhayati tad eva hotur hotṛtvam //
AB, 1, 7, 6.0 yat pathyāṃ yajati tasmād
asau pura udeti paścāstam eti pathyāṃ hy eṣo 'nusaṃcarati //
AB, 1, 7, 14.0 yad uttamām aditiṃ yajati tasmād
asāv imāṃ vṛṣṭyābhyunatty abhijighrati //
AB, 1, 11, 9.0 amuṣmin vā etena loke rādhnuvanti nāsminn ity āhur yat prāyaṇīyam iti prāyaṇīyam iti nirvapanti prāyaṇīyam iti caranti prayanty evāsmāl lokād yajamānā iti //
AB, 1, 11, 14.0 tad
yathaivāda iti ha smāha tejanyā ubhayato 'ntayor aprasraṃsāya barsau nahyaty evam evaitad yajñasyobhayato 'ntayor aprasraṃsāya barsau nahyati yad ādityaś caruḥ prāyaṇīyo bhavaty āditya udayanīyaḥ //
AB, 1, 13, 3.0 ayaṃ vāva loko bhadras tasmād
asāv eva lokaḥ śreyān svargam eva tallokaṃ yajamānaṃ gamayati //
AB, 1, 15, 6.0 agnim manthanti some rājany āgate tad
yathaivādo manuṣyarāja āgate 'nyasmin vārhaty ukṣāṇaṃ vā vehataṃ vā kṣadanta evam evāsmā etat kṣadante yad agnim manthanty agnir hi devānām paśuḥ //
AB, 1, 21, 16.0 yābhir
amum āvataṃ yābhir amum āvatam ity etāvato hātrāśvinau kāmān dadṛśatus tān evāsmiṃs tad dadhāti tair evainaṃ tat samardhayati //
AB, 1, 21, 16.0 yābhir amum āvataṃ yābhir
amum āvatam ity etāvato hātrāśvinau kāmān dadṛśatus tān evāsmiṃs tad dadhāti tair evainaṃ tat samardhayati //
AB, 1, 29, 12.0 yad
evādaḥ pūrvaṃ yattavat padam āha tad evaitena śāntyā śamayati //
AB, 1, 30, 11.0 īśvarau ha vā etau saṃyantau yajamānaṃ hiṃsitor yaś
cāsau pūrva uddhṛto bhavati yam u cainam aparam praṇayanti tad yat tisraś caikāṃ cānvāha saṃjānānāv evainau tat saṃgamayati pratiṣṭhāyām evainau tat pratiṣṭhāpayaty ātmanaś ca yajamānasya cāhiṃsāyai //
AB, 1, 30, 29.0 tā etāḥ saptadaśānvāha rūpasamṛddhā etadvai yajñasya samṛddhaṃ yad rūpasamṛddhaṃ yat karma kriyamāṇam ṛg abhivadati tāsāṃ triḥ prathamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ tā ekaviṃśatiḥ sampadyanta ekaviṃśo vai prajāpatir dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāv āditya ekaviṃśa uttamā pratiṣṭhā //
AB, 2, 1, 4.0 vajro vai yūpaḥ sa eṣa dviṣato vadha udyatas tiṣṭhati tasmāddhāpy etarhi yo dveṣṭi tasyāpriyam bhavaty
amuṣyāyaṃ yūpo 'muṣyāyaṃ yūpa iti dṛṣṭvā //
AB, 2, 1, 4.0 vajro vai yūpaḥ sa eṣa dviṣato vadha udyatas tiṣṭhati tasmāddhāpy etarhi yo dveṣṭi tasyāpriyam bhavaty amuṣyāyaṃ yūpo
'muṣyāyaṃ yūpa iti dṛṣṭvā //
AB, 2, 1, 12.0 yad eva pālāśāṃ sarveṣāṃ vā eṣa vanaspatīnāṃ yonir yat palāśas tasmāt palāśasyaiva palāśenācakṣate
'muṣya palāśam amuṣya palāśam iti //
AB, 2, 1, 12.0 yad eva pālāśāṃ sarveṣāṃ vā eṣa vanaspatīnāṃ yonir yat palāśas tasmāt palāśasyaiva palāśenācakṣate 'muṣya palāśam
amuṣya palāśam iti //
AB, 2, 11, 7.0 yad evainam
ada āprītaṃ santam paryagnikṛtam bahirvedi nayanti barhiṣadam evainaṃ tat kurvanti //
AB, 2, 20, 22.0 amūr yā upa sūrye yābhir vā sūryaḥ saheti tejaskāmo brahmavarcasakāmaḥ //
AB, 2, 25, 6.0 tasmāddhāpyetarhi bharatāḥ satvanāṃ vittim prayanti turīye haiva saṃgrahītāro vadante
'munaivānūkāśena yad ada indraḥ sārathir iva bhūtvodajayat //
AB, 2, 25, 6.0 tasmāddhāpyetarhi bharatāḥ satvanāṃ vittim prayanti turīye haiva saṃgrahītāro vadante 'munaivānūkāśena yad
ada indraḥ sārathir iva bhūtvodajayat //
AB, 2, 34, 1.0 agnir deveddha iti śaṃsaty
asau vā agnir deveddha etaṃ hi devā indhata etam eva tad etasmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 34, 4.0 hotā devavṛta iti śaṃsaty
asau vai hotā devavṛta eṣa hi sarvato devair vṛta etam eva tad etasmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 34, 7.0 rathīr adhvarāṇām iti śaṃsaty
asau vai rathīr adhvarāṇām eṣa hi yathaitac carati rathīr ivaitam eva tad etasmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 34, 10.0 ā devo devān vakṣad iti śaṃsaty
asau vai devo devān āvahaty etam eva tad etasmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 41, 4.0 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsaty
asau vai dīdāya yo 'sau tapaty etasmāddhi na kiṃcana pūrvam asty etam eva tat kalpayaty etam apyeti //
AB, 2, 41, 4.0 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsaty asau vai dīdāya yo
'sau tapaty etasmāddhi na kiṃcana pūrvam asty etam eva tat kalpayaty etam apyeti //
AB, 3, 5, 2.0 anuvaṣaṭkaroti tad
yathādo 'śvān vā gā vā punarabhyākāraṃ tarpayanty evam evaitad devatāḥ punarabhyākāraṃ tarpayanti yad anuvaṣaṭkaroti //
AB, 3, 6, 5.0 vauṣaᄆ iti vaṣaṭkaroty
asau vāva vāv ṛtavaḥ ṣaᄆ etam eva tad ṛtuṣv ādadhāty ṛtuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati yādṛg iva vai devebhyaḥ karoti tādṛg ivāsmai devāḥ kurvanti //
AB, 3, 22, 7.0 senā vā indrasya priyā jāyā vāvātā prāsahā nāma ko nāma prajāpatiḥ śvaśuras tad yāsya kāme senā jayet tasyā ardhāt tiṣṭhaṃs tṛṇam ubhayataḥ paricchidyetarāṃ senām abhy asyet prāsahe kas tvā paśyatīti tad
yathaivādaḥ snuṣā śvaśurāllajjamānā nilīyamānaity evam eva sā senā bhajyamānā nilīyamānaiti yatraivaṃ vidvāṃs tṛṇam ubhayataḥ paricchidyetarāṃ senāṃ abhy asyati prāsahe kas tvā paśyatīti //
AB, 3, 23, 8.0 sa vā asmiṃś ca loke
'muṣmiṃś ca prajayā ca paśubhiś ca gṛheṣu vasati ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 25, 1.0 somo vai
rājāmuṣmiṃlloka āsīt taṃ devāś carṣayaś cābhyadhyāyan katham ayam asmān somo rājāgacched iti te 'bruvaṃś chandāṃsi yūyaṃ na imaṃ somaṃ rājānam āharateti tatheti te suparṇā bhūtvodapataṃs te yat suparṇā bhūtvodapataṃs tad etat sauparṇam ity ākhyānavida ācakṣate //
AB, 3, 29, 7.0 dyāvāpṛthivīyaṃ śaṃsati dyāvāpṛthivī vai pratiṣṭhe iyam eveha
pratiṣṭhāsāv amutra tad yad dyāvāpṛthivīyaṃ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 3, 34, 1.0 tad agninā paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir na prācyāvayat tad agninā vaiśvānareṇa paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir vaiśvānaraḥ prācyāvayat tasya yad retasaḥ prathamam udadīpyata tad
asāv ādityo 'bhavad yad dvitīyam āsīt tad bhṛgur abhavat taṃ varuṇo nyagṛhṇīta tasmāt sa bhṛgur vāruṇir atha yat tṛtīyam adīded iva ta ādityā abhavan ye 'ṅgārā āsaṃs te 'ṅgiraso 'bhavan yad aṅgārāḥ punar avaśāntā udadīpyanta tad bṛhaspatir abhavat //
AB, 3, 41, 4.0 tasya saṃstutasya navatiśataṃ stotriyāḥ sā yā navatis te daśa trivṛto 'tha yā navatis te daśātha yā daśa tāsām ekā stotriyodeti trivṛt pariśiṣyate so
'sāvekaviṃśo 'dhyāhitas tapati viṣuvān vā eṣa stomānāṃ daśa vā etasmād arvāñcas trivṛto daśa parāñco madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayato 'dhyāhitas tapati tad yāsau stotriyodeti saitasminn adhyūᄆhā sa yajamānas tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam //
AB, 3, 41, 4.0 tasya saṃstutasya navatiśataṃ stotriyāḥ sā yā navatis te daśa trivṛto 'tha yā navatis te daśātha yā daśa tāsām ekā stotriyodeti trivṛt pariśiṣyate so 'sāvekaviṃśo 'dhyāhitas tapati viṣuvān vā eṣa stomānāṃ daśa vā etasmād arvāñcas trivṛto daśa parāñco madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayato 'dhyāhitas tapati tad
yāsau stotriyodeti saitasminn adhyūᄆhā sa yajamānas tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam //
AB, 3, 48, 5.0 tā yā imās tā
amūr yā amūs tā imā anyatarābhir vāva taṃ kāmam āpnoti ya etāsūbhayīṣu //
AB, 3, 48, 5.0 tā yā imās tā amūr yā
amūs tā imā anyatarābhir vāva taṃ kāmam āpnoti ya etāsūbhayīṣu //
AB, 4, 4, 2.0 ayaṃ vai lokaḥ prathamā mahānāmny antarikṣaloko
dvitīyāsau lokas tṛtīyā sarvebhyo vā eṣa lokebhyaḥ saṃnirmito yatṣoᄆaśī tad yan mahānāmnīnām upasargān upasṛjati sarvebhya evainaṃ tal lokebhyaḥ saṃnirmimīte //
AB, 4, 9, 11.0 citraṃ devānām ud agād anīkam iti traiṣṭubham
asau vāva citraṃ devānām udeti tasmād etacchaṃsati //
AB, 4, 10, 7.0 īśānam asya jagataḥ svardṛśam ity
asau vāva svardṛk tena sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati //
AB, 4, 10, 11.0 mahī dyauḥ pṛthivī ca nas te hi dyāvāpṛthivī viśvaśambhuveti dyāvāpṛthivīye śaṃsati dyāvāpṛthivī vai pratiṣṭhe iyam eveha
pratiṣṭhāsāv amutra tad yad dyāvāpṛthivīye śaṃsati pratiṣṭhayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 4, 10, 17.0 mṛcayasya janmana ity
asau vāva marcayatīva tena sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati //
AB, 4, 14, 1.0 yad vai caturviṃśaṃ tan mahāvratam bṛhaddivenātra hotā retaḥ siñcati tad
ado mahāvratīyenāhnā prajanayati saṃvatsare saṃvatsare vai retaḥ siktaṃ jāyate tasmāt samānam bṛhaddivo niṣkevalyam bhavaty eṣa ha vā enam parastāt karmabhir āptvāvastād upaiti ya evaṃ vidvān etad ahar upaiti //
AB, 4, 15, 1.0 jyotir gaur āyur iti stomebhir yanty ayaṃ vai loko jyotir antarikṣaṃ gaur
asau loka āyuḥ //
AB, 4, 15, 4.0 ayaṃ vai loko jyotir
asau loko jyotis te ete jyotiṣī ubhayataḥ saṃlokete //
AB, 4, 15, 5.0 tenaitenobhayatojyotiṣā ṣaᄆahena yanti tad yad etenobhayatojyotiṣā ṣaᄆahena yanty anayor eva tal lokayor ubhayataḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanty asmiṃś ca loke
'muṣmiṃś cobhayoḥ //
AB, 4, 16, 6.0 annādyakāmāḥ khalu vai satram āsata tad yad virājam māsi māsy abhisaṃpādayanto yanty annādyam eva tan māsi māsy avarundhānā yanty asmai ca
lokāyāmuṣmai cobhābhyām //
AB, 4, 20, 3.0 yad eva dūrohaṇam
asau vai dūroho yo 'sau tapati kaścid vā atra gacchati sa yad dūrohaṇaṃ rohaty etam eva tad rohati //
AB, 4, 20, 3.0 yad eva dūrohaṇam asau vai dūroho yo
'sau tapati kaścid vā atra gacchati sa yad dūrohaṇaṃ rohaty etam eva tad rohati //
AB, 4, 20, 21.0 tārkṣyo ha vā etam pūrvo 'dhvānam aid
yatrādo gāyatrī suparṇo bhūtvā somam āharat tad yathā kṣetrajñam adhvanaḥ puraetāraṃ kurvīta tādṛk tad yad eva tārkṣye 'yaṃ vai tārkṣyo yo 'yam pavata eṣa svargasya lokasyābhivoᄆhā //
AB, 4, 21, 2.0 sa pacchaḥ prathamaṃ rohatīmaṃ tal lokam āpnoty athārdharcaśo 'ntarikṣaṃ tad āpnoty atha
tripadyāmuṃ tallokam āpnoty atha kevalyā tad etasmin pratitiṣṭhati ya eṣa tapati //
AB, 4, 21, 3.0 tripadyā pratyavarohati yathā śākhāṃ dhārayamāṇas tad
amuṣmiṃlloke pratitiṣṭhaty ardharcaśo 'ntarikṣe paccho 'smiṃlloka āptvaiva tat svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānā asmiṃlloke pratitiṣṭhanti //
AB, 4, 25, 10.0 ūrdhvo vai prathamas tryahas tiryaṅ madhyamo 'rvāṅ uttamaḥ sa yad ūrdhvaḥ prathamas tryahas tasmād ayam agnir ūrdhva uddīpyata ūrdhvā hy etasya dig yat tiryaṅ madhyamas tasmād ayaṃ vāyus tiryaṅ pavate tiraścīr āpo vahanti tiraścī hy etasya dig yad arvāṅ uttamas tasmād
asāv arvāṅ tapaty arvāṅ varṣaty arvāñci nakṣatrāṇy arvācī hy etasya dik samyañco vā ime lokāḥ samyañca ete tryahāḥ //
AB, 4, 27, 4.0 chandāṃsy eva vyūhati tad
yathādo 'śvair vānaᄆudbhir vānyair anyair aśrāntatarair aśrāntatarair upavimokaṃ yānty evam evaitac chandobhir anyair anyair aśrāntatarair aśrāntatarair upavimokaṃ svargaṃ lokam yanti yacchandāṃsi vyūhati //
AB, 4, 27, 5.0 imau vai lokau sahāstāṃ tau vyaitāṃ nāvarṣan na samatapat te pañcajanā na samajānata tau devāḥ samanayaṃs tau saṃyantāv etaṃ devavivāhaṃ vyavahetāṃ rathaṃtareṇaiveyam
amūṃ jinvati bṛhatāsāv imām //
AB, 4, 27, 5.0 imau vai lokau sahāstāṃ tau vyaitāṃ nāvarṣan na samatapat te pañcajanā na samajānata tau devāḥ samanayaṃs tau saṃyantāv etaṃ devavivāhaṃ vyavahetāṃ rathaṃtareṇaiveyam amūṃ jinvati
bṛhatāsāv imām //
AB, 4, 27, 6.0 naudhasenaiveyam
amūṃ jinvati śyaitenāsāv imāṃ dhūmenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati vṛṣṭyāsāv imāṃ devayajanam eveyam amuṣyām adadhāt paśūn asāv asyām //
AB, 4, 27, 6.0 naudhasenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati
śyaitenāsāv imāṃ dhūmenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati vṛṣṭyāsāv imāṃ devayajanam eveyam amuṣyām adadhāt paśūn asāv asyām //
AB, 4, 27, 6.0 naudhasenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati śyaitenāsāv imāṃ dhūmenaiveyam
amūṃ jinvati vṛṣṭyāsāv imāṃ devayajanam eveyam amuṣyām adadhāt paśūn asāv asyām //
AB, 4, 27, 6.0 naudhasenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati śyaitenāsāv imāṃ dhūmenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati
vṛṣṭyāsāv imāṃ devayajanam eveyam amuṣyām adadhāt paśūn asāv asyām //
AB, 4, 27, 6.0 naudhasenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati śyaitenāsāv imāṃ dhūmenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati vṛṣṭyāsāv imāṃ devayajanam eveyam
amuṣyām adadhāt paśūn asāv asyām //
AB, 4, 27, 6.0 naudhasenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati śyaitenāsāv imāṃ dhūmenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati vṛṣṭyāsāv imāṃ devayajanam eveyam amuṣyām adadhāt paśūn
asāv asyām //
AB, 4, 27, 7.0 etad vā iyam
amuṣyāṃ devayajanam adadhād yad etaccandramasi kṛṣṇam iva //
AB, 4, 27, 9.0 ūṣān
asāv asyāṃ taddhāpi turaḥ kāvaṣeya uvācoṣaḥ poṣo janamejayaketi tasmāddhāpyetarhi gavyam mīmāṃsamānāḥ pṛcchanti santi tatroṣāḥ iti ūṣo hi poṣo 'sau vai loka imaṃ lokam abhiparyāvartata //
AB, 4, 27, 9.0 ūṣān asāv asyāṃ taddhāpi turaḥ kāvaṣeya uvācoṣaḥ poṣo janamejayaketi tasmāddhāpyetarhi gavyam mīmāṃsamānāḥ pṛcchanti santi tatroṣāḥ iti ūṣo hi poṣo
'sau vai loka imaṃ lokam abhiparyāvartata //
AB, 5, 1, 3.0 yad vai samānodarkaṃ tat tṛtīyasyāhno rūpaṃ yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvṛttaṃ yat punarninṛttaṃ yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate yad
asau loko 'bhyudito yad vairūpaṃ yaj jāgataṃ yat kṛtam etāni vai tṛtīyasyāhno rūpāṇi //
AB, 5, 12, 2.0 yad vai samānodarkaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ yaddhyeva tṛtīyam ahas tad etat punar yat ṣaṣṭhaṃ yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvṛttaṃ yat punarninṛttaṃ yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate yad
asau loko 'bhyuditaḥ //
AB, 5, 16, 9.0 āpyante vai stomā āpyante chandāṃsi ṣaṣṭhe 'hani tad
yathaivāda ājyenāvadānāni punaḥ pratyabhighārayanty ayātayāmatāyā evam evaitat stomāṃś ca chandāṃsi ca punaḥ pratyupayanty ayātayāmatāyai yad etat saptamasyāhna ājyam bhavati //
AB, 5, 20, 3.0 yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvṛttaṃ yat punarninṛttaṃ yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate yad
asau loko 'bhyuditaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 22.0 atha brahmodyam vadanty agnir gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'sya lokasya gṛhapatir vāyur gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'ntarikṣalokasya gṛhapatir
asau vai gṛhapatir yo 'sau tapaty eṣa patir ṛtavo gṛhā yeṣāṃ vai gṛhapatiṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavati rādhnoti sa gṛhapatī rādhnuvanti te yajamānā yeṣāṃ vā apahatapāpmānaṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavaty apa sa gṛhapatiḥ pāpmānaṃ hate 'pa te yajamānāḥ pāpmānaṃ ghnate 'dhvaryo arātsmārātsma //
AB, 5, 25, 22.0 atha brahmodyam vadanty agnir gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'sya lokasya gṛhapatir vāyur gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'ntarikṣalokasya gṛhapatir asau vai gṛhapatir yo
'sau tapaty eṣa patir ṛtavo gṛhā yeṣāṃ vai gṛhapatiṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavati rādhnoti sa gṛhapatī rādhnuvanti te yajamānā yeṣāṃ vā apahatapāpmānaṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavaty apa sa gṛhapatiḥ pāpmānaṃ hate 'pa te yajamānāḥ pāpmānaṃ ghnate 'dhvaryo arātsmārātsma //
AB, 5, 28, 1.0 asau vā asyādityo yūpaḥ pṛthivī vedir oṣadhayo barhir vanaspataya idhmā āpaḥ prokṣaṇyo diśaḥ paridhayaḥ //
AB, 5, 28, 2.0 yaddha vā asya kiṃca naśyati yan mriyate yad apājanti sarvaṃ haivainaṃ tad
amuṣmiṃlloke yathā barhiṣi dattam āgacched evam āgacchati ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti //
AB, 5, 28, 5.0 devān vā eṣa prātarāhutyā manuṣyebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete vividānā ivotpatanty
ado 'haṃ kariṣye 'do 'haṃ gamiṣyāmīti vadantaḥ //
AB, 5, 28, 5.0 devān vā eṣa prātarāhutyā manuṣyebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete vividānā ivotpatanty ado 'haṃ kariṣye
'do 'haṃ gamiṣyāmīti vadantaḥ //
AB, 5, 30, 12.0 eṣa ha vai sa ekātithiḥ sa eṣa juhvatsu vasaty etāṃ vāva sa devatām aparuṇaddhi yo 'lam agnihotrāya san nāgnihotraṃ juhoti tam eṣā devatāparoddhāparuṇaddhy asmāc ca lokād
amuṣmāc cobhābhyāṃ yo 'lam agnihotrāya san nāgnihotraṃ juhoti //
AB, 5, 31, 1.0 udyann u khalu vā āditya āhavanīyena raśmīn saṃdadhāti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vājātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vā jātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tat tam asmai pratidhīyamānam ubhayor lokayor annādyam anu pratidhīyate 'smāc ca lokād
amuṣmāc cobhābhyām //
AB, 5, 32, 2.0 tāni śukrāṇy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo varṇā ajāyantākāra ukāro makāra iti tān ekadhā samabharat tad etad aum iti tasmād om om iti praṇauty om iti vai svargo loka om ity
asau yo 'sau tapati //
AB, 5, 32, 2.0 tāni śukrāṇy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo varṇā ajāyantākāra ukāro makāra iti tān ekadhā samabharat tad etad aum iti tasmād om om iti praṇauty om iti vai svargo loka om ity asau yo
'sau tapati //
AB, 5, 33, 2.0 ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yaṃ pavate tasya vāk ca manaś ca vartanyau vācā ca hi manasā ca yajño vartata iyaṃ vai vāg
ado manas tad vācā trayyā vidyayaikam pakṣaṃ saṃskurvanti manasaiva brahmā saṃskaroti //
AB, 6, 7, 2.0 te syāma deva varuṇeti maitrāvaruṇasyeṣaṃ svaś ca dhīmahīty ayaṃ vai loka iṣam ity
asau lokaḥ svar ity ubhāv evaitayā lokāv ārabhante //
AB, 6, 8, 4.0 ubhayībhir brāhmaṇācchaṃsī teno sa ubhau vyanvārabhamāṇa etīmaṃ
cāmuṃ ca lokam atho maitrāvaruṇaṃ cāchāvākaṃ cātho ahīnaṃ caikāham cātho saṃvatsaraṃ cāgniṣṭomaṃ caivam u sa ubhau vyanvārabhamāṇa eti //
AB, 6, 9, 10.0 navabhir vā etam maitrāvaruṇo 'smāl lokād antarikṣalokam abhi pravahati daśabhir antarikṣalokād
amuṃ lokam abhy antarikṣaloko hi jyeṣṭho navabhir amuṣmāl lokāt svargaṃ lokam abhi //
AB, 6, 9, 10.0 navabhir vā etam maitrāvaruṇo 'smāl lokād antarikṣalokam abhi pravahati daśabhir antarikṣalokād amuṃ lokam abhy antarikṣaloko hi jyeṣṭho navabhir
amuṣmāl lokāt svargaṃ lokam abhi //
AB, 6, 14, 4.0 yatrādo gāyatrī suparṇo bhūtvā somam āharat tad etāsāṃ hotrāṇām indra ukthāni parilupya hotre pradadau yūyam mābhyahvayadhvaṃ yūyam asyāvediṣṭeti te hocur devā vāceme hotre prabhāvayāmeti tasmāt te dvipraiṣe bhavata ṛcāgnīdhrīyām prabhāvayāṃcakrus tasmāt tasyaikayarcā bhūyasyo yājyā bhavanti //
AB, 6, 35, 4.0 atha yo
'sau tapatīṁ eṣo 'śvaḥ śveto rūpaṃ kṛtvāśvābhidhānyapihitenātmanā praticakrama imaṃ vo nayāma iti sa eṣa devanītho 'nūcyate //
AB, 6, 35, 7.0 tām u ha jaritaḥ pratyāyann iti prati hi te
'mum āyan //
AB, 6, 35, 9.0 tām u ha jaritaḥ pratyagṛbhṇann iti prati hi te
'mum agṛbhṇan //
AB, 7, 10, 3.0 putrān pautrān naptṝn ity āhur asmiṃśca loke
'muṣmiṃścāsmiṃlloke 'yaṃ svargo 'svargeṇa svargaṃ lokam ārurohety amuṣyaiva lokasya saṃtatiṃ dhārayati yasyaiṣām patnīṃ naicchet tasmād apatnīkasyādhānaṃ kurvanti //
AB, 7, 10, 3.0 putrān pautrān naptṝn ity āhur asmiṃśca loke 'muṣmiṃścāsmiṃlloke 'yaṃ svargo 'svargeṇa svargaṃ lokam ārurohety
amuṣyaiva lokasya saṃtatiṃ dhārayati yasyaiṣām patnīṃ naicchet tasmād apatnīkasyādhānaṃ kurvanti //
AB, 7, 12, 2.0 hiraṇyam puraskṛtya sāyam uddharej jyotir vai śukraṃ hiraṇyaṃ jyotiḥ śukram
asau tad eva taj jyotiḥ śukram paśyann uddharati rajatam antardhāya prātar uddhared etad rātrirūpam purā sambhedācchāyānām āhavanīyam uddharen mṛtyur vai tamaś chāyā tenaiva taj jyotiṣā mṛtyuṃ tamaś chāyāṃ tarati sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 24, 3.0 nāgner devatāyā emi na gāyatryāś chandaso na trivṛtaḥ stomān na brahmaṇo bandhor mā me 'gnis teja ādita mā gāyatrī vīryam mā trivṛt stoma āyur mā brāhmaṇā brahma yaśas kīrtiṃ saha tejasā vīryeṇāyuṣā brahmaṇā yaśasā kīrtyendraṃ devatām upaimi triṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ pañcadaśaṃ stomaṃ somaṃ rājānaṃ kṣatram prapadye kṣatriyo bhavāmi devāḥ pitaraḥ pitaro devā yo 'smi sa san yaje svam ma idam iṣṭaṃ svam pūrtaṃ svaṃ śrāntaṃ svaṃ hutam tasya me 'yam agnir upadraṣṭāyaṃ vāyur
upaśrotāsāv ādityo 'nukhyātedam ahaṃ ya evāsmi so 'smīti //
AB, 8, 2, 3.0 abhi tvā śūra nonuma iti rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ayaṃ vai loko rathaṃtaram
asau loko bṛhad asya vai lokasyāsau loko 'nurūpo 'muṣya lokasyāyaṃ loko 'nurūpas tad yad rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ubhāv eva tallokau yajamānāya sambhoginau kurvanty atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatram bṛhad brahmaṇi khalu vai kṣatram pratiṣṭhitaṃ kṣatre brahmātho sāmna eva sayonitāyai //
AB, 8, 2, 3.0 abhi tvā śūra nonuma iti rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ayaṃ vai loko rathaṃtaram asau loko bṛhad asya vai
lokasyāsau loko 'nurūpo 'muṣya lokasyāyaṃ loko 'nurūpas tad yad rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ubhāv eva tallokau yajamānāya sambhoginau kurvanty atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatram bṛhad brahmaṇi khalu vai kṣatram pratiṣṭhitaṃ kṣatre brahmātho sāmna eva sayonitāyai //
AB, 8, 2, 3.0 abhi tvā śūra nonuma iti rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ayaṃ vai loko rathaṃtaram asau loko bṛhad asya vai lokasyāsau loko 'nurūpo
'muṣya lokasyāyaṃ loko 'nurūpas tad yad rathaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty ubhāv eva tallokau yajamānāya sambhoginau kurvanty atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatram bṛhad brahmaṇi khalu vai kṣatram pratiṣṭhitaṃ kṣatre brahmātho sāmna eva sayonitāyai //
AB, 8, 7, 10.0 athaitāni ha vai kṣatriyād ījānād vyutkrāntāni bhavanti brahmakṣatre ūrg annādyam apām oṣadhīnāṃ raso brahmavarcasam irā puṣṭiḥ prajātiḥ kṣatrarūpaṃ tad atho annasya rasa oṣadhīnāṃ kṣatram pratiṣṭhā tad yad
evāmū purastād āhutī juhoti tad asmin brahmakṣatre dadhāti //
AB, 8, 11, 1.0 pary ū ṣu pradhanva vājasātaye pari vṛtrā bhūr brahma prāṇam amṛtam prapadyate 'yam
asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye saha prajayā saha paśubhir ṇi sakṣaṇir dviṣas taradhyā ṛṇayā na īyase svāhā //
AB, 8, 11, 2.0 anu hi tvā sutaṃ soma madāmasi mahe sama bhuvo brahma prāṇam amṛtam prapadyate 'yam
asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye saha prajayā saha paśubhi ryarājye vājāṁ abhi pavamāna pra gāhase svāhā //
AB, 8, 11, 3.0 ajījano hi pavamāna sūryaṃ vidhāre śa svar brahma prāṇam amṛtam prapadyate 'yam
asau śarma varmābhayaṃ svastaye saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ kmanā payo gojīrayā raṃhamāṇaḥ puraṃdhyā svāheti //
AB, 8, 14, 4.0 sa etena mahābhiṣekeṇābhiṣikta indraḥ sarvā jitīr ajayat sarvāṃllokān avindat sarveṣāṃ devānāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatām agacchat sāmrājyam bhaujyaṃ svārājyaṃ vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam māhārājyam ādhipatyaṃ jitvāsmiṃlloke svayambhūḥ svarāᄆ amṛto
'muṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmṛtaḥ samabhavat samabhavat //
AB, 8, 19, 2.0 sa etenaindrena mahābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ kṣatriyaḥ sarvā jitīr jayati sarvāṃl lokān vindati sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ gacchati sāmrājyam bhaujyaṃ svārājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam māhārājyam ādhipatyaṃ jitvāsmiṃlloke svayambhūḥ svarāᄆ amṛto
'muṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmṛtaḥ sambhavati yam etenaindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa kṣatriyaṃ śāpayitvābhiṣiñcati //
AB, 8, 20, 7.0 tad
yathaivādaḥ priyaḥ putraḥ pitaram priyā vā jāyā patiṃ sukhaṃ śivam upaspṛśaty ā visrasa evaṃ haivaitenaindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktasya kṣatriyasya surā vā somo vānyad vānnādyaṃ sukhaṃ śivam upaspṛśaty ā visrasaḥ //
Aitareyopaniṣad
AU, 2, 6, 1.1 sa evaṃ vidvān asmāccharīrabhedād ūrdhvam
utkramyāmuṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmṛtaḥ samabhavat samabhavat //
AU, 3, 4, 1.1 sa etena prajñenātmanāsmāl lokād
utkramyāmuṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmṛtaḥ samabhavat samabhavat //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 2, 3, 21.0 asau ya udayāt puro vasāno nīlalohito 'tha dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭaṃ no duṣkṛtaṃ tat svāheti //
AVPr, 2, 3, 23.0 asau ya udayāt paścād vasāno nīlalohito tya 'tha dṛṣṭam adṛṣṭaṃ no duṣkṛtaṃ karat svāheti //
AVPr, 2, 5, 7.0 yathāmuṃ sā garbham abhyaścotayad yathāmuṃ garbhaṃ sadarbham iva sahiraṇyaṃ tam uddhṛtya prakṣālyānupadaṃ śrapayitvā prākśirasam udakpādyaṃ kāmasūktena juhuyād anaṃgandhītī vety aṣṭabhir nabhasvatībhir hiraṇyagarbheṇa vā //
AVPr, 2, 5, 7.0 yathāmuṃ sā garbham abhyaścotayad
yathāmuṃ garbhaṃ sadarbham iva sahiraṇyaṃ tam uddhṛtya prakṣālyānupadaṃ śrapayitvā prākśirasam udakpādyaṃ kāmasūktena juhuyād anaṃgandhītī vety aṣṭabhir nabhasvatībhir hiraṇyagarbheṇa vā //
AVPr, 2, 9, 40.0 tasya tad eva brāhmaṇaṃ yad
adaḥ puraḥ savane pitṛmedha āśiṣo vyākhyātāḥ //
AVPr, 4, 3, 4.0 agnihotraṃ ced anabhyuddhṛtaṃ śaraśarāsyād
amuṃ samūheti brūyāt //
AVPr, 4, 4, 1.0 agnihotraṃ ced anabhyuddhṛtaṃ sūryo 'bhyudiyād ihaiva kṣemya edhi mā prahāsīr mām
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam iti śamayitvā praṇīya pravṛttātipattau maitraṃ caruṃ nirvapet sauryam ekakapālaṃ //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 63, 3.2 rājño varuṇasya bandho 'si so
'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ahne rātraye badhāna //
AVP, 1, 63, 3.2 rājño varuṇasya bandho 'si so 'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram ahne rātraye badhāna //
AVP, 1, 63, 4.1 mṛṇo 'si deva savitar gāyatreṇa cchandasā
mṛṇāmuṣya paśūn dvipadaś catuṣpadaḥ /
AVP, 1, 102, 1.2 ye tvāṃ yajñair yajñiye bodhayanty
amī te nākaṃ sukṛtaḥ paretāḥ //
AVP, 4, 1, 1.2 sa dādhāra pṛthivīṃ dyām
utāmuṃ tasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVP, 5, 6, 8.2 tenemaṃ setum ati geṣma sarve vaiśvānaraṃ jyotir
amīva devāḥ //
AVP, 5, 14, 7.1 uccaiḥ suparṇo divam ut
patāmuṃ priyaṃ devebhyo mā kṛṇv ṛṣibhyaḥ pari dehi mām /
AVP, 10, 10, 4.2 amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi //
AVP, 10, 10, 4.2 amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi //
AVP, 10, 10, 5.2 amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni yacchet //
AVP, 10, 10, 5.2 amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni yacchet //
AVP, 10, 10, 6.2 amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ādāya //
AVP, 10, 10, 6.2 amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ādāya //
AVP, 12, 1, 1.2 vedir barhiḥ samidhaḥ śośucānā apa rakṣāṃsy
amuyā dhamantu //
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 3, 2, 5.1 amīṣāṃ cittāni pratimohayantī gṛhāṇāṅgāny apve parehi /
AVŚ, 3, 2, 6.1 asau yā senā marutaḥ pareṣām asmān aity abhy ojasā spardhamānā /
AVŚ, 3, 3, 1.2 yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa
āmuṃ naya namasā rātahavyam //
AVŚ, 3, 19, 8.2 jaya amitrān pra padyasva jahy eṣāṃ varaṃ varaṃ
māmīṣāṃ moci kaścana //
AVŚ, 3, 29, 1.1 yad rājāno vibhajanta iṣṭāpūrtasya ṣoḍaśam
yamasyāmī sabhāsadaḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 2, 3.2 yasyāsau panthā rajaso vimānaḥ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVŚ, 4, 2, 4.1 yasya dyaur urvī pṛthivī ca mahī
yasyāda urv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 4, 2, 4.2 yasyāsau sūro vitato mahitvā kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVŚ, 4, 16, 3.1 uteyaṃ bhūmir varuṇasya rājña
utāsau dyaur bṛhatī dūreantā /
AVŚ, 4, 16, 9.1 tais tvā sarvair abhi ṣyāmi pāśair
asāv āmuṣyāyaṇāmuṣyāḥ putra /
AVŚ, 4, 16, 9.1 tais tvā sarvair abhi ṣyāmi pāśair asāv
āmuṣyāyaṇāmuṣyāḥ putra /
AVŚ, 4, 30, 7.2 tato vi tiṣṭhe bhuvanāni
viśvotāmūṃ dyāṃ varṣmaṇopa spṛśāmi //
AVŚ, 5, 2, 3.2 svādoḥ svādīyaḥ svādunā sṛjā sam
adaḥ su madhu madhunābhi yodhīḥ //
AVŚ, 5, 8, 7.2 tvaṃ tān indra vṛtrahan pratīcaḥ punar ā kṛdhi
yathāmuṃ tṛṇahāṁ janam //
AVŚ, 5, 8, 8.2 kṛṇve 'ham adharān tathā
amūñchaśvatībhyaḥ samābhyaḥ //
AVŚ, 5, 22, 1.2 vedir barhiḥ samidhaḥ śośucānā apa dveṣāṃsy
amuyā bhavantu //
AVŚ, 7, 70, 1.1 yat kiṃ
cāsau manasā yac ca vācā yajñair juhoti haviṣā yajuṣā /
AVŚ, 7, 70, 2.2 indreṣitā devā ājyam asya mathnantu mā tat saṃ pādi yad
asau juhoti //
AVŚ, 7, 80, 4.2 ye tvām yajñair yajñiye ardhayanty
amī te nāke sukṛtaḥ praviṣṭāḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 99, 1.1 pari stṛṇīhi pari dhehi vediṃ mā jāmiṃ moṣīr
amuyā śayānām /
AVŚ, 8, 8, 4.1 paruṣān
amūn paruṣāhvaḥ kṛṇotu hantv enān vadhako vadhaiḥ /
AVŚ, 8, 8, 9.2 śramas tandrīś ca mohaś ca tair
amūn abhidadhāmi sarvān //
AVŚ, 9, 4, 6.2 śivās te santu prajanva iha yā imā ny asmabhyaṃ svadhite yaccha yā
amūḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 9, 10.2 mantrayante divo
amuṣya pṛṣṭhe viśvavido vācam aviśvavinnām //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 18.2 yas tan na veda kim ṛcā kariṣyati ya it tad vidus te
amī sam āsate //
AVŚ, 10, 5, 36.2 idam aham
āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmīdam enam adharāñcaṃ pādayāmi //
AVŚ, 11, 1, 20.2 amūṃs ta ā dadhāmi prajayā reṣayainān balihārāya mṛḍatān mahyam eva //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 55.1 ado yad devi prathamānā purastād devair uktā vyasarpo mahitvam /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 20.1 trayo lokāḥ saṃmitā brāhmaṇena dyaur
evāsau pṛthivy antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 12, 5, 38.0 aśitā lokāc chinatti brahmagavī brahmajyam asmāc
cāmuṣmāc ca //
AVŚ, 15, 18, 2.0 yad asya dakṣiṇam akṣy
asau sa ādityo yad asya savyam akṣy asau sa candramāḥ //
AVŚ, 15, 18, 2.0 yad asya dakṣiṇam akṣy asau sa ādityo yad asya savyam akṣy
asau sa candramāḥ //
AVŚ, 16, 6, 11.0 tad
amuṣmā agne devāḥ parāvahantu vadhrir yathāsad vithuro na sādhuḥ //
AVŚ, 16, 8, 1.2 tasmād
amuṃ nirbhajāmo 'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram asau yaḥ /
AVŚ, 16, 8, 1.2 tasmād amuṃ nirbhajāmo
'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram asau yaḥ /
AVŚ, 16, 8, 1.2 tasmād amuṃ nirbhajāmo 'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram asau yaḥ /
AVŚ, 16, 8, 1.2 tasmād amuṃ nirbhajāmo 'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram
asau yaḥ /
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.1 pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.2 antarikṣasamantasya te vāyur upaśrotā yajūṃṣi te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.3 dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā sāmāni te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti //
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 2, 44.1 tām anumantrayate gaur asyapahatapāpmāpa pāpmānaṃ nuda mama
cāmuṣya ca ity upavettur nāma gṛhṇāti //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 8.0 etaireva nāmadheyairgandhapuṣpadhūpadīpaiḥ
amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai namaḥ ityabhyarcya //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 8.0 etaireva nāmadheyairgandhapuṣpadhūpadīpaiḥ amuṣmai namo
'muṣmai namaḥ ityabhyarcya //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 11.0 atha guḍapāyasaṃ ghṛtamiśramannaṃ nivedayati
amuṣmai svāhā namo 'muṣmai svāhā namaḥ iti dvādaśabhiryathāliṅgam //
BaudhGS, 1, 11, 11.0 atha guḍapāyasaṃ ghṛtamiśramannaṃ nivedayati amuṣmai svāhā namo
'muṣmai svāhā namaḥ iti dvādaśabhiryathāliṅgam //
BaudhGS, 2, 3, 6.1 bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar apāṃ tvauṣadhīnāṃ rasaṃ prāśayāmi śivāsta āpa oṣadhayaḥ
santvasau iti sarvāsvanuṣajati //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 26.3 tena gṛhṇāmi tvāmahaṃ mahyaṃ gṛhṇāmi tvāmahaṃ prajāpatinā tvā mahyaṃ
gṛhṇāmyasau iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 27.2 devebhyastvā paridadāmi viśvadevebhyastvā paridadāmi viśvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvābhyastvā devatābhyaḥ
paridadāmyasau iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 28.1 athainam upanayati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upanaye
'sau iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 21.1 athaitān tilamiśrā apaḥ pratigrāhayati
amuṣmai svadhā namo 'muṣmai svadhā namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 21.1 athaitān tilamiśrā apaḥ pratigrāhayati amuṣmai svadhā namo
'muṣmai svadhā namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 36.1 māṃsodanaṃ pātreṣūddhṛtya viśeṣān upanikṣipya hutaśeṣena saṃsṛjya dakṣiṇāgreṣu darbheṣu sādayitvā dakṣiṇāgraiḥ darbhaiḥ praticchādyābhimṛśati pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ pitāmahānāṃ prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 37.1 athaitāni brāhmaṇebhya upanikṣipya brāhmaṇānām aṅguṣṭhenānakhenānudiśati
amuṣmai svadhā namo 'muṣmai svadhā namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 37.1 athaitāni brāhmaṇebhya upanikṣipya brāhmaṇānām aṅguṣṭhenānakhenānudiśati amuṣmai svadhā namo
'muṣmai svadhā namaḥ iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 8.1 pṛthak pṛthag etair eva nāmadheyair gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair
amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai nama iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 8.1 pṛthak pṛthag etair eva nāmadheyair gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair amuṣmai namo
'muṣmai nama iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 11.1 kāṇḍāt kāṇḍāt prarohantī yā śatena pratanoṣi iti dvābhyām upodake dūrvām āropayante 'thādhīpsante 'nyonyam
amuṣmā amuṣmā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 9, 11.1 kāṇḍāt kāṇḍāt prarohantī yā śatena pratanoṣi iti dvābhyām upodake dūrvām āropayante 'thādhīpsante 'nyonyam amuṣmā
amuṣmā iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 12, 7.1 sarvaṃ siddhaṃ samānīyāyugmān brāhmaṇān suprakṣālitapāṇipādān apa ācamayya sadarbhopakᄆpteṣv āsaneṣūpaveśya sarvasmāt sakṛt sakṛt samavadāyābhighārya dakṣiṇato bhasmamiśrān aṅgārān nirūhya teṣu juhuyāt
pretāyāmuṣmai yamāya ca svāhā iti /
BaudhGS, 3, 12, 8.2 amuṣmā upatiṣṭhatv ity anudeśanam āśayeṣv eva piṇḍadānaṃ tṛpyasveti saṃkṣālanaṃ tṛptir astv iti visarjanam astu tṛptir itītareṣāṃ prativacanam //
BaudhGS, 4, 1, 7.1 atha yadi praṇītāḥ praṇīyamānāḥ praṇītā vā parāsicyeraṃs tā abhimantrayate akṣito 'sy akṣityai tvā mā me kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 5.1 athānyam akṣam āharati akṣito 'sy akṣityai tvā mā me kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 4.0 atha puroḍāśīyān prokṣati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmy agnīṣomābhyām
amuṣmā amuṣmā iti yathādevataṃ triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 4.0 atha puroḍāśīyān prokṣati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmy agnīṣomābhyām amuṣmā
amuṣmā iti yathādevataṃ triḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 6.0 tasyāṃ puroḍāśīyān adhivapati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmy agnīṣomābhyām
amuṣmā amuṣmai iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 6.0 tasyāṃ puroḍāśīyān adhivapati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmy agnīṣomābhyām amuṣmā
amuṣmai iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 1.0 athottareṇa gārhapatyam upaviśya vācaṃyamas tiraḥ pavitraṃ pātryāṃ kṛṣṇājināt piṣṭāni saṃvapati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmy agnīṣomābhyām
amuṣmā amuṣmā iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 1.0 athottareṇa gārhapatyam upaviśya vācaṃyamas tiraḥ pavitraṃ pātryāṃ kṛṣṇājināt piṣṭāni saṃvapati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmy agnīṣomābhyām amuṣmā
amuṣmā iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 8.0 saṃyutya vyūhyābhimṛśaty agnaye tvāgnīṣomābhyām
amuṣmā amuṣmā iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 8.0 saṃyutya vyūhyābhimṛśaty agnaye tvāgnīṣomābhyām amuṣmā
amuṣmā iti yathādevatam //
BaudhŚS, 1, 15, 21.0 athāśrāvayaty o śrāvaya astu śrauṣaṭ agnir devo hotā devān yakṣad vidvāṃś cikitvān manuṣvad bharatavad amuvad amuvat brahmaṇvad eha vakṣat brāhmaṇā asya yajñasya prāvitāra iti
asau mānuṣa iti hotur nāma gṛhṇāti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 3, 24.0 ekaikam upasaṃgṛhya codayed
asāv aham ādhvaryaveṇa tvā gacchāmi yājayatu māṃ bhavān iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 13.0 athāśrāvayati o śrāvaya astu śrauṣaṭ mitrāvaruṇau praśāstārau praśāstrāt iti
asau mānuṣa iti maitrāvaruṇasya nāma gṛhṇāti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 6, 15.0 amūr yā upa sūrye yābhir vā sūryaḥ saha tā no hinvantv adhvaram ity etayā sauryā gāyatryā vasatīvarīr gṛhṇīyāt //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 7, 8.2 asau savitā te hastam agrabhīd agniṣṭa ācāryaḥ kasya brahmacāryasi kasmai tvā kāya tvā kam upanayāmy āgantā mā riṣeṇyataḥ prasthāvāno māvasthātu samanyavo dṛḍhāś cid amariṣṇavaḥ kṛśāś cid amariṣṇava āganta saṃrabhāvahai preto mṛtyuṃ nudāvahai na mṛtyuś caratīha //
BhārGS, 1, 8, 1.1 prāṇāya tvācāryāya paridadāmi kuberāya tvā mahārājāya paridadāmi takṣakāya tvā vaiśāleyāya paridadāmy agnaye tvā paridadāmi vāyave tvā paridadāmi sūryāya tvā paridadāmi prajāpataye tvā paridadāmi prajāpata imaṃ
gopāyāmum iti paridāyāthāsya dakṣiṇam aṃsaṃ prati bāhum anvavahṛtya nābhideśam abhimṛśati /
BhārGS, 1, 21, 3.4 vivṛttacakrā āsīnās tīreṇa yamune taveti
tīreṇāsau taveti vā yasyās tīre vasati //
BhārGS, 1, 22, 4.1 apareṇāgniṃ prācīm uttānāṃ nipātyāthāsyā dakṣiṇe nāsikāchidre 'ṅguṣṭhenānunayati puṃsavanam asy
amuṣyā iti //
BhārGS, 1, 22, 10.1 atha yadyaparā na patet pāṇinodakam ādāya mūrdhanyenām avasiñcet tilade 'vapadyasva na māṃsam asi no dalam
avapadyasvāsāviti //
BhārGS, 1, 25, 11.1 yadā yadā sūtikārogaḥ syād dakṣiṇasya padas taptodakena pārṣṇiṃ kledayitvā tadā tadā taṃ deśam avamārṣṭi yatrāsyā duḥkhaṃ bhavati dhanurmaṭacī puruṣasya hastayor ekaśataṃ śṛṇor aṅga te dhāpayitāras tvaṃ rogasyeśiṣe tvam u rogasya sūtikārogabhaiṣajyam
asyamuṣyā iti //
BhārGS, 1, 28, 7.4 yena pūṣā bṛhaspater agner indrasya cāyuṣe 'vapat tena te
vapāmyasau dīrghāyutvāya varcasa iti /
BhārGS, 2, 11, 4.3 adbhir viśvasya bhuvanasya dhartrībhir antar anyaṃ pitur dadhe
'muṣmai svāhā /
BhārGS, 2, 11, 4.5 divā digbhir anantābhir ūtibhir antar anyaṃ pitāmahād dadhe
'muṣmai svāhā /
BhārGS, 2, 12, 2.1 pariṣicya dakṣiṇato darbhamuṣṭiṃ nidhāya tasmin dakṣiṇāpavargāṃs trīn udakāñjalīn upaninayaty
asāvavanenikṣveti pitaram asāv avanenikṣveti pitāmaham asāv avanenikṣveti prapitāmaham atraiva nāmādeśam //
BhārGS, 2, 12, 2.1 pariṣicya dakṣiṇato darbhamuṣṭiṃ nidhāya tasmin dakṣiṇāpavargāṃs trīn udakāñjalīn upaninayaty asāvavanenikṣveti pitaram
asāv avanenikṣveti pitāmaham asāv avanenikṣveti prapitāmaham atraiva nāmādeśam //
BhārGS, 2, 12, 2.1 pariṣicya dakṣiṇato darbhamuṣṭiṃ nidhāya tasmin dakṣiṇāpavargāṃs trīn udakāñjalīn upaninayaty asāvavanenikṣveti pitaram asāv avanenikṣveti pitāmaham
asāv avanenikṣveti prapitāmaham atraiva nāmādeśam //
BhārGS, 2, 12, 3.1 avācīnapāṇis tasmin dakṣiṇāpavargāṃs trīn piṇḍān nidadhāty etat te
tatāsau madhumad annaṃ sarasvato yāvān agniś ca pṛthivī ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ bhūtāṃ dadāmi yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ tvaṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīva yāṃś ca tvam atrānv asi ye ca tvām anu /
BhārGS, 2, 12, 3.2 etat te
pitāmahāsau madhumad annaṃ sarasvato yāvān vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ bhūtāṃ dadāmi yathā vāyur akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ tvaṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīva yāṃś ca tvam atrānv asi ye ca tvām anu //
BhārGS, 2, 13, 1.1 etat te
prapitāmahāsau madhumad annaṃ sarasvato yāvān ādityaś ca dyauś ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ bhūtāṃ dadāmi yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ tvaṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīva yāṃś ca tvam atrānv asi ye ca tvām anu /
BhārGS, 2, 13, 5.3 ūrjaṃ vahantīḥ kṣīram udakaṃ ghṛtaṃ payaḥ kīlālaṃ parisrutaṃ nadīr imā udanvatīr vetasvinīḥ sutīrthyā
amuṣmin loka upa vaḥ kṣarantu /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.2 te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmin loke pṛthivī samā tasyāgnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.3 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmin loke antarikṣaṃ samaṃ tasya vāyur upadraṣṭā sāmāni te mahimā /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.4 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmin loke dyauḥ samā tasyāditya upadraṣṭā yajūṃṣi te mahimeti //
BhārGS, 2, 19, 7.1 tāṃ sa hṛtvā stamba upagūhatīdam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam upagūhāmy uttaro 'sau dviṣadbhya iti //
BhārGS, 2, 19, 7.1 tāṃ sa hṛtvā stamba upagūhatīdam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam upagūhāmy uttaro
'sau dviṣadbhya iti //
BhārGS, 2, 24, 12.1 tāṃ pratimantrayate gaur asy apahatapāpmāpa pāpmānaṃ jahi pāpmānaṃ mama
cāmuṣya ca jahi dviṣantaṃ hanīthā mama dviṣaṃ kuruteti //
BhārGS, 2, 28, 6.5 prāṇa āyuṣi
vasāsau pṛthivyām agnau pratitiṣṭha vāyāv antarikṣe sūrye divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyuḥ sūryaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim anusaṃcarāsau /
BhārGS, 2, 28, 6.5 prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsau pṛthivyām agnau pratitiṣṭha vāyāv antarikṣe sūrye divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyuḥ sūryaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim
anusaṃcarāsau /
BhārGS, 2, 29, 6.0 yadi hastinaṃ labhata āpūryamāṇapakṣe puṇye nakṣatre kalpayitvābhyupaviśatīdam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam indrasya vajreṇābhiviśāmy uttaro 'haṃ dviṣadbhya iti //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 3.0 gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpānnaphalodakair
amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai nama iti gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāhety annenāmuṃ tarpayāmy amuṃ tarpayāmīti phalodakenātra namasyanti //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 3.0 gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpānnaphalodakair amuṣmai namo
'muṣmai nama iti gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāhety annenāmuṃ tarpayāmy amuṃ tarpayāmīti phalodakenātra namasyanti //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 3.0 gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpānnaphalodakair amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai nama iti gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair
amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāhety annenāmuṃ tarpayāmy amuṃ tarpayāmīti phalodakenātra namasyanti //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 3.0 gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpānnaphalodakair amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai nama iti gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair amuṣmai
svāhāmuṣmai svāhety annenāmuṃ tarpayāmy amuṃ tarpayāmīti phalodakenātra namasyanti //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 3.0 gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpānnaphalodakair amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai nama iti gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāhety
annenāmuṃ tarpayāmy amuṃ tarpayāmīti phalodakenātra namasyanti //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 3.0 gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpānnaphalodakair amuṣmai namo 'muṣmai nama iti gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpair amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāhety annenāmuṃ tarpayāmy
amuṃ tarpayāmīti phalodakenātra namasyanti //
BhārGS, 3, 17, 5.1 asau pitṛbhiḥ pitāmahebhiḥ prapitāmahebhiḥ sahaitat te tilodakaṃ tasmai te svadhā nama iti tilodakapradānam //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 8, 6.1 yajamānaḥ savyaṃ jānv ācya prācīnāvītī trīn udakāñjalīn ekasphyāyām upaninayaty
asāv avaneniṅkṣveti pitaram asāv avanenikṣveti pitāmaham asāv avaneniṅkṣveti prapitāmaham //
BhārŚS, 1, 8, 6.1 yajamānaḥ savyaṃ jānv ācya prācīnāvītī trīn udakāñjalīn ekasphyāyām upaninayaty asāv avaneniṅkṣveti pitaram
asāv avanenikṣveti pitāmaham asāv avaneniṅkṣveti prapitāmaham //
BhārŚS, 1, 8, 6.1 yajamānaḥ savyaṃ jānv ācya prācīnāvītī trīn udakāñjalīn ekasphyāyām upaninayaty asāv avaneniṅkṣveti pitaram asāv avanenikṣveti pitāmaham
asāv avaneniṅkṣveti prapitāmaham //
BhārŚS, 1, 11, 1.3 apāṃ rasa oṣadhīnāṃ suvarṇo niṣkā ime yajamānasya santu kāmadughā
amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 4, 6.5 tad yad idam āhur
amuṃ yajāmuṃ yajety ekaikaṃ devam etasyaiva sā visṛṣṭiḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 6.5 tad yad idam āhur amuṃ
yajāmuṃ yajety ekaikaṃ devam etasyaiva sā visṛṣṭiḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 7.2 tan nāmarūpābhyām eva
vyākriyatāsau nāmāyam idaṃrūpa iti /
BĀU, 1, 4, 7.3 tad idam apy etarhi nāmarūpābhyām eva vyākriyata
asau nāmāyam idaṃrūpa iti /
BĀU, 1, 4, 10.12 atha yo 'nyāṃ devatām upāste 'nyo
'sāvanyo 'ham asmīti na sa veda /
BĀU, 1, 5, 4.2 vāg evāyaṃ loko mano 'ntarikṣalokaḥ prāṇo
'sau lokaḥ //
BĀU, 2, 1, 2.1 sa hovāca gārgyaḥ ya
evāsāv āditye puruṣa etam evāhaṃ brahmopāsa iti /
BĀU, 2, 1, 3.1 sa hovāca gārgyaḥ ya
evāsau candre puruṣa etam evāhaṃ brahmopāsa iti /
BĀU, 2, 1, 4.1 sa hovāca gārgyaḥ ya
evāsau vidyuti puruṣa etam evāhaṃ brahmopāsa iti /
BĀU, 3, 1, 4.4 tad yad idaṃ cakṣuḥ so
'sāv ādityaḥ so 'dhvaryuḥ sā muktiḥ sātimuktiḥ //
BĀU, 3, 1, 6.4 tad yad idaṃ manaḥ so
'sau candraḥ sa brahmā sa muktiḥ sātimuktir ity atimokṣāḥ /
BĀU, 3, 4, 2.1 sa hovācoṣastaś cākrāyaṇaḥ yathā vai brūyād
asau gaur asāv aśva ity evam evaitad vyapadiṣṭaṃ bhavati /
BĀU, 3, 4, 2.1 sa hovācoṣastaś cākrāyaṇaḥ yathā vai brūyād asau gaur
asāv aśva ity evam evaitad vyapadiṣṭaṃ bhavati /
BĀU, 5, 4, 1.3 sa yo haitaṃ mahad yakṣaṃ prathamajaṃ veda satyaṃ brahmeti jayatīmāṃllokān jita in
nvasāv asat ya evam etan mahad yakṣaṃ prathamajaṃ veda satyaṃ brahmeti /
BĀU, 5, 5, 2.3 raśmibhir eṣo 'smin pratiṣṭhitaḥ prāṇair ayam
amuṣmin /
BĀU, 5, 15, 1.4 yat te rūpaṃ kalyāṇatamam tat te paśyāmi yo
'sāvasau puruṣaḥ so 'ham asmi /
BĀU, 5, 15, 1.4 yat te rūpaṃ kalyāṇatamam tat te paśyāmi yo
'sāvasau puruṣaḥ so 'ham asmi /
BĀU, 6, 2, 2.5 vettho
yathāsau loka evaṃ bahubhiḥ punaḥ punaḥ prayadbhir na saṃpūryatā3 iti /
BĀU, 6, 2, 15.1 te ya evam etad vidur ye
cāmī araṇye śraddhāṃ satyam upāsate te 'rcir abhisaṃbhavanti /
BĀU, 6, 4, 9.3 sa tvam aṅgakaṣāyo 'si digdhaviddhām iva mādayemām
amūṃ mayīti //
BĀU, 6, 4, 22.4 vāyur diśāṃ yathā garbha evaṃ garbhaṃ dadhāmi te
'sāviti //
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 1, 6, 8.5 sa eṣa ye
cāmuṣmāt parāñco lokās teṣāṃ ceṣṭe devakāmānāṃ ca /
ChU, 1, 7, 7.2 so
'munaiva sa eṣa ye cāmuṣmāt parāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti devakāmāṃś ca //
ChU, 1, 7, 7.2 so 'munaiva sa eṣa ye
cāmuṣmāt parāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti devakāmāṃś ca //
ChU, 1, 9, 4.2 sa ya etam eva vidvān upāste parovarīya eva
hāsyāmuṣmiṃlloke jīvanaṃ bhavati tathāmuṣmiṃl loke loka iti loke loka iti //
ChU, 1, 9, 4.2 sa ya etam eva vidvān upāste parovarīya eva hāsyāmuṣmiṃlloke jīvanaṃ bhavati
tathāmuṣmiṃl loke loka iti loke loka iti //
ChU, 5, 1, 3.1 yo ha vai pratiṣṭhāṃ veda prati ha tiṣṭhaty asmiṃś ca loke
'muṣmiṃś ca /
ChU, 6, 9, 2.1 te yathā tatra na vivekaṃ labhante
'muṣyāhaṃ vṛkṣasya raso 'smy amuṣyāhaṃ vṛkṣasya raso 'smīti /
ChU, 6, 9, 2.1 te yathā tatra na vivekaṃ labhante 'muṣyāhaṃ vṛkṣasya raso 'smy
amuṣyāhaṃ vṛkṣasya raso 'smīti /
ChU, 7, 7, 1.3 dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ cānnaṃ ca rasaṃ cemaṃ ca lokam
amuṃ ca vijñānenaiva vijānāti /
ChU, 7, 14, 1.2 āśeddho vai smaro mantrān adhīte karmāṇi kurute putrāṃś ca paśūṃś cecchata imaṃ ca lokaṃ
amuṃ cecchate /
ChU, 8, 6, 1.2 asau vā ādityaḥ piṅgala eṣa śukla eṣa nīla eṣa pīta eṣa lohitaḥ //
ChU, 8, 6, 2.1 tad yathā mahāpatha ātata ubhau grāmau gacchatīmaṃ
cāmuṃ caivam evaitā ādityasya raśmaya ubhau lokau gacchantīmaṃ cāmuṃ ca /
ChU, 8, 6, 2.1 tad yathā mahāpatha ātata ubhau grāmau gacchatīmaṃ cāmuṃ caivam evaitā ādityasya raśmaya ubhau lokau gacchantīmaṃ
cāmuṃ ca /
ChU, 8, 6, 2.3 ābhyo nāḍībhyaḥ pratāyante te
'muṣminn āditye sṛptāḥ //
ChU, 8, 8, 4.5 ātmānam eveha mahayann ātmānaṃ paricarann ubhau lokāv āpnotīmaṃ
cāmuṃ ceti //
ChU, 8, 12, 2.3 tad yathaitāny
amuṣmād ākāśāt samutthāya paraṃ jyotir upasaṃpadya svena rūpeṇābhiniṣpadyante //
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 7, 2, 11.0 prakṣālya srucaṃ yathetaṃ pratyāvrajya prācīnāvītī bhūtvāpa upaspṛśya dakṣiṇāgneḥ sthaṇḍilaṃ samūhyādbhiḥ samprokṣya sphyena sakṛd ullikhyolmukam upanidhāya darbhān upastīryāpa
upaninīyāmīṣāṃ drapsānāṃ nipṛṇuyād avamebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā sahabhakṣebhya iti prathamam //
DrāhŚS, 10, 4, 10.0 athaitair eva devatā udasya rājyaśabdaṃ
cāmunā tvā chandasārohāmīti vairājapañcamair iti gautamaḥ //
DrāhŚS, 15, 3, 3.0 ūrdhvaṃ prathamād rātriparyāyād yatra syād
amuṣmai tveti taṃ jinveti tatra brūyāt //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 1, 7, 3.0 amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmīti devatānāmādeśaṃ sakṛd dvis tūṣṇīm //
GobhGS, 2, 1, 7.0 pāṇāv ādhāya kumāryā upanāmayed ṛtam eva prathamam ṛtam nātyeti kaścanarta iyaṃ pṛthivī śritā sarvam idam
asau bhūyād iti tasyā nāma gṛhītvaiṣām ekaṃ gṛhāṇeti brūyāt //
GobhGS, 2, 1, 10.0 klītakair yavair māṣair vāplutāṃ suhṛt surottamena saśarīrāṃ trir mūrdhany abhiṣiñcet kāma veda te nāma mado nāmāsīti
samānayāmum iti patināma gṛhṇīyāt svāhākārāntābhir upastham uttarābhyāṃ plāvayet //
GobhGS, 2, 3, 9.0 dhruvam asi dhruvāhaṃ patikule bhūyāsam
amuṣyāsāv iti patināma gṛhṇīyād ātmanaś ca //
GobhGS, 2, 3, 9.0 dhruvam asi dhruvāhaṃ patikule bhūyāsam
amuṣyāsāv iti patināma gṛhṇīyād ātmanaś ca //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 7.0 yad
adaś candramasīti sakṛd yajuṣā dvis tūṣṇīm utsṛjya yathārtham //
GobhGS, 2, 8, 14.0 āhaspatyaṃ māsaṃ
praviśāsāv ity ante ca mantrasya ghoṣavadādy antarantasthaṃ dīrghābhiniṣṭhānāntaṃ kṛtaṃ nāma dadhyāt //
GobhGS, 2, 10, 26.0 utsṛjyāpām añjalim ācāryo dakṣiṇena pāṇinā dakṣiṇaṃ pāṇiṃ sāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛhṇāti devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy
asāv iti //
GobhGS, 2, 10, 31.0 dakṣiṇena pāṇinā dakṣiṇam aṃsam anvālabhya prajāpataye tvā paridadāmy
asāv iti //
GobhGS, 4, 2, 12.0 athāmuṣmāc ca sakthno māṃsapeśīm avakṛtya navāyāṃ sūnāyām aṇuśaś chedayet //
GobhGS, 4, 2, 35.0 udakapūrvaṃ tilodakaṃ dadāti pitur nāma
gṛhītvāsāv etat te tilodakaṃ ye cātra tvānu yāṃś ca tvam anu tasmai te svadheti //
GobhGS, 4, 3, 6.0 savyenaiva pāṇinodapātraṃ gṛhītvāvasalavi pūrvasyāṃ karṣvāṃ darbheṣu ninayet pitur nāma
gṛhītvāsāv avanenikṣva ye cātra tvānu yāṃś ca tvam anu tasmai te svadheti //
GobhGS, 4, 3, 8.0 savyenaiva pāṇinā darvīṃ gṛhītvā saṃnītāt tṛtīyamātram avadāyāvasalavi pūrvasyāṃ karṣvāṃ darbheṣu nidadhyāt pitur nāma
gṛhītvāsāv eṣa te piṇḍo ye cātra tvānu yāṃś ca tvam anu tasmai te svadheti //
GobhGS, 4, 3, 12.0 apaparyāvṛtya purocchvāsād abhiparyāvartamāno japed
amī madanta pitaro yathābhāgam āvṛṣāyiṣateti //
GobhGS, 4, 3, 13.0 savyenaiva pāṇinā darbhapiñjūlīṃ gṛhītvāvasalavi pūrvasyāṃ karṣvāṃ piṇḍe nidadhyāt pitur nāma
gṛhītvāsāvetat ta āñjanaṃ ye cātra tvānu yāṃś ca tvam anu tasmai te svadheti //
GobhGS, 4, 3, 24.0 savyenaiva pāṇinā sūtratantuṃ gṛhītvāvasalavi pūrvasyāṃ karṣvāṃ piṇḍe nidadhyāt pitur nāma
gṛhītvāsāvetat te vāso ye cātra tvānu yāṃś ca tvam anu tasmai te svadheti //
GobhGS, 4, 10, 19.0 muñca gāṃ varuṇapāśād dviṣantaṃ me 'bhidhehīti taṃ jahy
amuṣya cobhayor utsṛja gām attu tṛṇāni pibatūdakam iti brūyāt //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 7, 1.0 tā yā
amū retaḥ samudraṃ vṛtvātiṣṭhaṃs tāḥ prācyo dakṣiṇācyaḥ pratīcya udīcyaḥ samavadravanta //
GB, 1, 1, 32, 12.0 sa ha maitreyaḥ prātaḥ samitpāṇir maudgalyam
upasasādāsau vā ahaṃ bho maitreyaḥ //
GB, 1, 2, 22, 9.0 asau yāṃllokāñchṛṇviti pitā hy eṣa āhavanīyasya gārhapatyasya dakṣiṇāgner yo 'gnihotraṃ juhotīti //
GB, 1, 5, 14, 10.0 sa yad āha jagacchandā anu tvārabha iti jāgatena chandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane
'muṣmiṃlloke sūryaṃ santam anvārabhate //
GB, 1, 5, 14, 11.0 sa yad āha svasti mā saṃpārayeti jāgatenaiva chandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane
'muṣmiṃlloke sūryeṇa devena svasti mā saṃpārayeti jāgatenaivainaṃ tacchandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane 'muṣmiṃlloke sūryeṇa devena svasti sampadyate ya evaṃ veda //
GB, 1, 5, 14, 11.0 sa yad āha svasti mā saṃpārayeti jāgatenaiva chandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane 'muṣmiṃlloke sūryeṇa devena svasti mā saṃpārayeti jāgatenaivainaṃ tacchandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane
'muṣmiṃlloke sūryeṇa devena svasti sampadyate ya evaṃ veda //
GB, 1, 5, 24, 2.1 ṛṣer yajñasya caturvidhasya śraddhāṃ yaḥ śreyasīṃ lokam
amuṃ jigāya /
GB, 2, 1, 8, 1.0 ye vā iha yajñair ārdhnuvaṃs teṣām etāni jyotīṃṣi yāny
amūni nakṣatrāṇi //
GB, 2, 1, 8, 4.0 ye vā aniṣṭvā darśapūrṇamāsābhyāṃ somena yajante teṣām etāni jyotīṃṣi yāny
amūni nakṣatrāṇi patantīva //
GB, 2, 1, 8, 5.0 tad yathā ha vā idam aspaṣṭāvasāne nehāvasāsyasi nehāvasāsyasīti nonudyanta evaṃ haivaite
'muṣmāṃl lokān nonudyante //
GB, 2, 1, 17, 13.0 athemāv abrūtāṃ na vā ṛta āvābhyām evaitad yūyaṃ prathayata mayi pratiṣṭhitam
asau vṛṣṭyā pacati naitadito 'bhyujjeṣyatīti //
GB, 2, 1, 21, 13.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam
evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 15.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam
evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 26, 3.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam
evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 2, 7, 19.0 catasṛbhir
amuṣmāllokāccatasṛbhir antarikṣāccatasṛbhiḥ pṛthivyāḥ //
GB, 2, 2, 8, 13.0 sidhyaty
amuṣmai sidhyaty asmai lokāya ya evaṃ vidvān upasadam upaiti //
GB, 2, 3, 1, 4.0 tad
yathaivādo 'śvān vā gā vā punarabhyākāraṃ tarpayaty evam eva tad devatās tarpayati yad anuvaṣaṭkaroti //
GB, 2, 4, 7, 1.0 pūtir vā eṣo
'muṣmiṃlloke 'dhvaryuṃ ca yajamānaṃ cābhivahati //
GB, 2, 4, 9, 5.0 yo ha vā upadraṣṭāram upaśrotāram anukhyātāram eva vidvān yajate sam
amuṣmiṃlloka iṣṭāpūrtena gacchate //
GB, 2, 4, 9, 9.0 tān ya evaṃ vidvān yajate sam
amuṣmiṃlloka iṣṭāpūrtena gacchate //
GB, 2, 5, 10, 1.0 tadyathaivādo 'hna ukthānām āgneyaṃ prathamaṃ bhavaty evam evaitad atrāpy āgneyaṃ prathamaṃ bhavati //
GB, 2, 5, 13, 3.0 iṣaṃ svaś ca dhīmahīty ayaṃ vai loka iṣam ity
asau lokaḥ svar iti //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 4, 6.0 athāsmā ajinam uttarīyaṃ karoti mitrasya cakṣurdharuṇaṃ dharīyas tejo yaśasvi sthaviraṃ samiddham anāhanasyaṃ vasanaṃ jariṣṇu parīdaṃ vājyajinaṃ
dhatsvāsāv aditiste kakṣāṃ badhnātu vedasyānuvaktavai medhāyai śraddhāyā anūktasyānirākaraṇāya brahmaṇe brahmavarcasāyeti //
HirGS, 1, 5, 6.0 svasti deva savitar aham
anenāmunodṛcam aśīyeti nāmanī gṛhṇāti //
HirGS, 1, 5, 8.0 athāsya dakṣiṇena hastena dakṣiṇam aṃsam anvārabhya savyena savyaṃ vyāhṛtibhiḥ sāvitryeti dakṣiṇaṃ bāhum abhyātmann upanayate devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upanaye
'sāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 10.0 savitā tvābhirakṣatu mitras tvamasi dharmaṇāgnirācāryas tava devena savitrā prasūto bṛhaspaterbrahmacārī
bhavāsāv apo 'śānaḥ samidha ādhehi karma kuru mā divā svāpsīr ityenaṃ saṃśāsti //
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade
'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade
'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade
'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny
asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo
'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi
vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 6, 3.0 agnau pṛthivyāṃ pratitiṣṭha vāyāvantarikṣe sūrye divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyur ādityaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim
anusaṃcarāsau prāṇasya brahmacāryabhūr asāv ity ubhayatrānuṣajati //
HirGS, 1, 6, 3.0 agnau pṛthivyāṃ pratitiṣṭha vāyāvantarikṣe sūrye divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyur ādityaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim anusaṃcarāsau prāṇasya brahmacāryabhūr
asāv ity ubhayatrānuṣajati //
HirGS, 1, 9, 18.0 ānaḍuhe śakṛtpiṇḍe saṃyamya keśaśmaśrulomanakhānīdam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya pāpmānamavagūhāmīti goṣṭha udumbare darbhastambe vā nikhanati yo 'sya rātirbhavati //
HirGS, 1, 13, 13.1 gaur asy apahatapāpmāpa pāpmānaṃ jahi mama
cāmuṣya ca hataṃ me dviṣantaṃ hato me dviṣan /
HirGS, 1, 13, 19.3 tena tvāhaṃ pratigṛhṇāmi tvāmahaṃ brahmaṇā tvā mahyaṃ pratigṛhṇāmy
asāv ityācamya //
HirGS, 2, 12, 3.4 etatte
prapitāmahāsāv iti prapitāmahāya tūṣṇīṃ caturthaṃ sa kṛtākṛtaḥ //
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.1 eṣa te tata madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvānagniśca pṛthivī ca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvānasya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ taṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ
sahopajīvāsāvṛcaste mahimā /
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.2 eṣa te pitāmaha madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvān vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ ca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvān asya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathā vāyurakṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ taṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ
sahopajīvāsau yajūṃṣi te mahimā /
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.3 eṣa te prapitāmaha madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvān ādityaśca dyauśca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvānasya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ taṃ svadhāmakṣitaṃ taiḥ
sahopajīvāsau sāmāni te mahimā /
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 21, 6.8 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sāmāham asmy ṛk tvaṃ mano 'ham asmi vāk tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai mām anuvratā bhava sahaśayyā mayā
bhavāsāviti //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 20.0 dhruvo 'si dhruvāhaṃ patikule bhūyāsam
amuṣyeti patināma gṛhṇīyād asāvity ātmanaḥ //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 20.0 dhruvo 'si dhruvāhaṃ patikule bhūyāsam amuṣyeti patināma gṛhṇīyād
asāvity ātmanaḥ //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 21.0 arundhatīm arundhatyaruddhāhaṃ patyā bhūyāsam
amuneti patināma gṛhṇīyād asāvityātmanaḥ //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 21.0 arundhatīm arundhatyaruddhāhaṃ patyā bhūyāsam amuneti patināma gṛhṇīyād
asāvityātmanaḥ //
JaimGS, 2, 1, 7.0 upamūlalūnān darbhān viṣṭarān prasavyān kṛtvā brāhmaṇebhyaḥ pradadyād etat te pitar āsanam
asau ye ca tvātrānu tebhyaścāsanam iti //
JaimGS, 2, 1, 19.0 athaitāni brāhmaṇebhya upanikṣipya svāṅguṣṭhenānudiśaty
amuṣmai svadhāmuṣmai svadheti //
JaimGS, 2, 1, 19.0 athaitāni brāhmaṇebhya upanikṣipya svāṅguṣṭhenānudiśaty amuṣmai
svadhāmuṣmai svadheti //
JaimGS, 2, 2, 2.0 anulekhaṃ darbhān āstīryodapātreṇācāmayaty ācāma pitar
asau ye ca tvātrānu te cācāmantv iti //
JaimGS, 2, 2, 4.1 teṣu piṇḍān nidadhāty anunāmāpahastenaitat te pitar
asau ye ca tvātrānu tebhyaś ca svadhā nama iti //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 11, 6.2 tasmād u te stuvata ivedam me bhaviṣyaty
ado me bhaviṣyatīti //
JUB, 1, 18, 10.3 yad
ado 'mṛtaṃ tapati tat prapadya tato mṛtyunā pāpmanā vyāvartanta //
JUB, 1, 18, 11.1 evam evaivaṃ vidvān om ity etad evākṣaraṃ samāruhya yad
ado 'mṛtaṃ tapati tat prapadya tato mṛtyunā pāpmanā vyāvartate 'tho yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati //
JUB, 1, 20, 8.1 atha yāni trīṇy āgītāny agnir vāyur
asāv āditya etāny āgītāni /
JUB, 1, 22, 2.3 sa
yathāsāv amīṣāṃ rasam ādatta evam eṣa teṣāṃ rasam ādatte //
JUB, 1, 22, 2.3 sa yathāsāv
amīṣāṃ rasam ādatta evam eṣa teṣāṃ rasam ādatte //
JUB, 1, 31, 2.1 tasyaitasya sāmna iyam eva prācī digghiṅkāra iyam prastāva iyam ādir iyam udgītho
'sau pratihāro 'ntarikṣam upadrava iyam eva nidhanam //
JUB, 1, 37, 3.4 svayāgayā mādhyandinasya savanasyodgāyaty ṛdhnoty
amuṃ lokam //
JUB, 1, 41, 7.2 ye devā asurebhyaḥ pūrve pañca janā āsan ya
evāsāv āditye puruṣo yaś candramasi yo vidyuti yo 'psu yo 'yam akṣann antar eṣa eva te /
JUB, 1, 57, 7.1 so
'sāv ādityaḥ sa eṣa eva ud agnir eva gī candramā eva tham /
JUB, 2, 9, 5.1 ety apānas tad
asau lokas tad amuṃ lokam amuṣmiṃlloka ābhajati //
JUB, 2, 9, 5.1 ety apānas tad asau lokas tad
amuṃ lokam amuṣmiṃlloka ābhajati //
JUB, 2, 9, 5.1 ety apānas tad asau lokas tad amuṃ lokam
amuṣmiṃlloka ābhajati //
JUB, 2, 12, 6.1 yāvadāvāsā u hāsyeme prāṇā asmiṃlloka etāvadāvāsā u hāsyaitā devatā
amuṣmiṃlloke bhavanti //
JUB, 2, 12, 8.2 etā me devatā asmiṃlloke gṛhebhyo gṛhān kariṣyanti svebhya āyatanebhya iti haiva vidyād etā devatā
amuṣmiṃlloke lokam pradāsyantīti //
JUB, 2, 14, 2.2 ya enam asmiṃl loke sādhūpacarati tam eṣo
'muṣmiṃlloke sādhūpacarati /
JUB, 2, 14, 2.3 atha ya enam asmiṃlloke nādriyate tam eṣo
'muṣmiṃlloke nādriyate /
JUB, 3, 3, 3.2 sa ya evam etam ukthasyātmānam ātman pratiṣṭhitaṃ veda sa
hāmuṣmiṃlloke sāṅgaḥ satanuḥ sarvaḥ sambhavati //
JUB, 3, 3, 4.1 śaśvaddha vā
amuṣmiṃlloke yad idam puruṣasyāṇḍau śiśnaṃ karṇau nāsike yat kiṃcānasthikaṃ na sambhavati //
JUB, 3, 3, 5.1 atha ya evam etam ukthasyātmānam ātman pratiṣṭhitaṃ veda sa
haivāmuṣmiṃlloke sāṅgaḥ satanuḥ sarvaḥ sambhavati //
JUB, 3, 10, 11.1 tān vā etān mṛtyūn sāmnodgātātmānaṃ ca yajamānaṃ cātivahaty om ity etenākṣareṇa
prāṇenāmunādityena //
JUB, 3, 10, 13.1 tad yad eṣo 'bhyukta imam eva puruṣaṃ yo 'yam ācchanno 'ntar om ity etenaivākṣareṇa
prāṇenaivāmunaivādityena //
JUB, 3, 11, 7.1 atha
tṛtīyayāvṛtāmum eva lokam jayati yad u cāmuṣmiṃlloke /
JUB, 3, 11, 7.1 atha tṛtīyayāvṛtāmum eva lokam jayati yad u
cāmuṣmiṃlloke /
JUB, 3, 33, 2.1 sa yo ha vā
amūr devatā upāste yā amūr adhidevataṃ dūrūpā vā etā duranusamprāpyā iva /
JUB, 3, 33, 2.1 sa yo ha vā amūr devatā upāste yā
amūr adhidevataṃ dūrūpā vā etā duranusamprāpyā iva /
JUB, 3, 34, 2.1 tad
yatrāda āha somaḥ pavata iti vopāvartadhvam iti vā tat sahaiva vācā manasā prāṇena svareṇa hiṃkurvanti /
JUB, 3, 37, 3.2 tad ye ca ha vā ime prāṇā
amī ca raśmaya etair ha vā eṣa etad ā ca parā ca pathibhiś carati //
JUB, 4, 11, 1.1 ṣaḍḍha vai devatāḥ svayaṃbhuvo 'gnir vāyur
asāv ādityaḥ prāṇo 'nnaṃ vāk //
JUB, 4, 22, 9.1 tad
asau vā ādityaḥ prāṇo 'gnir apāna āpo vyāno diśaḥ samānaś candramā udānaḥ //
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 11, 1.0 atha ha smāha nagarī jānaśruteyo
'sau vā ādityo 'staṃ yann agnim eva yoniṃ praviśatīti //
JB, 1, 14, 8.0 atho hainam
amuṣmin loke na pāpī vāg āgacchati ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti //
JB, 1, 23, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ yaśa ity
ado yaśa ity ādityaṃ so 'ham ado yaśo 'smin yaśasi sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ yaśo 'muṣmin yaśasi prātar juhomyetāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 23, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ yaśa ity ado yaśa ity ādityaṃ so 'ham
ado yaśo 'smin yaśasi sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ yaśo 'muṣmin yaśasi prātar juhomyetāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 23, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ yaśa ity ado yaśa ity ādityaṃ so 'ham ado yaśo 'smin yaśasi sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ yaśo
'muṣmin yaśasi prātar juhomyetāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 23, 8.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ satyam ity
adaḥ satyam ity ādityaṃ so 'ham adaḥ satyam asmin satye sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ satyam amuṣmin satye prātar juhomyetāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 23, 8.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ satyam ity adaḥ satyam ity ādityaṃ so 'ham
adaḥ satyam asmin satye sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ satyam amuṣmin satye prātar juhomyetāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 23, 8.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ satyam ity adaḥ satyam ity ādityaṃ so 'ham adaḥ satyam asmin satye sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ satyam
amuṣmin satye prātar juhomyetāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 24, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām ity
ado bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām ity ādityaṃ so 'ham ado bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām asmin bhūyiṣṭhe śreṣṭhe vittānāṃ sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām amuṣmin bhūyiṣṭhe śreṣṭhe vittānāṃ prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 24, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām ity ado bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām ity ādityaṃ so 'ham
ado bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām asmin bhūyiṣṭhe śreṣṭhe vittānāṃ sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām amuṣmin bhūyiṣṭhe śreṣṭhe vittānāṃ prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 24, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām ity ado bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām ity ādityaṃ so 'ham ado bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām asmin bhūyiṣṭhe śreṣṭhe vittānāṃ sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām
amuṣmin bhūyiṣṭhe śreṣṭhe vittānāṃ prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 24, 8.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ teja ity
adas teja ity ādityaṃ so 'ham adas tejo 'smiṃs tejasi sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ tejo 'muṣmiṃs tejasi prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 24, 8.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ teja ity adas teja ity ādityaṃ so 'ham
adas tejo 'smiṃs tejasi sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ tejo 'muṣmiṃs tejasi prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 24, 8.0 agnim upadiśann uvācedaṃ teja ity adas teja ity ādityaṃ so 'ham adas tejo 'smiṃs tejasi sāyaṃ juhomīdaṃ tejo
'muṣmiṃs tejasi prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 25, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācāyam arka
ityasāvaśvo medho medhya ity ādityaṃ so 'ham amum aśvaṃ medhaṃ medhyam asminn arke sāyaṃ juhomīmam arkam amuṣminn aśve medhe medhye prātar juhomy etāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 25, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācāyam arka ityasāvaśvo medho medhya ity ādityaṃ so 'ham
amum aśvaṃ medhaṃ medhyam asminn arke sāyaṃ juhomīmam arkam amuṣminn aśve medhe medhye prātar juhomy etāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 25, 3.0 agnim upadiśann uvācāyam arka ityasāvaśvo medho medhya ity ādityaṃ so 'ham amum aśvaṃ medhaṃ medhyam asminn arke sāyaṃ juhomīmam arkam
amuṣminn aśve medhe medhye prātar juhomy etāveva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 25, 6.0 agnim upadiśann uvāceyam itir ity
asau gatir ity ādityaṃ so 'ham amūṃ gatim asyām itau sāyaṃ juhomīmām itim amuṣyāṃ gatau prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 25, 6.0 agnim upadiśann uvāceyam itir ity asau gatir ity ādityaṃ so 'ham
amūṃ gatim asyām itau sāyaṃ juhomīmām itim amuṣyāṃ gatau prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 25, 6.0 agnim upadiśann uvāceyam itir ity asau gatir ity ādityaṃ so 'ham amūṃ gatim asyām itau sāyaṃ juhomīmām itim
amuṣyāṃ gatau prātar juhomy etāv eva mā tad gamayiṣyato yatra sarve kāmā etau me punarmṛtyum apajeṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 43, 10.0 ye vā asmin loke 'gnihotraṃ juhvato naivaṃvido vanaspatīn saṃvṛścyābhyādadhati tān vā
amuṣmin loke vanaspatayaḥ puruṣarūpaṃ kṛtvā pratyadanti //
JB, 1, 43, 16.0 ye vā asmin loke 'gnihotraṃ juhvato naivaṃvidaḥ paśūn ākrandayataḥ pacante tān vā
amuṣmin loke paśavaḥ puruṣarūpaṃ kṛtvā pratyadanti //
JB, 1, 43, 22.0 ye vā asmin loke 'gnihotraṃ juhvato naivaṃvido vrīhiyavāṃs tūṣṇīm avyāharataḥ pacante tān vā
amuṣmin loke vrīhiyavāḥ puruṣarūpaṃ kṛtvā pratyadanti //
JB, 1, 44, 22.0 sa ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti nainam
amuṣmin loke vanaspatayaḥ puruṣarūpaṃ kṛtvā pratyadanti na paśavo na vrīhiyavā nāsyeṣṭāpūrte śraddhāṃ cāśraddhāṃ ca gacchato 'pahate lohitakulyām avarunddhe ghṛtakulyām //
JB, 1, 45, 22.0 pañcamyāṃ visṛṣṭyāṃ divyā āpaḥ puruṣavāco vadanti yathā
yathāmuṃ lokam apyeti //
JB, 1, 51, 10.0 tasyāyam eva loko gārhapatyo bhavaty antarikṣaloko 'nvāhāryapacano
'sāv eva loka āhavanīyaḥ //
JB, 1, 57, 6.0 yad
evādaś caturgṛhītam ādiṣṭaṃ syāt tatraivainad abhyunnayet //
JB, 1, 57, 12.0 yad
evādaś caturgṛhītam ādiṣṭaṃ syāt tatraivainad abhyunnayet //
JB, 1, 59, 5.0 tad yathā vā
ado dhāvayato 'śvataro gadāyate yukto vā balīvarda upaviśati tena daṇḍaprajitena tottraprajitena yam adhvānaṃ kāmayate taṃ samaśnuta evam evaitayā daṇḍaprajitayā tottraprajitayā yaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ kāmayate taṃ samaśnute //
JB, 1, 62, 9.0 tad yathā vā
ada āvasathavāsinaṃ kruddhaṃ yantam ukṣavehatā vānumantrayetānyena vā priyeṇa dhāmnaivam eva tad viśvān devān anumantrayate //
JB, 1, 79, 4.0 yady asyāvaruddho rājanyaḥ syād vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvā tūṣṇīṃ droṇakalaśam adhyūhya tam avahvārayan dakṣiṇā nirūhed idam aham
amuṃ viśo nirūhāmīdam asya rāṣṭraṃ nyubjāmīti nyañcaṃ droṇakalaśaṃ nyubjet //
JB, 1, 79, 5.0 sammukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvā yo 'sya rājanyaḥ syāt tasya nāma gṛhītvā droṇakalaśam adhyūhed idam aham
amuṃ viśy adhyūhāmīti //
JB, 1, 79, 8.0 vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvā tūṣṇīṃ droṇakalaśam adhyūhyopāṃśusavana iti grāvā tam upariṣṭād abhinidadhyād idam aham
amuṣmin viśam adhyūhāmīti //
JB, 1, 79, 10.0 sa yady enaṃ viditvopadhāved asmin vāvedaṃ brāhmaṇe 'dhy āsa yad idam asyeva ca neva ceti sammukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvā droṇakalaśam adhyūhed idam aham
amuṃ viśy adhyūhāmīti //
JB, 1, 84, 12.0 etena ha sma vai sa tad āha somodgāyodgāya somedam
amuṣmā idam amuṣmā iti //
JB, 1, 84, 12.0 etena ha sma vai sa tad āha somodgāyodgāya somedam amuṣmā idam
amuṣmā iti //
JB, 1, 85, 7.0 tad yathā vā
adaḥ pratikūlam udyan prāvabhra iva bhavatyevam evaitat //
JB, 1, 87, 20.0 yad
evāda āvad uttamam akṣaraṃ bhavati tenāsmāl lokān nāvacchidyate //
JB, 1, 99, 2.0 asmād evainān lokād gāyatryāntarāyann antarikṣāt
triṣṭubhāmuṣmāj jagatyā paśubhyo 'nuṣṭubhā //
JB, 1, 100, 14.0 imam eva lokaṃ prathamenodāsenābhyārohaty antarikṣaṃ
dvitīyenāmuṃ tṛtīyena //
JB, 1, 105, 6.0 imam eva lokam āgneyenājayann antarikṣaṃ
maitrāvaruṇenāmum aindreṇa diśa evaindrāgnena //
JB, 1, 126, 10.0 taṃ hānvīkṣya patantam uvāca yeṣām
asau haritavarṇakaḥ patati te jeṣyantīti //
JB, 1, 129, 11.0 athānumantrayeta prāṇair
amuṣya prāṇān vṛṅkṣva takṣaṇena tekṣṇīyasāyur asya prāṇān vṛṅkṣva kruddha enaṃ manyunā daṇḍena jahi dhanur enam ātatyeṣvā vidhyeti //
JB, 1, 144, 17.0 tad āhuḥ prādeśamātrād vā etad imaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati prādeśamātrād
amuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 144, 18.0 atho āhur yāvad eva goḥ sūtāyā ulbaṃ tāvataivemaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati
tāvatāmuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 144, 19.0 atho āhur yāvad eva śakṛty ulbaṃ tāvataivemaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati
tāvatāmuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 145, 8.0 ūṣān
evāsāv amuto 'syai śulkam akarod dhūmam ita iyam amuṣyai //
JB, 1, 145, 8.0 ūṣān evāsāv amuto 'syai śulkam akarod dhūmam ita iyam
amuṣyai //
JB, 1, 145, 9.0 varṣam
evāsāv amuto 'syai śulkam akarod devayajanam ita iyam amuṣyai //
JB, 1, 145, 9.0 varṣam evāsāv amuto 'syai śulkam akarod devayajanam ita iyam
amuṣyai //
JB, 1, 165, 5.0 tad yathā vā
adaḥ samudraṃ prasnāya dvīpaṃ vittvopotsnāya viśrāmyann āsta evaṃ ha vā etan nidhanam upetya kāmaṃ viśrāmyanta āsīrann astuvānāḥ //
JB, 1, 166, 37.0 pañco
evāmūni sāmāni mādhyaṃdine pavamāne bhavanty ṛtava eva //
JB, 1, 168, 10.0 sa yo 'nūcānaḥ sann ayaśa ṛto bhavaty
amuṃ ha vai tasya lokaṃ yaśo gataṃ bhavati //
JB, 1, 183, 7.0 hariśriyam ity evāsmāl lokād virājasīty antarikṣād dive diva ity
amuṣmāt //
JB, 1, 202, 10.0 saṃsthite some nyañcaṃ droṇakalaśaṃ paryasya karambhamayān vā puruṣān kṛtvā haritānāṃ vā tṛṇānāṃ teṣāṃ nāmagrahaṃ grīvā apikṛnted idam aham
amuṣya grīvā apikṛntāmīdam amuṣyedam amuṣyeti //
JB, 1, 202, 10.0 saṃsthite some nyañcaṃ droṇakalaśaṃ paryasya karambhamayān vā puruṣān kṛtvā haritānāṃ vā tṛṇānāṃ teṣāṃ nāmagrahaṃ grīvā apikṛnted idam aham amuṣya grīvā apikṛntāmīdam
amuṣyedam amuṣyeti //
JB, 1, 202, 10.0 saṃsthite some nyañcaṃ droṇakalaśaṃ paryasya karambhamayān vā puruṣān kṛtvā haritānāṃ vā tṛṇānāṃ teṣāṃ nāmagrahaṃ grīvā apikṛnted idam aham amuṣya grīvā apikṛntāmīdam amuṣyedam
amuṣyeti //
JB, 1, 212, 11.0 ahorātre devā abhijitya te
'mum ādityaṃ savanair eva pratyañcam anayan //
JB, 1, 212, 16.0 sa ya etad evaṃ veda nīto 'sya savanair
asāv ādityaḥ pratyaṅ bhavaty ānītaḥ punaḥ paryāyaiḥ prāṅ uttabdhaḥ purastād āśvinena //
JB, 1, 215, 5.0 yad
evādas tṛtīyasavanād ṛjīṣam atirecayanti tenāsyāṃ caranti //
JB, 1, 216, 17.0 yad
evādas tṛtīyasavanād ṛjīṣam atirecayanti tenāsyāṃ caranti //
JB, 1, 218, 13.0 suvṛktibhir iti vā ayaṃ loko nṛmādanam ity antarikṣaṃ bhareṣv ā ity
asau //
JB, 1, 220, 21.0 asau ya eṣi vīrako gṛhaṃ gṛhaṃ vicākaśad imaṃ jambhasutaṃ piba dhānāvantaṃ karambhiṇam apūpavantam ukthinam iti //
JB, 1, 229, 3.0 ayam eva loko rathantaram antarikṣaṃ vāmadevyam
asāv eva bṛhat //
JB, 1, 232, 8.0 ubhayatojyotiṣāsya yajñakratuneṣṭaṃ bhavati jyotiṣmān asmiṃś ca loke
'muṣmiṃś ca bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 233, 10.0 yo ha vai virājam atiyajate punar ha so
'muṣmin loke yajamāna āste //
JB, 1, 238, 7.0 yā hy
asau yajñāyajñīyasyaikaviṃśī tām āsu bahiṣpavamānīṣu navasu pratyupadhāya śaye 'nanto bhūtvā parigṛhyaitad annādyam //
JB, 1, 240, 11.0 dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāv āditya ekaviṃśaḥ //
JB, 1, 240, 20.0 sa eṣa ekaviṃśatyā trivṛdbhir
amuṣminn āditye pratiṣṭhito navabhir asāv ekaviṃśair asmin //
JB, 1, 240, 20.0 sa eṣa ekaviṃśatyā trivṛdbhir amuṣminn āditye pratiṣṭhito navabhir
asāv ekaviṃśair asmin //
JB, 1, 241, 12.0 yāvad u ha vā ayam agnir asmin loke dīpyate tāvad
amuṣmin loka ādityaḥ //
JB, 1, 241, 14.0 yathā ha vā idam āyatanam āyatanī prepsed evam imaṃ lokam āpaḥ prepsanti yāś
cāmūr yāś cemāḥ //
JB, 1, 241, 21.0 yāvaddha vā apy evaṃvido brāhmaṇā bhavitāro na haiva tāvad yāś
cāmūr āpo yaś cemās tā ubhayīḥ sampadyemaṃ lokaṃ nirmraṣṭāraḥ //
JB, 1, 243, 11.0 atha yā gāyatrī pariśiṣyate tām
ada ekānnasaptatyāṃ prātassavanasya stotriyāsu pratyupadadhāti //
JB, 1, 247, 10.0 ūrdhvo hy ayam agnir dīpyate tiryaṅṅ ayaṃ vāyuḥ pavate 'rvāṅ
asāv ādityas tapati //
JB, 1, 249, 15.0 yathaivāsyāgne rūpaṃ yathā tviṣir yathāsya vāyor
yathāmuṣyādityasyaivam evaitasya stomasya rūpam evaṃ tviṣiḥ //
JB, 1, 256, 7.0 sa eṣa prajāpatir agniṣṭomo
'mūm ekaviṃśī3ṃ yajñāyajñīyasyāsu bahiṣpavamānīṣu navasu pratyupadhāya śaya etā dviṣṭanā virājo duhānaḥ pañca pañcadaśāni pañca saptadaśāni //
JB, 1, 258, 36.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaś caikitāneyo yathā vā
asāv ado 'mūm ekaviṃśī3ṃ yajñāyajñīyasyāsu bahiṣpavamānīṣu navasu pratyupadhāya śaya evaṃ vā ayam idam ubhāv antau saṃdhāya śaye //
JB, 1, 258, 36.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaś caikitāneyo yathā vā asāv
ado 'mūm ekaviṃśī3ṃ yajñāyajñīyasyāsu bahiṣpavamānīṣu navasu pratyupadhāya śaya evaṃ vā ayam idam ubhāv antau saṃdhāya śaye //
JB, 1, 258, 36.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaś caikitāneyo yathā vā asāv ado
'mūm ekaviṃśī3ṃ yajñāyajñīyasyāsu bahiṣpavamānīṣu navasu pratyupadhāya śaya evaṃ vā ayam idam ubhāv antau saṃdhāya śaye //
JB, 1, 259, 3.0 atha yad yajñāj jāyate tad
amuṣmai lokāya jāyate gandharvalokāya jāyate devalokāya jāyate svargāya lokāya jāyate //
JB, 1, 274, 1.0 trayo ha vā ete samudrā yat pavamānā agnir vāyur
asāv ādityaḥ //
JB, 1, 284, 15.0 tad yathā vā
ado bhadrabalīvardena rajjvabhihitena punaḥ punaḥ pratidhāvanti pratikūlāya vā gurave vodvoḍhava evaṃ vā etāṃ vācam anuṣṭubhaṃ savanamukheṣu pariyāṇāyaiva yuñjanti //
JB, 1, 286, 1.0 chandāṃsi yad imān lokān vyabhajantemam eva lokaṃ gāyatry abhajatāntarikṣaṃ triṣṭub
amuṃ jagatī //
JB, 1, 291, 6.0 yathā ha vai kūpasya khātasya gambhīrasya paras tamisram iva dadṛśa evaṃ ha vai śaśvat parastād
antarikṣasyāsau lokaḥ //
JB, 1, 296, 14.0 atha yasmād bṛhataḥ stobhena pariṣṭubhyau ho ity arvāṅ prastauti tasmād
asāv arvāṅ loko 'rvāṅ asāv ādityas tapaty arvāṅ candramā arvāñci nakṣatrāṇy arvācī vṛṣṭir eti sarvam evārvāk //
JB, 1, 296, 14.0 atha yasmād bṛhataḥ stobhena pariṣṭubhyau ho ity arvāṅ prastauti tasmād asāv arvāṅ loko 'rvāṅ
asāv ādityas tapaty arvāṅ candramā arvāñci nakṣatrāṇy arvācī vṛṣṭir eti sarvam evārvāk //
JB, 1, 300, 21.0 yāś ca ha vā
amūr uparyupari patanti yāś cādhaḥ sarpanti tā etam eva svāraṃ prāṇam upajīvanti //
JB, 1, 320, 10.0 yady apy āgneyam evājyam apivahec chūnye
amū savane yātayāmnī syātām //
JB, 1, 341, 3.0 tad yad ahar āviḥ sat tac channaṃ gāyati tasmād
asāv āditya idaṃ sarvaṃ na pradahati //
JB, 1, 345, 20.0 tad yad aprastutam apratihṛtaṃ sāma bhavaty
amuṣminn evainaṃ tal loke pratiṣṭhāpayanti //
JB, 1, 359, 4.0 sa brūyād
amuṃ vai lokaṃ manuṣyāḥ pūrvapakṣe vardhayanty amum āpyāyayanty amuṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 1, 359, 4.0 sa brūyād amuṃ vai lokaṃ manuṣyāḥ pūrvapakṣe vardhayanty
amum āpyāyayanty amuṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 1, 359, 4.0 sa brūyād amuṃ vai lokaṃ manuṣyāḥ pūrvapakṣe vardhayanty amum āpyāyayanty
amuṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 1, 359, 5.0 pūrvapakṣe yajamāno vidyād
amum idaṃ lokaṃ vardhayāmy amum āpyāyayāmy amuṃ prajanayāmi //
JB, 1, 359, 5.0 pūrvapakṣe yajamāno vidyād amum idaṃ lokaṃ vardhayāmy
amum āpyāyayāmy amuṃ prajanayāmi //
JB, 1, 359, 5.0 pūrvapakṣe yajamāno vidyād amum idaṃ lokaṃ vardhayāmy amum āpyāyayāmy
amuṃ prajanayāmi //
JB, 1, 363, 6.0 tad yathā vā
adaḥ samudro 'nanto 'pāro 'kṣito dyāvāpṛthivī sarva ime lokā evaṃ vā etā vyāhṛtayo 'kṣitāḥ //
JB, 2, 41, 2.0 ayaṃ vai loko bhūpatir antarikṣaṃ bhuvanapatir
asāv eva loko bhūtānāṃ patiḥ //
JB, 2, 251, 7.0 sā yaiṣā śabalī paṣṭhauhy upainam
eṣāmuṣmin loke kāmadughā bhūtvā tiṣṭhate ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 3, 146, 4.0 pavamāne saṃvāśayed yaḥ
kāmayetāmuṣmin me loke kāmadughāḥ syur iti //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 7, 5.0 asau yajate 'muṣya putro yajate 'muṣya pautro yajate 'muṣya naptā yajata iti catuṣpuruṣam //
JaimŚS, 7, 5.0 asau yajate
'muṣya putro yajate 'muṣya pautro yajate 'muṣya naptā yajata iti catuṣpuruṣam //
JaimŚS, 7, 5.0 asau yajate 'muṣya putro yajate
'muṣya pautro yajate 'muṣya naptā yajata iti catuṣpuruṣam //
JaimŚS, 7, 5.0 asau yajate 'muṣya putro yajate 'muṣya pautro yajate
'muṣya naptā yajata iti catuṣpuruṣam //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 1, 2, 5.0 niruptaṃ pavitrābhyāṃ prokṣati
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam yathādevatam //
KauśS, 1, 3, 14.0 rājakarmābhicārikeṣu
amuṣya tvā prāṇāya gṛhṇe 'pānāya vyānāya samānāyodānāya iti pañcamam //
KauśS, 2, 7, 20.0 uttarato 'gner lohitāśvatthasya śākhāṃ nihatya nīlalohitābhyāṃ sūtrābhyāṃ paritatya
nīlalohitenāmūn iti dakṣiṇā prahāpayati //
KauśS, 4, 9, 9.4 tāṃ tvā vayaṃ khanāmasy
amuṣmai tvā śalyasraṃsanam ity astamite chattreṇa vāntardhāya phālena khanati //
KauśS, 5, 4, 1.0 yad
adaḥ saṃprayatīr iti yenecchennadī pratipadyeteti prasiñcan vrajati //
KauśS, 5, 5, 14.0 ambayo yanti śaṃbhumayobhū hiraṇyavarṇā yad
adaḥ punantu mā sasruṣīr himavataḥ prasravanti vāyoḥ pūtaḥ pavitreṇa śaṃ ca no mayaś ca no anaḍudbhyas tvaṃ prathamaṃ mahyam āpo vaiśvānaro raśmibhir ity abhivarṣaṇāvasecanānām //
KauśS, 5, 8, 10.0 dakṣiṇe pārśve darbhābhyām
adhikṣipatyamuṣmai tvā juṣṭam iti yathādevatam //
KauśS, 5, 8, 31.0 idam aham
āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya prāṇāpānāv apakṛntāmīty apakṛtya //
KauśS, 5, 8, 33.0 idam aham
āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya prāṇāpānau nikhanāmīty āsye nikhanati //
KauśS, 5, 10, 7.0 mantroktāni patitebhyo devāḥ kapotarcā kapotam
amūn hetir iti mahāśāntim āvapate //
KauśS, 6, 1, 22.0 idam aham
āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya prāṇāpānāv apyāyacchāmīty āyacchati //
KauśS, 6, 1, 39.0 lohitaśirasaṃ kṛkalāsam
amūn hanmīti hatvā sadyaḥ kāryo bhāṅge śayane //
KauśS, 7, 1, 4.0 āre
amūḥ pāre pātaṃ na ya enaṃ pariṣīdanti yad āyudhaṃ daṇḍena vyākhyātam //
KauśS, 7, 6, 10.0 ko nāmāsi kiṃgotra ity
asāviti yathā nāmagotre bhavatas tathā prabrūhi //
KauśS, 8, 6, 12.1 athāmuṣyaudanasyāvadānānāṃ ca madhyāt pūrvārdhācca dvir avadāyopariṣṭād udakenābhighārya juhoti somena pūto jaṭhare sīda brahmaṇām ārṣeyeṣu ni dadha odana tveti //
KauśS, 8, 9, 28.1 ata ūrdhvaṃ vācite hute saṃsthite
'mūṃ te dadāmīti nāmagrāham upaspṛśet //
KauśS, 11, 2, 30.0 asmād vai tvam ajāyathā ayaṃ tvad adhi jāyatām
asau svāhety urasi gṛhye juhoti //
KauśS, 11, 9, 20.1 yo
'sāvantaragnir bhavati taṃ pradakṣiṇam avekṣya tisras tāmīs tāmyati //
KauśS, 11, 10, 9.1 atha yasya bhāryā dāsī vā pradrāviṇī bhavati ye
'mī taṇḍulāḥ prasavyaṃ parikīrṇā bhavanti tāṃs tasyai prayacchati //
KauśS, 13, 2, 10.1 dvādaśyāḥ prātar
yatraivādaḥ patitaṃ bhavati tata uttaram agnim upasamādhāya //
KauśS, 13, 10, 2.5 yat te ghoraṃ yat te viṣaṃ tad dviṣatsu nidadhmasy
amuṣminn iti brūyāt //
KauśS, 13, 28, 3.0 dvādaśyāḥ prātar
yatraivādo 'vadīrṇaṃ bhavati tata uttaram agnim upasamādhāya //
KauśS, 13, 34, 7.0 dvādaśyāḥ prātar
yatraivāsau patitā bhavati tata uttaram agnim upasamādhāya //
KauśS, 13, 34, 9.0 athāmuṃ navanītaṃ sauvarṇe pātre vilāpya sauvarṇena sruveṇa rakṣoghnaiś ca sūktair yām āhus tārakaiṣā vikeśītyetena sūktenājyaṃ juhvan //
KauśS, 14, 3, 8.1 mā no devā ahir vadhīd arasasya śarkoṭasyendrasya prathamo ratho yas te sarpo vṛścikas tṛṣṭadaṃśmā namas te astu vidyuta āre
'sāv asmad astu yas te pṛthu stanayitnur iti saṃsthāpya homān //
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 3, 3, 25.0 sā vā
asau yad ado 'muṣyādityasyopariṣṭād divīva bhāti jyotir iva //
KauṣB, 3, 3, 25.0 sā vā asau yad
ado 'muṣyādityasyopariṣṭād divīva bhāti jyotir iva //
KauṣB, 3, 3, 25.0 sā vā asau yad ado
'muṣyādityasyopariṣṭād divīva bhāti jyotir iva //
KauṣB, 4, 10, 7.0 api vā sthālīpākam eva gārhapatye śrapayitvā navānām etābhya āgrayaṇadevatābhya āhavanīye juhuyāt sviṣṭakṛccaturthībhyo
'muṣyai svāhā amuṣyai svāheti devatānām aparihāṇāya //
KauṣB, 4, 10, 7.0 api vā sthālīpākam eva gārhapatye śrapayitvā navānām etābhya āgrayaṇadevatābhya āhavanīye juhuyāt sviṣṭakṛccaturthībhyo 'muṣyai svāhā
amuṣyai svāheti devatānām aparihāṇāya //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 29.0 tad yathā ha vā asmiṃlloke manuṣyāḥ paśūn aśnanti yathaibhir bhuñjata evam
evāmuṣmiṃlloke paśavo manuṣyān aśnanty evam ebhir bhuñjate //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 30.0 sa ya enān iha prātar anuvākenāvarundhe tam ihāvaruddhā
amuṣmiṃlloke nāśnanti //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 32.0 yathaivainān asmiṃlloke aśnāti yathaibhir bhuṅkta evam evainān
amuṣmiṃlloke aśnāti //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 33.0 yathaivainān asmiṃlloke aśnāti yathaibhir bhuṅkta evam evainān
amuṣmiṃlloke aśnāty evam ebhir bhuṅkte //
KauṣB, 11, 4, 1.0 āgneya uṣasya āśvine pūrvā pūrvaiva vyāhṛtir agne rūpam
uttarāmuṣyādityasya //
KauṣB, 12, 7, 4.0 tathā
hāsyāsau somo rājā vicakṣaṇaś candramā bhakṣo bhakṣito bhavati yam amuṃ devā bhakṣaṃ bhakṣayanti //
KauṣB, 12, 7, 4.0 tathā hāsyāsau somo rājā vicakṣaṇaś candramā bhakṣo bhakṣito bhavati yam
amuṃ devā bhakṣaṃ bhakṣayanti //
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
KU, 1, 7.1 yajūdaraḥ sāmaśirā
asāvṛṅmūrtir avyayaḥ /
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
KhādGS, 2, 1, 9.0 havir nirvaped
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmīti devatāśrayaṃ sakṛdyajurvā dvistūṣṇīm //
KhādGS, 2, 3, 4.0 yatte susīma iti tisṛbhirupasthāyodañcaṃ mātre pradāya
yadada ity apām añjalimavasiñcet //
KhādGS, 2, 4, 12.0 ko nāmāsītyukto devatāśrayaṃ nakṣatrāśrayaṃ vābhivādanīyaṃ nāma brūyād
asāvasmīti //
KhādGS, 3, 5, 16.0 udapātrāṇyapasalavi karṣūṣu ninayedekaikasya
nāmoktvāsāv avanenikṣva ye cātra tvānu yāṃśca tvamanu tasmai te svadheti //
KhādGS, 4, 2, 24.0 vaśaṃgamāvityetābhyāmāhutī juhuyādyamicchedvaśamāyāntaṃ tasya nāma
gṛhītvāsāv iti vaśī hāsya bhavati //
KhādGS, 4, 4, 21.0 gāṃ veditāmanumantrayeta muñca gām ity
amuṣya cety arhayitur nāma brūyāt //
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 5, 9, 19.0 savye samavadāya sarvebhyo yathāvaniktaṃ piṇḍān dadāty
asāv etat ta iti //
KātyŚS, 20, 6, 18.0 adhvaryubrahmodgātṛhotṛkṣattāraḥ kumārīpatnībhiḥ saṃvadante yakāsakāv iti daśarcasya dvābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ haye haye
'sāv ity āmantryāmantrya //
KātyŚS, 20, 8, 4.0 sviṣṭakṛdvanaspatyantare śūlyaṃ hutvā devatāśvāṅgebhyo juhoty
amuṣmai svāheti pratidevataṃ śādaprabhṛtitvagantebhyaḥ //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 14, 6.2 ṛta iyaṃ pṛthivī śritā sarvam idam iyam
asau bhūyād iti kanyāyā nāma gṛhītvā sarvataḥ kṛtalakṣaṇān piṇḍān pāṇāv ādāya kumāryā upanāmayet //
KāṭhGS, 24, 16.0 tāṃ śāsti mama
cāmuṣya ca pāpmānaṃ jahi hato me pāpmā pāpmānaṃ me hatoṃ kuruteti //
KāṭhGS, 25, 35.3 so 'smān devo gandharvaḥ preto muñcātu
māmuṣya gṛhebhyaḥ svāhā //
KāṭhGS, 25, 37.3 urvārukam iva bandhanān mṛtyor mukṣīya
māmuṣya gṛhebhyaḥ svāhā //
KāṭhGS, 40, 11.2 tena brahmāṇo vapatedam adyāyuṣmāñ jaradaṣṭir yathāsad ayam
asau /
KāṭhGS, 41, 15.1 ko nāmāsīty ukte 'bhivādane prokte
'sā ahaṃ bho iti pratyāha //
KāṭhGS, 41, 16.1 devasya te savitu prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy
asā upanaye 'sau /
KāṭhGS, 41, 16.1 devasya te savitu prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asā upanaye
'sau /
KāṭhGS, 41, 18.12 avṛdham aham avṛdhas tvam
asau somya prāṇas tvaṃ me gopāya brahmaṇa āṇī stha śrutaṃ me mā prahāsīd iti //
KāṭhGS, 55, 3.0 vaṣaṭ te viṣṇa ity apūpasya juhoti rātrī vyakhyad iti sthālīpākasya namo astu sarpebhya iti dhānānāṃ ye
vāda iti saktūnām //
KāṭhGS, 63, 12.0 amuṣmai svadhā namo 'muṣmai svadhā nama iti yathāliṅgam anumantrya bhojayet //
KāṭhGS, 63, 12.0 amuṣmai svadhā namo
'muṣmai svadhā nama iti yathāliṅgam anumantrya bhojayet //
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 7, 4, 22.0 yāsau dhurāṃ gāyatrī prathamā saiṣā gāyatryopāsthita //
KS, 7, 4, 27.0 yāsau dhurāṃ triṣṭup prathamā saiṣā triṣṭubhopāsthita //
KS, 7, 9, 16.0 yat somam āharann
amuṣmāl lokāt svasti punar āgacchan saha somena //
KS, 8, 2, 1.0 yad vā ime vyaitāṃ yad
amuṣyā yajñiyam āsīt tad imām abhyasṛjyatoṣāḥ //
KS, 8, 4, 82.0 yo
'sā amuṣmād adhi prahriyate yat tṛtīyaṃ jyotis tad eva tenāpyate //
KS, 8, 4, 82.0 yo 'sā
amuṣmād adhi prahriyate yat tṛtīyaṃ jyotis tad eva tenāpyate //
KS, 8, 8, 60.0 so 'gnir vijayam upayatsu tredhā tanvo vinyadhatta paśuṣu tṛtīyam apsu tṛtīyam
amuṣminn āditye tṛtīyam //
KS, 8, 8, 74.0 vidma vā imaṃ lokaṃ vidmemaṃ
nāmuṃ paśyāmo vā tu na vā //
KS, 8, 9, 19.0 eṣā vā asya sā tanūr
yayāmum ādityaṃ prāviśad yad idam upariṣṭād vīva bhāti yaj jyotir iva //
KS, 8, 9, 25.0 eṣā vā asya sā tanūr
yayāmum ādityaṃ prāviśad yad idaṃ ghṛte hute suvarṇam ivārcir ujjvalati //
KS, 10, 5, 7.0 ya
evāsā āgneyo 'ṣṭākapālaḥ pūrṇamāse yo 'māvasyāyāṃ tam agnaye pathikṛte kuryāt //
KS, 11, 4, 79.0 asau vā ādityo 'nto 'ntaṃ manuṣyaś śriyo gatvā nivartate //
KS, 11, 6, 39.0 imam
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy avagamayateti //
KS, 11, 6, 39.0 imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy avagamayateti //
KS, 11, 6, 39.0 imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram
amuṣyāṃ viśy avagamayateti //
KS, 11, 6, 62.0 upa preta marutas svatavasa enā viśpatinābhy
amuṃ rājānam iti //
KS, 12, 7, 28.0 mayi vā etad adhy
asau vṛṣṭyā pacati nāvābhyām ṛta ujjeṣyatheti //
KS, 12, 10, 65.0 atho yainam
asau vāg aślīlam abhivadati sainaṃ punaḥ kalyāṇam abhivadati //
KS, 14, 8, 51.0 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates sāmrājyeṇābhiṣiñcāmīti //
KS, 14, 8, 51.0 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates sāmrājyeṇābhiṣiñcāmīti //
KS, 14, 9, 27.0 yad
evādas saptadaśaṃ stotram anavaruddhaṃ tasyāvaruddhyai //
KS, 15, 1, 11.0 idam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam apidadhāmīty apidadhāti //
KS, 20, 5, 73.0 yad audumbarīm uttarām upadadhāti tasmād
asā asyā uttarā //
KS, 20, 8, 50.0 amum āraṇyam anu te diśāmīti grāmyebhya eva paśubhya āraṇyān paśūñ śucam anūtsṛjati //
KS, 21, 2, 57.0 etad rūpaṃ kṛtvā patnyo
bhūtvāmuṣmiṃl loke yajamānam upaśerate //
KS, 21, 4, 41.0 kaṅkacitaṃ śīrṣaṇvantaṃ cinvīta yaḥ kāmayeta
saśīrṣāmuṣmiṃl loke syām iti //
KS, 21, 4, 73.0 ya ūrdhvāś cīyante te
'muṣmai lokāya ye nyañcas te 'smai //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 1, 3, 4.0 poṣāya tvādityā rāsnāsi kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvāyur astv
asau kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvabhūr astv asau kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvakarmāstv asau hutaḥ stoko huto drapso 'gne pāhi vipruṣaḥ supacā devebhyo havyaṃ pacāgnaye tvā bṛhate nākāya svāhā dyāvāpṛthivībhyām indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ somenātanacmi viṣṇo havyaṃ rakṣasvāpo jāgṛta //
MS, 1, 1, 3, 4.0 poṣāya tvādityā rāsnāsi kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvāyur astv asau kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvabhūr astv
asau kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvakarmāstv asau hutaḥ stoko huto drapso 'gne pāhi vipruṣaḥ supacā devebhyo havyaṃ pacāgnaye tvā bṛhate nākāya svāhā dyāvāpṛthivībhyām indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ somenātanacmi viṣṇo havyaṃ rakṣasvāpo jāgṛta //
MS, 1, 1, 3, 4.0 poṣāya tvādityā rāsnāsi kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvāyur astv asau kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvabhūr astv asau kām adhukṣaḥ sā viśvakarmāstv
asau hutaḥ stoko huto drapso 'gne pāhi vipruṣaḥ supacā devebhyo havyaṃ pacāgnaye tvā bṛhate nākāya svāhā dyāvāpṛthivībhyām indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ somenātanacmi viṣṇo havyaṃ rakṣasvāpo jāgṛta //
MS, 1, 2, 16, 4.1 ghṛtena dyāvāpṛthivī prorṇuvātām
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ namaḥ sūryasya saṃdṛśe //
MS, 1, 4, 1, 11.1 tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya vītasya draviṇehāgamyād vasur yajño vasumān yajñas tasya mā yajñasya vasor vasumato vasv ihāgacchatv
ado māgacchatv ado māgamyāt //
MS, 1, 4, 1, 11.1 tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya vītasya draviṇehāgamyād vasur yajño vasumān yajñas tasya mā yajñasya vasor vasumato vasv ihāgacchatv ado māgacchatv
ado māgamyāt //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 7.0 asya pratnām anu dyutam ity
asau vai lokaḥ pratnam amuta eva stomaṃ yunakti //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 19.0 ubhā vām indrāgnī āhuvadhyā ity ubhau hy etau
sahāmuṃ vā ayaṃ divā bhūte praviśati tasmād asau divā rocata imām asau naktaṃ tasmād ayaṃ naktaṃ yad ubhā vām ity āhobhā evainā achambaṭkāram upatiṣṭhata ubhayor lokayo rocate 'smiṃś cāmuṣmiṃś ca //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 19.0 ubhā vām indrāgnī āhuvadhyā ity ubhau hy etau sahāmuṃ vā ayaṃ divā bhūte praviśati tasmād
asau divā rocata imām asau naktaṃ tasmād ayaṃ naktaṃ yad ubhā vām ity āhobhā evainā achambaṭkāram upatiṣṭhata ubhayor lokayo rocate 'smiṃś cāmuṣmiṃś ca //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 19.0 ubhā vām indrāgnī āhuvadhyā ity ubhau hy etau sahāmuṃ vā ayaṃ divā bhūte praviśati tasmād asau divā rocata imām
asau naktaṃ tasmād ayaṃ naktaṃ yad ubhā vām ity āhobhā evainā achambaṭkāram upatiṣṭhata ubhayor lokayo rocate 'smiṃś cāmuṣmiṃś ca //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 19.0 ubhā vām indrāgnī āhuvadhyā ity ubhau hy etau sahāmuṃ vā ayaṃ divā bhūte praviśati tasmād asau divā rocata imām asau naktaṃ tasmād ayaṃ naktaṃ yad ubhā vām ity āhobhā evainā achambaṭkāram upatiṣṭhata ubhayor lokayo rocate 'smiṃś
cāmuṣmiṃś ca //
MS, 1, 6, 3, 14.0 tad
yathādo vasantāśiśire 'gnir vīrudhaḥ sahata evaṃ sapatnaṃ bhrātṛvyam avartiṃ sahate ya evaṃ vidvān agnim ādhatte //
MS, 1, 6, 3, 47.0 yad ūṣān upakīryāgnim ādhatte
'muṣyā evainaṃ yajñiye 'dhyādhatte //
MS, 1, 6, 12, 33.0 sa vāva vivasvān ādityo yasya manuś ca vaivasvato yamaś ca manur evāsmiṃl loke yamo
'muṣmin //
MS, 1, 7, 5, 24.0 tad ya evaṃ vidvān punarādheyam ādhatta ubhayor eva lokayor ṛdhnoty asmiṃś
cāmuṣmiṃś ca //
MS, 1, 8, 9, 3.0 tad āhur
amuṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ samārohayati saha prajayā paśubhiś ca yajamānasya //
MS, 1, 10, 8, 33.0 tad ye
'mī ṣaṭ triṃśaty adhi tān asyāṃ caturviṃśatyām upasaṃpādayati //
MS, 1, 10, 9, 3.0 yad barhir vāritīnāṃ yad
evādaḥ phalāt prajāyate tad etad yajati //
MS, 1, 11, 7, 27.0 tad yato 'dhy
amuṃ lokam aharan yac cātvāle 'vadadhati yajamānam eva svargaṃ lokaṃ haranti //
MS, 1, 11, 9, 2.0 yad
evādaḥ paramannādyam anavaruddhaṃ tasyaite 'varuddhyai gṛhyante //
MS, 1, 11, 9, 7.0 yat sārasvatī meṣī yad
evādaḥ saptadaśaṃ stotram anāptam anavaruddhaṃ tad evaitayāpnoti //
MS, 2, 4, 8, 14.0 yathā vā idaṃ nāmagrāham
asā asā iti hvayaty evaṃ vā etad apo nāmadheyaiś cyāvayati //
MS, 2, 4, 8, 14.0 yathā vā idaṃ nāmagrāham asā
asā iti hvayaty evaṃ vā etad apo nāmadheyaiś cyāvayati //
MS, 2, 5, 5, 43.0 yatra vā
ada indro vṛṣaṇaśvasya menāsīt tad enaṃ nirṛtiḥ pāpmāgṛhṇāt //
MS, 2, 5, 10, 8.0 yacchitikakuda upariṣṭāt tair yacchvetānūkāśāḥ paścāt tais tato vā
asā ādityaḥ sarvatas tejasvy abhavat //
MS, 2, 6, 6, 32.0 te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvam
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya //
MS, 2, 6, 6, 32.0 te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya //
MS, 2, 6, 6, 32.0 te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram
amuṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya //
MS, 2, 6, 9, 10.0 āvitto 'yam
asā āmuṣyāyaṇo 'muṣyāḥ putro 'muṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya //
MS, 2, 6, 9, 10.0 āvitto 'yam asā āmuṣyāyaṇo
'muṣyāḥ putro 'muṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya //
MS, 2, 6, 9, 10.0 āvitto 'yam asā āmuṣyāyaṇo 'muṣyāḥ putro
'muṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya //
MS, 2, 8, 14, 2.22 tā me agnā iṣṭakā dhenavaḥ santu virājo nāma kāmadughā
amutrāmuṣmiṃlloke //
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 1, 10, 15.1 nāmadheye prokte devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ
gṛhṇāmyasāviti hastaṃ gṛhṇan nāma gṛhṇāti /
MānGS, 1, 22, 5.1 nāmadheye prokte devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy
asāv iti hastaṃ gṛhṇan nāma gṛhṇāti prāṅmukhasya pratyaṅmukha ūrdhvas tiṣṭhann āsīnasya dakṣiṇam uttānaṃ dakṣiṇena nīcāriktam ariktena /
Nirukta
N, 1, 1, 14.0 ada iti sattvānām upadeśo gaur aśvaḥ puruṣo hastīti //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 2, 6.0 idam aham
amuṃ yajamānaṃ paśuṣv adhyūhāmi paśuṣu ca māṃ brahmavarcase ca //
PB, 1, 2, 9.0 pra śukraitu devī manīṣāsmad rathaḥ sutaṣṭo na vājy āyuṣe me pavasva varcase me pavasva viduḥ pṛthivyā divo janitrācchṛṇvantv āpo 'dhaḥ kṣarantīḥ somehodgāya mām āyuṣe mama brahmavarcasāya yajamānasyarddhyā
amuṣya rājyāya //
PB, 2, 17, 4.0 etām evābhiśasyamānāya kuryācchamalaṃ vā etam ṛcchati yam aślīlā vāg ṛcchati yaivainam
asāv aślīlaṃ vāg vadati tām asya trivṛtau niṣṭapatas tejasvī bhavati ya etayā stute //
PB, 3, 10, 2.0 astīva vā ayaṃ loko
'stīvāsau chidram ivedam antarikṣaṃ yad eṣā nirmadhyā bhavatīmān eva lokān anuprajāyate pra prajayā pra paśubhir jāyate ya etayā stute //
PB, 4, 1, 7.0 sa etān stomān apaśyat jyotir gaur āyur itīme vai lokā ete stomā ayam eva jyotir ayaṃ madhyamo gaur
asāvuttama āyuḥ //
PB, 4, 3, 5.0 sāma vai
asau loka ṛg ayaṃ yad itaḥ sāmnā yanti svargaṃ lokam ārabhya yanti yad ṛcā punar āyantyasmin loke pratitiṣṭhanti //
PB, 4, 6, 4.0 dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāv āditya ekaviṃśaḥ //
PB, 4, 10, 6.0 yad vā
adaś caturviṃśaṃ prāyaṇīyaṃ tad etad udayanīyam //
PB, 5, 2, 3.0 tasya prācī dik śiras tac chandobhiḥ sahasram
asāv anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa nakṣatraiḥ sāhasro 'yam anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa oṣadhibhiś ca vanaspatibhiś ca sāhasro 'ntarikṣam ātmā tad vayobhiḥ sāhasraṃ pratīcī dik pucchaṃ tad agnibhiś ca raśmibhiś ca sāhasraṃ pra sahasraṃ paśūn āpnoti ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 5, 7, 9.0 cyavante vā ete 'smāllokād ity āhur ye svarṇidhanam upayantīti yad ṛcā svarūpaṃ yanty asmiṃlloke pratitiṣṭhanti yad ekāro 'ntarikṣe yat
sāmnāmuṣmin sarveṣu lokeṣu pratitiṣṭhanti svarṇidhanena tuṣṭuvānāḥ //
PB, 6, 6, 2.0 yaṃ dviṣyād vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo 'muṣmād annādyān nirūhāmīti nirūhed viśa evainam annādyān nirūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 2.0 yaṃ dviṣyād vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo 'muṣmād annādyān nirūhāmīti nirūhed viśa evainam annādyān nirūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 2.0 yaṃ dviṣyād vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram
amuṣyā viśo 'muṣmād annādyān nirūhāmīti nirūhed viśa evainam annādyān nirūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 2.0 yaṃ dviṣyād vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo
'muṣmād annādyān nirūhāmīti nirūhed viśa evainam annādyān nirūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 3.0 yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt saṃmukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy amuṣminn annādye 'dhyūhāmīty adhyūhed viśy evainam annādye 'dhyūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 3.0 yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt saṃmukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram
amuṣyāṃ viśy amuṣminn annādye 'dhyūhāmīty adhyūhed viśy evainam annādye 'dhyūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 3.0 yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt saṃmukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvedam aham āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy
amuṣminn annādye 'dhyūhāmīty adhyūhed viśy evainam annādye 'dhyūhati //
PB, 6, 6, 5.0 yaḥ kāmayeta viśā rāṣṭraṃ hanyām iti vyūhya grāvṇo 'dho droṇakalaśaṃ sādayitvopāṃśusavanam upariṣṭād abhinidadhyād idam aham
amuyā viśā 'do rāṣṭraṃ hanmīti viśaiva tad rāṣṭraṃ hanti //
PB, 6, 6, 5.0 yaḥ kāmayeta viśā rāṣṭraṃ hanyām iti vyūhya grāvṇo 'dho droṇakalaśaṃ sādayitvopāṃśusavanam upariṣṭād abhinidadhyād idam aham amuyā viśā
'do rāṣṭraṃ hanmīti viśaiva tad rāṣṭraṃ hanti //
PB, 6, 7, 24.0 cātvālam avekṣya bahiṣpavamānaṃ stuvanty atra vā
asāv āditya āsīt taṃ devā bahiṣpavamānena svargaṃ lokam aharan yac cātvālam avekṣya bahiṣpavamānaṃ stuvanti yajamānam eva tat svargaṃ lokaṃ haranti //
PB, 6, 8, 15.0 amuṣmai vā etal lokāya stuvanti yad bahiṣpavamānaṃ sakṛddhiṃkṛtābhiḥ parācībhiḥ stuvanti sakṛddhīto 'sau parāṅ lokaḥ //
PB, 6, 8, 15.0 amuṣmai vā etal lokāya stuvanti yad bahiṣpavamānaṃ sakṛddhiṃkṛtābhiḥ parācībhiḥ stuvanti sakṛddhīto
'sau parāṅ lokaḥ //
PB, 7, 3, 9.0 ime vai lokā etāni chandāṃsy ayam eva gāyatry ayaṃ madhyamo bṛhaty
asāv uttamas triṣṭub yad etaiś chandobhiḥ saṃhitaiḥ stuvanty eṣāṃ lokānām avicchedāya //
PB, 7, 6, 17.0 airaṃ vai bṛhad aiḍaṃ rathantaraṃ mano vai bṛhad vāg rathantaraṃ sāma vai bṛhad ṛg rathantaraṃ prāṇo vai bṛhad apāno rathantaram
asau vai loko bṛhad ayaṃ rathantaram etāni manasānvīkṣyodgāyet kᄆptābhyām evābhyām udgāyati //
PB, 7, 10, 2.0 tayor ayam
amuṣmai śyaitaṃ prāyacchan naudhasam asāv asmai //
PB, 7, 10, 2.0 tayor ayam amuṣmai śyaitaṃ prāyacchan naudhasam
asāv asmai //
PB, 7, 10, 6.0 yad rathantareṇa stuvantīmaṃ lokaṃ tena yunakty antarikṣaṃ vāmadevyena
naudhasenāmuṃ yad bṛhatā stuvanty amuṃ lokaṃ tena yunakty antarikṣaṃ vāmadevyena śyaitenemam //
PB, 7, 10, 6.0 yad rathantareṇa stuvantīmaṃ lokaṃ tena yunakty antarikṣaṃ vāmadevyena naudhasenāmuṃ yad bṛhatā stuvanty
amuṃ lokaṃ tena yunakty antarikṣaṃ vāmadevyena śyaitenemam //
PB, 8, 1, 10.0 yām asmād apāhan sā puṃścalīṃ prāviśad yām antarikṣāt sā klībaṃ yām
amuṣmāt sainasvinam //
PB, 8, 9, 2.0 asurā vā eṣu lokeṣv āsaṃs tān devā hariśriyam ity asmāl lokāt prāṇudanta virājasīty antarikṣād divo diva ity
amuṣmāt //
PB, 9, 2, 9.0 agniṣṭomena vai devā imaṃ lokam abhyajayann antarikṣam
ukthenātirātreṇāmuṃ ta imaṃ lokaṃ punar abhyakāmayanta ta ihety asmiṃl loke pratyatiṣṭhan yad etat sāma bhavati pratiṣṭhityai //
PB, 9, 4, 18.0 asyā
amuṣyā adyaśvān mithunād ahorātrābhyām evainān nirbhajati //
PB, 9, 7, 12.0 amuṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ nikāmayamāno 'bhyatiricyate yo rātrer atiricyate bṛhatā stuvanti bṛhad amuṃ lokam āptum arhati tam evāpnoti //
PB, 9, 7, 12.0 amuṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ nikāmayamāno 'bhyatiricyate yo rātrer atiricyate bṛhatā stuvanti bṛhad
amuṃ lokam āptum arhati tam evāpnoti //
PB, 9, 8, 2.0 etad anyat kuryur abhiṣutyānyat somam agṛhītvā grahān
yāsau dakṣiṇā sraktis tad vā stuyur mārjālīye vā //
PB, 9, 8, 14.0 asaṃmitaṃ stotraṃ syād asaṃmito
hyasau lokas trivṛtaḥ pavamānāḥ syuḥ saptadaśam itarat sarvam //
PB, 10, 1, 1.0 agninā pṛthivyauṣadhibhis tenāyaṃ lokas trivṛd vāyunāntarikṣeṇa vayobhis tenaiṣa lokas trivṛd yo 'yam antar ādityena divā nakṣatrais
tenāsau lokas trivṛd etad eva trivṛta āyatanam eṣāsya bandhutā //
PB, 10, 1, 10.0 āditya evaikaviṃśasyāyatanaṃ dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāv āditya ekaviṃśa etad evaikaviṃśasyāyatanam eṣāsya bandhutā //
PB, 10, 3, 4.0 yadi pañcaviṃśo dīkṣeteme pañceme pañceme pañceme pañceme catvāro
'sāv eka iti nirdiśeyur yasmā arāddhikāmāḥ syus tam evārāddhir anveti sarva itare rādhnuvanti //
PB, 10, 12, 3.0 imaṃ vāva devā lokaṃ padanidhanenābhyajayann
amuṃ bahirṇidhanenāntarikṣaṃ diṅnidhanenāmṛtatvam īnidhanenāgacchan brahmavarcasam athanidhanenāvārundhatāsminn eva loka ihanidhanena pratyatiṣṭhan //
PB, 10, 12, 4.0 imaṃ vāva devā lokaṃ dravadiḍenābhyajayann
amum ūrdhveḍenāntarikṣaṃ pariṣṭubdheḍena pratiṣṭhām iḍābhir aiḍenāvārundhata pratiṣṭhāyādhyardheḍena vyajayantāsminn eva loka iheḍena pratyatiṣṭhan //
PB, 10, 12, 10.0 yad idaṃ bahudhāgnir vihriyate tad
asāv ādityaḥ sarvāḥ prajāḥ pratyaṅ tasmād ete devate vibhaktim ānaśāte nāto 'nyā kācana //
PB, 11, 5, 20.0 tad
yathādaḥ pūrvedyuḥ spaṣṭaṃ tṛṇodakam anvavasyanto yanty evam eva tābhyāṃ svargaṃ lokam anvavasyanto yanti //
PB, 11, 10, 21.0 etena vai yamo 'napajayyam
amuṣya lokasyādhipatyam āśnutānapajayyam amuṣya lokasyādhipatyam aśnute yāmena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 11, 10, 21.0 etena vai yamo 'napajayyam amuṣya lokasyādhipatyam āśnutānapajayyam
amuṣya lokasyādhipatyam aśnute yāmena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 12, 4, 13.0 rāthantaro vā ayaṃ loko bārhato
'sāv ubhe eva tad bṛhadrathantarayo rūpeṇāparādhnoti //
PB, 12, 11, 22.0 padyā vā anyā virāḍ akṣaryānyāsmāl lokāt padyayā virājānnādyamavarunddhe
'muṣmād akṣaryayobhayor anayor lokayor annādyam avarunddha āndhīgavena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 13, 4, 10.0 gāyatram ayanaṃ bhavati brahmavarcasakāmasya svarṇidhanaṃ
madhunāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate traiṣṭubham ayanaṃ bhavaty ojaskāmasyāthakāraṇidhanam ājyenāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate jāgatam ayanaṃ bhavati paśukāmasyeḍānidhanaṃ payasāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate //
PB, 13, 4, 10.0 gāyatram ayanaṃ bhavati brahmavarcasakāmasya svarṇidhanaṃ madhunāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate traiṣṭubham ayanaṃ bhavaty ojaskāmasyāthakāraṇidhanam
ājyenāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate jāgatam ayanaṃ bhavati paśukāmasyeḍānidhanaṃ payasāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate //
PB, 13, 4, 10.0 gāyatram ayanaṃ bhavati brahmavarcasakāmasya svarṇidhanaṃ madhunāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate traiṣṭubham ayanaṃ bhavaty ojaskāmasyāthakāraṇidhanam ājyenāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate jāgatam ayanaṃ bhavati paśukāmasyeḍānidhanaṃ
payasāmuṣmiṃlloka upatiṣṭhate //
PB, 14, 11, 2.0 abhi dyumnaṃ bṛhad yaśa
ityamīti rathantarasya rūpaṃ bṛhad iti bṛhata ubhayoḥ saharūpam upaityubhau hi varṇāvetadahaḥ //
PB, 15, 5, 9.0 agniṃ vai pūrvair aharbhir ājuhoty athaitad ādityadevatyam ahaḥ śukra āhuta ity
asau vā ādityaḥ śukras tam evaitenājuhoti //
PB, 15, 7, 6.0 abhi vā ete devān ārohantīty āhur ye daśabhir aharbhiḥ stuvata iti pañcānām ahnām anurūpaiḥ pratyavayanti yathābhyāruhya pratyavarohet tathā tan navarco bhavati yā
evāmūḥ prayacchan yā avadadhāti tā etā udasyati //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 3, 28.0 atha yady utsisṛkṣen mama
cāmuṣya ca pāpmā hata omutsṛjata tṛṇānyattviti brūyāt //
PārGS, 1, 11, 4.2 yā te patighnī prajāghnī paśughnī gṛhaghnī yaśoghnī ninditā tanūr jāraghnīṃ tata enāṃ karomi sā jīrya tvaṃ mayā
sahāsāv iti //
PārGS, 1, 15, 8.3 avimuktacakra āsīraṃstīre
tubhyamasāviti yāṃ nadīm upāvasitā bhavati tasyā nāma gṛhṇāti //
PārGS, 1, 18, 3.2 prajāpateṣ ṭvā hiṃkāreṇāvajighrāmi
sahasrāyuṣāsau jīva śaradaḥ śatamiti //
PārGS, 2, 2, 20.0 bhavata ityucyamāna indrasya brahmacāryasyagnir ācāryas tavāham
ācāryastavāsāv iti //
PārGS, 3, 13, 5.3 dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī cāhaṃ tau te krodhaṃ nayāmasi garbham aśvatary
asahāsāviti //
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 1, 1, 14.1 yo ha vai sāmnaḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ veda prati ha tiṣṭhaty asmiṃś ca loke
'muṣmiṃś ca /
SVidhB, 2, 5, 3.0 pūrvaiḥ proṣṭhapadaiḥ pāṃsubhiḥ pratikṛtiṃ kṛtvā prākśirasaṃ pūrvāhṇe dakṣiṇaśirasaṃ madhyāhne pratyakśirasam aparāhṇe 'rdharātra udakśirasaṃ tasyā hṛdayadeśam adhiṣṭhāyāyaṃ ta indra soma iti brāhmaṇasyedaṃ ta ekam iti kṣatriyasyaiṣa pra kośa iti vaiśyasya vibhoṣ ṭa indra rādhasa iti śūdrasyod vayaṃ tamasas parīti vā sarveṣāṃ sauvarṇīṃ pratikṛtiṃ kuryād brāhmaṇasya rājatīṃ kṣatriyasyaudumbarīṃ vaiśyasyāyasīṃ śūdrasyaudumbarīṃ vā sarveṣām ayam
asāv iti prākśirasam agnau pratiṣṭhāpyaudumbareṇa sruveṇājyenābhijuhuyācchāva iti nidhanena guṇī hāsya bhavati //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
TB, 1, 1, 8, 6.14 yās te agne ghorās tanuvas tābhir
amuṃ gaccheti brūyād yaṃ dviṣyāt /
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 5, 8, 58.1 tām āśiṣam ā śāse
'muṣmai jyotiṣmatīm iti brūyād yasya putro jātaḥ syāt //
TS, 2, 2, 9, 7.3 yaivāsau bhrātṛvyasya vaśānubandhyā so evaiṣaitasyaikakapālo bhavati na hi kapālaiḥ paśum arhaty āptum //
TS, 2, 2, 10, 1.1 asāv ādityo na vyarocata tasmai devāḥ prāyaścittim aicchan tasmā etaṃ somāraudraṃ caruṃ niravapan tenaivāsmin rucam adadhuḥ /
TS, 2, 5, 2, 5.7 varaṃ vṛṇāvahai nakṣatravihitāham asānīty
asāvabravīc citravihitāham itīyam /
TS, 3, 4, 8, 6.1 ādadīyeti tasya sabhāyām uttāno nipadya bhuvanasya pata iti tṛṇāni saṃgṛhṇīyāt prajāpatir vai bhuvanasya patiḥ prajāpatinaivāsyānnādyam ādatta idam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyānnādyaṃ harāmīty āhānnādyam evāsya harati ṣaḍbhir harati ṣaḍ vā ṛtavaḥ prajāpatinaivāsyānnādyam ādāyartavo 'smā anuprayacchanti //
TS, 5, 1, 10, 31.1 ekaviṃśatir vai devalokā dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāv āditya ekaviṃśaḥ //
TS, 5, 2, 3, 23.1 yad asyā yajñiyam āsīt tad
amuṣyām adadhāt tad adaś candramasi kṛṣṇam //
TS, 5, 2, 3, 23.1 yad asyā yajñiyam āsīt tad amuṣyām adadhāt tad
adaś candramasi kṛṣṇam //
TS, 5, 3, 6, 13.1 sātmāntarikṣaṃ rohati saprāṇo
'muṣmiṃ loke pratitiṣṭhaty avyardhukaḥ prāṇāpānābhyām bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 6.0 nāsmāl lokāt svetavyam ivety āhuḥ ko hi tad veda yady
amuṣmiṃ loke 'sti vā na veti //
TS, 6, 1, 5, 44.0 yāḥ prāyaṇīyasya yājyā yat tā udayanīyasya yājyāḥ kuryāt parāṅ
amuṃ lokam ārohet pramāyukaḥ syāt //
TS, 6, 1, 10, 44.0 yad etebhyaḥ somakrayaṇān nānudiśed akrīto 'sya somaḥ syān nāsyaite
'muṣmiṃ loke somaṃ rakṣeyuḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 11, 45.0 yad
evādaḥ somam āhriyamāṇaṃ gandharvo viśvāvasuḥ paryamuṣṇāt tasmād evam āhāparimoṣāya //
TS, 6, 2, 1, 32.0 yad
evādaḥ somam āharat tasmād gāyatriyā ubhayata ātithyasya kriyate purastāc copariṣṭāc ca //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 41.0 parovarīyasīm avāntaradīkṣām upeyād yaḥ
kāmayetāmuṣmin me loke 'rdhukaṃ syād iti //
TS, 6, 3, 11, 3.2 ardharce vasāhomaṃ juhoty
asau vā ardharca iyam ardharca ime eva rasenānakti diśo juhoti diśa eva rasenānakty atho digbhya evorjaṃ rasam avarunddhe /
TS, 6, 5, 4, 9.0 yad vaiśvadevaṃ śukrapātreṇa gṛhṇāti tasmād
asāv ādityaḥ sarvāḥ prajāḥ pratyaṅṅ udeti //
TS, 7, 1, 6, 4.6 ya evaṃ vidvāñ jaratīm mūrkhāṃ tajjaghanyām anustaraṇīṃ kurute trayastriṃśac caivāsya trīṇi ca śatāni
sāmuṣmiṃlloke bhavati /
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 1, 6, 1.3 yatrāsau keśānto vivartate vyapohya śīrṣakapāle bhūrityagnau pratitiṣṭhati bhuva iti vāyau //
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 2, 4.0 udyantam astaṃ yantam ādityam abhidhyāyan kurvan brāhmaṇo vidvānt sakalaṃ bhadram aśnute
'sāv ādityo brahmeti //
TĀ, 2, 13, 1.0 madhyandine prabalam
adhīyītāsau khalu vāvaiṣa ādityo yad brāhmaṇas tasmāttarhi tekṣṇiṣṭhaṃ tapati tad eṣābhyuktā //
TĀ, 5, 3, 8.4 idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ viśā paśubhir brahmavarcasena paryūhāmīty āha /
TĀ, 5, 4, 9.3 tasmād
asāv ādityo 'muṣmin loke raśmibhiḥ paryūḍhaḥ /
TĀ, 5, 4, 9.3 tasmād asāv ādityo
'muṣmin loke raśmibhiḥ paryūḍhaḥ /
TĀ, 5, 8, 7.4 amuṣya tvā prāṇe sādayāmy amunā saha nirarthaṃ gaccheti brūyād yaṃ dviṣyāt /
TĀ, 5, 8, 7.4 amuṣya tvā prāṇe sādayāmy
amunā saha nirarthaṃ gaccheti brūyād yaṃ dviṣyāt /
TĀ, 5, 9, 8.7 vy
asau yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 10, 6.1 idam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya śucā prāṇam apidahāmīty āha /
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 1, 14, 5.0 asau nu rājā soma āpyāyito mūlagāmī vapāyany amṛtodgārī surapriyetyetābhir amṛtena tāṃ devatāṃ tarpayati //
VaikhGS, 2, 6, 4.0 asāv apo 'śānety ācāraṃ mama hṛdaya iti tasya hṛdayasparśanaṃ kṛtvā bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajā iti praśaṃsati //
VaikhGS, 2, 13, 4.0 śarāve sānaḍuhagośakṛti keśādīny ādāyedam aham
amuṣyety udumbaradarbhayor mūle goṣṭhe vā gūhayet //
VaikhGS, 3, 23, 9.0 svadhite mainam hiṃsīriti kṣuraṃ nidhāyordhvāgram oṣadhīriti yenāvapaditi yena pūṣety
asāv āyuṣeti pūrvādipradakṣiṇaṃ darbhaṃ saromāṇaṃ chittvā jyok ca sūryaṃ dṛśa iti cūḍāṃ vibhajet //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
VaikhŚS, 2, 8, 4.0 pari tvāgne puraṃ vayam iti gārhapatyam agne gṛhapata iti ca tām āśiṣam āśāse tantave jyotiṣmatīm ity ajātaputro
'muṣmai jyotiṣmatīm iti jātaputro 'muṣmā amuṣmā iti yāvanto 'sya putrā jātā bhavanti jyotiṣmatīm ity antato vadati //
VaikhŚS, 2, 8, 4.0 pari tvāgne puraṃ vayam iti gārhapatyam agne gṛhapata iti ca tām āśiṣam āśāse tantave jyotiṣmatīm ity ajātaputro 'muṣmai jyotiṣmatīm iti jātaputro
'muṣmā amuṣmā iti yāvanto 'sya putrā jātā bhavanti jyotiṣmatīm ity antato vadati //
VaikhŚS, 2, 8, 4.0 pari tvāgne puraṃ vayam iti gārhapatyam agne gṛhapata iti ca tām āśiṣam āśāse tantave jyotiṣmatīm ity ajātaputro 'muṣmai jyotiṣmatīm iti jātaputro 'muṣmā
amuṣmā iti yāvanto 'sya putrā jātā bhavanti jyotiṣmatīm ity antato vadati //
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 1, 3, 20.1 prajāpater bhāgo 'sy ūrjasvān payasvān akṣito 'sy akṣityai tvā mā me kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmiṃlloka iha ca prāṇāpānau me pāhi samānavyānau me pāhy udānarūpe me pāhy ūrg asy ūrjaṃ me dhehi kurvato me mā kṣeṣṭhā dadato me mopadasaḥ prajāpatir ahaṃ tvayā samakṣam ṛdhyāsam ity abhimantryartvigbhyo dadāti dakṣiṇām //
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 7, 3.3 devāṃśo yasmai tveḍe tat satyam upariprutā bhaṅgena hato
'sau phaṭ /
VSM, 9, 30.2 sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye dadhāmi bṛhaspateṣṭvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmy
asau //
VSM, 9, 40.2 imam
amuṣya putram amuṣyai putram asyai viśa eṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ rājā //
VSM, 9, 40.2 imam amuṣya putram
amuṣyai putram asyai viśa eṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ rājā //
VSM, 9, 40.2 imam amuṣya putram amuṣyai putram asyai viśa eṣa vo
'mī rājā somo 'smākaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ rājā //
VSM, 10, 2.2 vṛṣṇa ūrmir asi rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai dehi /
VSM, 10, 3.6 āpaḥ parivāhiṇī stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datta /
VSM, 10, 4.2 sūryatvacasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datta /
VSM, 10, 4.4 sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datta /
VSM, 10, 4.8 vrajakṣita stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datta /
VSM, 10, 18.2 imam
amuṣya putram amuṣyai putram asyai viśa eṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ rājā //
VSM, 10, 18.2 imam amuṣya putram
amuṣyai putram asyai viśa eṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ rājā //
VSM, 10, 18.2 imam amuṣya putram amuṣyai putram asyai viśa eṣa vo
'mī rājā somo 'smākaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ rājā //
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 5, 17.0 ehi brahmopehi brahma brahma tvā sa brahma santam upanayāmy aham
asāv iti //
VārGS, 5, 19.0 devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy aham
asāv ity asya hastaṃ dakṣiṇena dakṣiṇam uttānam abhīvāṅguṣṭham abhīva lomāni gṛhṇīyāt //
VārGS, 14, 13.1 uttarato 'gner darbheṣu prācīṃ kanyām avasthāpya purastāt pratyaṅmukha upayantā devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy aham
asāv ity athāsyā upanayanavaddhastaṃ gṛhṇāti nīcāriktam ariktena /
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 1, 46.1 avadāya grahaṃ vā gṛhītvā dakṣiṇātikrāman saṃpreṣyaty
amuṣmā anubrūhīti yathādevataṃ saṃpraiṣayājyayoś ca //
VārŚS, 1, 1, 1, 50.1 amuṣmai preṣyeti saṃpreṣyati yājyāvat svāhavanīyapradhānasthāneṣu paśusomayor amuṃ yajety ārāt //
VārŚS, 1, 1, 1, 50.1 amuṣmai preṣyeti saṃpreṣyati yājyāvat svāhavanīyapradhānasthāneṣu paśusomayor
amuṃ yajety ārāt //
VārŚS, 1, 1, 4, 24.1 aganma svaḥ saṃ jyotiṣābhūmety āhavanīyam upasthāyedam aham
amuṣya prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmīti pārṣṇyābhidakṣiṇaṃ niveṣṭayati //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 16.1 barhiṣi trīn piṇḍān nidadhāti dakṣiṇaṃ dakṣiṇam etat te mama pitar
asāv iti pitur nāma gṛhītvaitat te mama pitāmahāsāv iti pitāmahasyaitat te prapitāmahāsāv iti prapitāmahasya //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 16.1 barhiṣi trīn piṇḍān nidadhāti dakṣiṇaṃ dakṣiṇam etat te mama pitar asāv iti pitur nāma gṛhītvaitat te mama
pitāmahāsāv iti pitāmahasyaitat te prapitāmahāsāv iti prapitāmahasya //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 16.1 barhiṣi trīn piṇḍān nidadhāti dakṣiṇaṃ dakṣiṇam etat te mama pitar asāv iti pitur nāma gṛhītvaitat te mama pitāmahāsāv iti pitāmahasyaitat te
prapitāmahāsāv iti prapitāmahasya //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 18.1 etat te
'muṣya pitar etat te 'muṣya pitāmahaitat te 'muṣya prapitāmaheti pravasati yajamāne 'dhvaryuḥ //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 18.1 etat te 'muṣya pitar etat te
'muṣya pitāmahaitat te 'muṣya prapitāmaheti pravasati yajamāne 'dhvaryuḥ //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 18.1 etat te 'muṣya pitar etat te 'muṣya pitāmahaitat te
'muṣya prapitāmaheti pravasati yajamāne 'dhvaryuḥ //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 26.1 atra pitaro mādayadhvam ity udaṅṅ āvṛtyā tamitor āsitvā yeha pitara ūrk tasyai vayaṃ jyog jīvanto bhūyāsmety amīmadanta pitara iti pariśritaṃ prapadyāñjanāktāḥ śalākāḥ pratipiṇḍaṃ nidadhāti
āṅkṣvāsāv ity āñjanenābhyaṅkṣvāsāv ity abhyañjanena ca //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 3, 26.1 atra pitaro mādayadhvam ity udaṅṅ āvṛtyā tamitor āsitvā yeha pitara ūrk tasyai vayaṃ jyog jīvanto bhūyāsmety amīmadanta pitara iti pariśritaṃ prapadyāñjanāktāḥ śalākāḥ pratipiṇḍaṃ nidadhāti āṅkṣvāsāv ity
āñjanenābhyaṅkṣvāsāv ity abhyañjanena ca //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 4, 28.1 agnihotrahavaṇyām avadhāya muṣṭinā nirvapaty agnihotrahavaṇyāḥ śūrpe devasya va ity agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmy
amuṣmai vo juṣṭān iti yathādevatam /
VārŚS, 1, 2, 4, 38.1 anirmṛṣṭāyām agnihotrahavaṇyāṃ prokṣaṇīṃ saṃskṛtya haviṣyaṃ prokṣaty anabhiprokṣann agnim agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmy
amuṣmai vo juṣṭān iti yathādevatam /
VārŚS, 1, 3, 1, 11.1 udvāsya prātardohaṃ piṣṭāni saṃvapati niṣṭapyopavātāyāṃ pātryāṃ pavitre avadhāya vāgyato devasya va ity agnaye juṣṭān saṃvapāmy
amuṣmai vo juṣṭān iti yathādevataṃ trir yajuṣā tūṣṇīṃ caturtham //
VārŚS, 1, 4, 2, 3.1 valmīkavapāṃ nyupyoṣān nivapsyan dhyāyati yad
adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstv iti //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 1, 30.0 adbhir niḥsārayati saṃtatām udakadhārāṃ srāvayan sphyena vartma kṛtvā samayottarāv
asāv āpo ripraṃ nirvahateti //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 6, 22.0 dakṣiṇasmāt pakṣād dakṣiṇataḥ prāñcam upaśayaṃ nidadhāti idam aham
amumāmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram indra pāśenābhinaṃsyāmīti yūpaṃ raśanayābhinaṃsyati //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 6, 22.0 dakṣiṇasmāt pakṣād dakṣiṇataḥ prāñcam upaśayaṃ nidadhāti idam aham amumāmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram indra pāśenābhinaṃsyāmīti yūpaṃ raśanayābhinaṃsyati //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 6, 23.0 idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram indra vajreṇābhinidadhāmīti yūpāgraṃ svaruṇābhinidadhāti //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 6, 23.0 idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram indra vajreṇābhinidadhāmīti yūpāgraṃ svaruṇābhinidadhāti //
VārŚS, 3, 3, 1, 11.0 atha ya udañcaḥ śamyām atiśīyante tān udaṅ paretya valmīkavapām udrujya śuktyābhijuhoty idam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam avayaja iti //
VārŚS, 3, 3, 1, 12.0 tenaiva loṣṭenāpidadhāti idam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam apidadhāmīti //
VārŚS, 3, 3, 2, 1.0 purastāt sviṣṭakṛtaḥ savitā tvā prasavānām iti hastam anvārabhya japaty
amuṣyāḥ putram iti yasyāḥ putro bhavaty amuṣyāṃ viśīti yasyā viśo rājā bhavati //
VārŚS, 3, 3, 2, 1.0 purastāt sviṣṭakṛtaḥ savitā tvā prasavānām iti hastam anvārabhya japaty amuṣyāḥ putram iti yasyāḥ putro bhavaty
amuṣyāṃ viśīti yasyā viśo rājā bhavati //
VārŚS, 3, 4, 1, 37.1 paridhānīyāṃ sampādya brāhmaṇo vīṇāgāthī gāyatīty adadā ity ayajathā ity
adaḥ kalpam akarod iti miśrās tisro gāthāḥ //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 5, 12.0 sadā mahāntam apararātram utthāya guros tiṣṭhan prātarabhivādam
abhivādayītāsāv ahaṃ bho iti //
ĀpDhS, 2, 16, 1.3 teṣāṃ ye tathā karmāṇy ārabhante saha devair brahmaṇā
cāmuṣmiṃlloke bhavanti /
ĀpDhS, 2, 21, 13.0 satyānṛte sukhaduḥkhe vedān imaṃ lokam
amuṃ ca parityajyātmānam anvicchet //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 20, 2.6 ajasraṃ daivyaṃ jyotiḥ sauparṇaṃ cakṣuḥ suśrutau karṇau devaśrutau karṇau keśā barhiḥ śikhā prastaro yathāsthānaṃ kalpayadhvaṃ śaṃ
hṛdayāyādo mā mā hāsiṣṭeti yathāliṅgam aṅgāni saṃmṛśya //
ĀpŚS, 6, 22, 1.3 tantur asi tato mā chitthā
asau svasti te 'stv asau svasti te 'stv asau svasti te 'stv iti putrāṇāṃ nāmāni gṛhṇāti tristrir ekaikasya /
ĀpŚS, 6, 22, 1.3 tantur asi tato mā chitthā asau svasti te 'stv
asau svasti te 'stv asau svasti te 'stv iti putrāṇāṃ nāmāni gṛhṇāti tristrir ekaikasya /
ĀpŚS, 6, 22, 1.3 tantur asi tato mā chitthā asau svasti te 'stv asau svasti te 'stv
asau svasti te 'stv iti putrāṇāṃ nāmāni gṛhṇāti tristrir ekaikasya /
ĀpŚS, 16, 14, 3.1 tān nivapan yad
adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstv iti manasā dhyāyati //
ĀpŚS, 17, 12, 5.0 nidhāya kumbham aśmaṃs te kṣud
amuṃ te śug ṛcchatu yaṃ dviṣma iti trir apariṣiñcan pratiparyeti //
ĀpŚS, 17, 12, 6.0 yady abhicared idam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāyuḥ prakṣiṇomīti dakṣiṇasyām uttarasyāṃ vā sraktyāṃ kumbhaṃ prakṣiṇuyāt //
ĀpŚS, 18, 8, 13.1 ya udañcas tān udaṅ paretya valmīkavapām uddhatyedam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam avayaja iti śuktyā valmīkavapāyāṃ hutvedam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam apidadhāmīti tayaiva śuktyā valmīkavapām apidadhyāt //
ĀpŚS, 18, 8, 13.1 ya udañcas tān udaṅ paretya valmīkavapām uddhatyedam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam avayaja iti śuktyā valmīkavapāyāṃ hutvedam aham
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam apidadhāmīti tayaiva śuktyā valmīkavapām apidadhyāt //
ĀpŚS, 19, 11, 8.1 tān nivapan yad
adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstv iti manasā dhyāyati //
ĀpŚS, 19, 20, 14.1 yadi nāvagacched imam aham ādityebhyo bhāgaṃ nirvapāmy
āmuṣmād amuṣyai viśo 'vagantor ity aparoddhur nāma gṛhṇīyāt tasyai ca viśaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 19, 20, 14.1 yadi nāvagacched imam aham ādityebhyo bhāgaṃ nirvapāmy āmuṣmād
amuṣyai viśo 'vagantor ity aparoddhur nāma gṛhṇīyāt tasyai ca viśaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 19, 20, 15.1 yadi nāvagacched āśvatthān mayūkhān sapta madhyameṣāyām upahanyād idam aham ādityān badhnāmy
āmuṣmād amuṣyai viśo 'vagantor iti /
ĀpŚS, 19, 20, 15.1 yadi nāvagacched āśvatthān mayūkhān sapta madhyameṣāyām upahanyād idam aham ādityān badhnāmy āmuṣmād
amuṣyai viśo 'vagantor iti /
ĀpŚS, 20, 6, 14.1 sāyaṃ dhṛtiṣu hūyamānāsu rājanyo vīṇāgāthī gāyatīty ajinā ity ayudhyathā ity
amuṃ saṃgrāmam ahann iti tisraḥ //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 1, 10, 6.0 tasyai tasyai devatāyai caturaś caturo muṣṭīn nirvapati pavitre antardhāya
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmīti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 10, 10.0 yadi nānā śrapayed vibhajya taṇḍulān abhimṛśed idam
amuṣmā idam amuṣmā iti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 10, 10.0 yadi nānā śrapayed vibhajya taṇḍulān abhimṛśed idam amuṣmā idam
amuṣmā iti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 11, 2.0 uttarato 'gneḥ śāmitrasya āyatanaṃ kṛtvā pāyayitvā paśum āplāvya purastāt pratyaṅmukham avasthāpyāgniṃ dūtam iti dvābhyāṃ hutvā sapalāśayārdraśākhayā paścād upaspṛśed
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam upākaromīti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 11, 3.0 vrīhiyavamatībhir adbhiḥ purastāt prokṣaty
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmīti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 14, 7.1 somo no rājāvatu mānuṣīḥ prajā
niviṣṭacakrāsāv iti yāṃ nadīm upavasitā bhavanti //
ĀśvGS, 1, 20, 4.0 apām añjalī pūrayitvā tat savitur vṛṇīmaha iti pūrṇenāsya pūrṇam avakṣārayaty āsicya devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy
asāv iti tasya pāṇinā pāṇiṃ sāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛhṇīyāt //
ĀśvGS, 1, 23, 9.1 candramā me brahmā sa me brahmā brahmāṇaṃ
tvāmuṃ vṛṇa iti brahmāṇam /
ĀśvGS, 2, 1, 10.0 pradakṣiṇaṃ parītya paścād baler upaviśya sarpo 'si sarpatāṃ sarpāṇām adhipatir asy annena manuṣyāṃstrāyase 'pūpena sarpān yajñena devāṃs tvayi mā santaṃ tvayi santaḥ sarpā mā hiṃsiṣur
dhruvāmuṃ te paridadāmi //
ĀśvGS, 4, 3, 27.0 pañcamīm urasi pretasyāsmād vai tvam ajāyathā ayaṃ tvad adhijāyatām
asau svargāya lokāya svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 4, 4, 2.0 āhavanīyaś cet pūrvaṃ prāpnuyāt svargaloka enaṃ prāpad iti vidyād rātsyaty
asāvamutraivam ayam asminn iti putraḥ //
ĀśvGS, 4, 4, 3.0 gārhapatyaś cet pūrvaṃ prāpnuyād antarikṣaloka enaṃ prāpad iti vidyād rātsyaty
asāvamutraivam ayam asminn iti putraḥ //
ĀśvGS, 4, 4, 4.0 dakṣiṇāgniś cet pūrvaṃ prāpnuyān manuṣyaloka enaṃ prāpad iti vidyād rātsyaty
asāvamutraivam ayam asminn iti putraḥ //
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 9, 7, 37.0 satyam iyaṃ pṛthivī satyam ayam agniḥ satyam ayaṃ vāyuḥ satyam
asāv āditya iti //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so
'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 7.2 adrirasi vānaspatyo grāvāsi pṛthubudhna iti vā
tadyathaivādaḥ somaṃ rājānaṃ grāvabhirabhiṣuṇvantyevamevaitadulūkhalamusalābhyāṃ dṛṣadupalābhyāṃ haviryajñamabhiṣuṇotyadraya iti vai teṣāmekaṃ nāma tasmādāhādrirasīti vānaspatya iti vānaspatyo hyeṣa grāvāsi pṛthubudhna iti grāvā hyeṣa pṛthubudhno hyeṣa prati tvādityāstvagvettviti tatsaṃjñam ivaitatkṛṣṇājināya ca vadati nedanyonyaṃ hinasāta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 8.2 agnestanūrasi vāco visarjanamiti yajño hi tenāgnestanūrvāco visarjanamiti yāṃ vā
amūṃ havirgrahīṣyanvācaṃ yacchatyatra vai taṃ visṛjate tadyadetāmatra vācaṃ visṛjata eṣa hi yajña ulūkhale pratyaṣṭhādeṣa hi prāsāri tasmādāha vāco visarjanamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 7.2 dhruvamasi pṛthivīṃ dṛṃheti pṛthivyā eva rūpeṇaitadeva dṛṃhaty etenaiva dviṣantam bhrātṛvyamavabādhate brahmavani tvā kṣatravani sajātavanyupadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāyeti bahvī vai yajuḥsvāśīs tadbrahma ca kṣatraṃ cāśāsta ubhe vīrye sajātavanīti bhūmā vai sajātās tadbhūmānamāśāsta upadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāyeti yadi nābhicared yadyu abhicared
amuṣya vadhāyeti brūyād abhinihitam eva savyasya pāṇer aṅgulyā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 14.2 sa kṛṣṇājinamādatte śarmāsīti tad avadhūnoty avadhūtaṃ rakṣo 'vadhūtā arātaya iti so
'sāveva bandhus tat pratīcīnagrīvam upastṛṇāty adityāstvagasi prati tvāditirvettviti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 14.2 sa kṛṣṇājinamādatte śarmāsīti tad avadhūnoty avadhūtaṃ rakṣo 'vadhūtā arātaya iti so 'sāveva bandhus tat pratīcīnagrīvam upastṛṇāty adityāstvagasi prati tvāditirvettviti so
'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 1.2 pātryām pavitre avadhāya devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmīti so
'sāvevaitasya yajuṣo bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 4.2 yadi dve haviṣī bhavataḥ paurṇamāsyāṃ vai dve haviṣī bhavataḥ sa yatra punarna saṃhaviṣyaṃt syāt tad abhimṛśatīdam agner idam agnīṣomayor iti nānā vā etadagre havirgṛhṇanti tatsahāvaghnanti tatsaha piṃṣanti tatpunarnānā karoti tasmādevam abhimṛśaty adhivṛṇakty evaiṣa puroḍāśam
adhiśrayatyasāvājyam //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 5.2 ubhayaṃ saha kriyate tadyadetadubhayaṃ saha kriyate 'rdho ha vā eṣa ātmano yajñasya yad ājyam ardho yadiha havirbhavati sa
yaścāsāvardho ya u cāyamardhastā ubhāvagniṃ gamayāveti tasmādvā etadubhayaṃ saha kriyata evam u haiṣa ātmā yajñasya saṃdhīyate //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 7.2 etadvai tejiṣṭhaṃ tejo yadayaṃ yo 'yam pavata eṣa hīmāṃllokāṃstiryaṅṅ anupavate saṃśyatyevainam etad dviṣato vadha iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared
amuṣya vadha iti brūyāt tena saṃśitena nātmānam upaspṛśati na pṛthivīṃ nedanena vajreṇa saṃśitenātmānaṃ vā pṛthivīṃ vā hinasānīti tasmān nātmānam upaspṛśati na pṛthivīm //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared
amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 17.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇodīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhaty eṣā vai dikpitṝṇāṃ sā yaddakṣiṇāpravaṇā syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno
'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyogjīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhati purīṣavatīṃ kurvīta paśavo vai purīṣam paśumatīm evainām etat kurute //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 22.2 amuṣmai tvā vajram praharāmīti yadyabhicared vajro vai sphya stṛṇute haivainena //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 17.2 viṣṇor veṣyo 'sīti sā vai na paścātprācī devānāṃ yajñamanvāsīteyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patnī sā paścāt prācī devānāṃ yajñam anvāste taddhemām abhyārohet sā patnī kṣipre
'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha patnī jyogjīvati tadasyā evaitannihnute tatho haināmiyaṃ na hinasti tasmād u dakṣiṇata ivaivānvāsīta //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 23.2 savitustvā prasava utpunāmy achidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti so
'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 24.2 prokṣaṇīrutpunāti saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti so
'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 6.2 devebhyas tāyata ṛtubhyaś chandobhyo yaddhavis tad devānāṃ yat somo rājā yatpuroḍāśas tat tad ādiśya gṛhṇāty
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīty evam u haiteṣām //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 7.1 tāḥ pañcadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sampadyante pañcadaśo vai vajro vīryaṃ vajro vīryamevaitatsāmidhenīr abhisaṃpādayati tasmād etāsvanūcyamānāsu yaṃ dviṣyāt tam aṅguṣṭhābhyām avabādhetedam aham
amum avabādha iti tadenametena vajreṇāvabādhate //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 13.2 taṃ tvā ghṛtasnav īmaha ityevābhivyāharad athāsya ghṛtakīrtāvevāgnirvaiśvānaro mukhādujjajvāla tam na śaśāka dhārayituṃ so 'sya mukhānniṣpede sa imām pṛthivīm
prāpādaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 27.2 ado vai pṛthu yasmindevā etacchravāyyaṃ yasmindevā acchā deva vivāsasīty accha deva vivāsasy etan no gamayety evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 28.2 ado vai bṛhadyasmindevā etatsuvīryaṃ yasmin devāḥ saiṣaitam eva lokamabhyanūktā divamevaitamevaitayā lokaṃ jayati yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāmanvāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 18.2 anvāha
hyetadasau hyanuvākyā tadasāvevaitadbhūtvānvāha tasmāttiṣṭhannanvāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 18.2 anvāha hyetadasau hyanuvākyā
tadasāvevaitadbhūtvānvāha tasmāttiṣṭhannanvāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 21.2 sarvaṃ vā etadātmānamagnāvādhāḥ sarveṇātmanārtim āriṣyasi kṣipre
'muṃ lokam eṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 5.2 dhruvayā samanakti śiro vai yajñasyottara āghāra ātmā vai dhruvā tadātmany evaitacchiraḥ pratidadhāti śiro vai yajñasyottara āghāraḥ śrīrvai śiraḥ śrīrhi vai śiras tasmādyo 'rdhasya śreṣṭho
bhavatyasāvamuṣyārdhasya śira ityāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 5.2 dhruvayā samanakti śiro vai yajñasyottara āghāra ātmā vai dhruvā tadātmany evaitacchiraḥ pratidadhāti śiro vai yajñasyottara āghāraḥ śrīrvai śiraḥ śrīrhi vai śiras tasmādyo 'rdhasya śreṣṭho
bhavatyasāvamuṣyārdhasya śira ityāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 9.2 tava duhiteti katham bhagavati mama duhiteti yā
amūr apsv āhutīr ahauṣīr ghṛtaṃ dadhi mastvāmikṣāṃ tato mām ajījanathāḥ sāśīrasmi tām mā yajñe 'vakalpaya yajñe cedvai māvakalpayiṣyasi bahuḥ prajayā paśubhirbhaviṣyasi yāmamuyā kāṃ cāśiṣamāśāsiṣyase sā te sarvā samardhiṣyata iti tām etanmadhye yajñasyāvākalpayan madhyaṃ hyetad yajñasya yad antarā prayājānuyājān //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 31.2 yasya hi prajā
bhavatyamuṃ lokamātmanaity athāsmiṃlloke prajā yajate tasmātprajottarā devayajyā //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 4.2 eṣā te agne samit tayā vardhasva cā ca pyāyasva vardhiṣīmahi ca vayam ā ca pyāsiṣīmahīti
tadyathaivādaḥ samidhyamānāyānvāhaivam evaitad anvāha tadetaddhotuḥ karma sa yadi manyeta na hotā vedetyapi svayam eva yajamāno 'numantrayeta //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 17.2 prayājānuyājā vā ete
tadyathaivādaḥ prayājeṣu yajamānāya dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam baliṃ hārayatyatrādyam baliṃ hārayaty evamevaitadanuyājeṣu baliṃ hārayati //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 8.5 tasmād yo 'rdhasya śreṣṭho bhavaty
asāv amuṣyārdhasya śira ity āhuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 8.5 tasmād yo 'rdhasya śreṣṭho bhavaty asāv
amuṣyārdhasya śira ity āhuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 13.4 tato 'surā rauhiṇam ity agniṃ cikyire
'nenāmuṃ lokaṃ samārokṣyāma iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 2.2 samaṃ sadavibhraṃśi syād avibhraṃśi satprākpravaṇaṃ syāt prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇam udīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syād eṣā vai dik pitṝṇāṃ sa yad dakṣiṇāpravaṇaṃ syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno
'muṃ lokamiyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyog jīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syāt //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 dīkṣātapasos tanūrasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty athātra dīkṣātapasos tasmādāha dīkṣātapasostanūrasīti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ śagmām paridadha iti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ sādhvīm paridadha ityevaitadāha bhadraṃ varṇam puṣyanniti pāpaṃ vā eṣo 'gre varṇam puṣyati
yamamumadīkṣito 'thātra bhadraṃ tasmādāha bhadraṃ varṇaṃ puṣyanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 18.2 devāśca vā asurāścobhaye prājāpatyāḥ prajāpateḥ piturdāyamupeyur mana eva devā upāyanvācamasurā yajñameva taddevā upāyanvācamasurā
amūmeva devā upāyannimāmasurāḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 23.2 asurebhyo 'ntarāyaṃstāṃ svīkṛtyāgnāveva parigṛhya sarvahutamajuhavur āhutirhi devānāṃ sa
yāmevāmūm anuṣṭubhājuhavus tadevaināṃ taddevāḥ svyakurvata te 'surā āttavacaso he 'lavo he 'lava iti vadantaḥ parābabhūvuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 3.2 prāñcam utkaramutkiraty upareṇa saṃmāyāvaṭaṃ khanati tadagreṇa prāñcaṃ yūpaṃ nidadhāty etāvanmātrāṇi barhīṃṣyupariṣṭād adhinidadhāti tad evopariṣṭād yūpaśakalamadhinidadhāti purastāt pārśvataś caṣālam upanidadhāty atha yavamatyaḥ prokṣaṇyo bhavanti so
'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 3.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ niyunajmīti tad
yathaivādo devatāyai havir gṛhṇann ādiśaty evam evaitaddevatābhyām ādiśaty atha prokṣaty eko vai prokṣaṇasya bandhur medhyam evaitatkaroti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 9.2 prāṇo vātam apipadyate tat prāpnuhi yat te prāṇo vātam apipadyātā ityevaitad āha samaṅgāni yajatrair ity aṅgair vā asya yajante tat prāpnuhi yat te 'ṅgair yajāntā ity evaitad āha sa yajñapatirāśiṣeti yajamānasya vā etenāśiṣamāśāste tat prāpnuhi yat tvayā yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāsāntā ityevaitad āha sādayati srucāvatha pravarāyāśrāvayati so
'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 31.2 ardharcau yājyāyai vasāhomaṃ juhotīyaṃ vā ardharco
'sau dyaur ardharco 'ntarā vai dyāvāpṛthivī antarikṣam antarikṣāya vai juhoti tasmād antareṇārdharcau yājyāyai vasāhomaṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 37.2 aṅge aṅge nidīdhyad aindra udāno aṅge aṅge nidhīta iti yadaṅgaśo vikṛtto bhavati tatprāṇodānābhyāṃ saṃdadhāti deva tvaṣṭarbhūri te saṃ sametu salakṣmā yadviṣurūpam bhavātīti kṛtsnavṛtam evaitat karoti devatrā yantamavase sakhāyo 'nu tvā mātāpitaro madantviti tad yatrainam ahauṣīt tad enaṃ kṛtsnaṃ kṛtvānusamasyati so 'sya kṛtsno
'muṣmiṃlloka ātmā bhavati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 1, 1.2 tad yad ādityaś carur bhavati yad evainām
ado devā abruvaṃs tavaiva prāyaṇīyas tavodayanīya iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir
hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti
yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety
ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad
ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 5, 5.4 graho 'sy
amum anayārtyā gṛhāṇāsāv ado mā prāpad iti yaṃ dviṣyād asāv asmai kāmo mā samardhīti vā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 5, 5.4 graho 'sy amum anayārtyā
gṛhāṇāsāv ado mā prāpad iti yaṃ dviṣyād asāv asmai kāmo mā samardhīti vā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 5, 5.4 graho 'sy amum anayārtyā gṛhāṇāsāv
ado mā prāpad iti yaṃ dviṣyād asāv asmai kāmo mā samardhīti vā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 5, 5.4 graho 'sy amum anayārtyā gṛhāṇāsāv ado mā prāpad iti yaṃ dviṣyād
asāv asmai kāmo mā samardhīti vā /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 23.5 kāmair ha sma vai purarṣayaḥ sattram āsate
'sau naḥ kāmaḥ sa naḥ samṛdhyatām iti /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 17.2 sa yad
evādo 'śvatthe tiṣṭhata indro maruta upāmantrayata tasmād āśvattheṣu palāśeṣūpanaddhā bhavanti viśo 'nūdasyanti viśo vai maruto 'nnaṃ viśas tasmād viśo 'nūdasyanti saptadaśa bhavanti saptadaśo vai prajāpatis tat prajāpatimujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 14.2 viśveṣāṃ tvā devānāṃ yantur yantriye dadhāmīti sarvaṃ vai viśve devās tad enaṃ sarvasyaiva yanturyantriye dadhāti tad u tathā na brūyāt sarasvatyai tvā vāco yanturyantriye dadhāmīty eva brūyād vāg vai sarasvatī tad enaṃ vāca eva yanturyantriye dadhāti bṛhaspateṣṭvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmy
asāv iti nāma gṛhṇāti tad bṛhaspater evainam etat sāyujyaṃ salokatāṃ gamayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 15.2 samrāḍ ayam
asau samrāḍ ayam asāviti niveditam evainam etat santaṃ devebhyo nivedayaty ayam mahāvīryo yo 'bhyaṣecītyayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt taṃ gopāyatety evaitad āha triṣkṛtva āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 15.2 samrāḍ ayam asau samrāḍ ayam
asāviti niveditam evainam etat santaṃ devebhyo nivedayaty ayam mahāvīryo yo 'bhyaṣecītyayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt taṃ gopāyatety evaitad āha triṣkṛtva āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 6.2 āgnāvaiṣṇavam ekādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati tena yatheṣṭyaivaṃ yajate tad yad
evādaḥ prajātam āgnāvaiṣṇavaṃ dīkṣaṇīyaṃ havis tad evaitad agnir vai sarvā devatā agnau hi sarvābhyo devatābhyo juhvaty agnir vai yajñasyāvarārdhyo viṣṇuḥ parārdhyas tat sarvāś caivaitad devatāḥ parigṛhya sarvaṃ ca yajñam parigṛhya sūyā iti tasmād āgnāvaiṣṇava ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasya hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇāgneyo vā eṣa yajño bhavaty agne reto hiraṇyaṃ yo vai viṣṇuḥ sa yajño 'gnir u vai yajña eva tad u tad āgneyameva tasmāddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 7.2 agnīṣomīyam ekādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati tena yatheṣṭyaivaṃ yajata etena vā indro vṛtram ahann eteno eva vyajayata yāsyeyaṃ vijitis tāṃ tatho evaiṣa etena pāpmānaṃ dviṣantam bhrātṛvyaṃ hanti tatho eva vijayate vijite 'bhaye 'nāṣṭre sūyā iti tasmād agnīṣomīya ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasyotsṛṣṭo gaur dakṣiṇotsarjaṃ vā
amuṃ candramasaṃ ghnanti paurṇamāsenāha ghnanty āmāvāsyenotsṛjanti tasmād utsṛṣṭo gaur dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 20.2 sa haitenāpi pratisaraṃ kurvīta sa yasyāṃ tato diśi bhavati tat pratītya juhoti pratīcīnaphalo vā apāmārgaḥ sa yo hāsmai tatra kiṃcit karoti tameva tat pratyag dhūrvati tasya nāmādiśed
avadhiṣmāmum asau hata iti tannāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi hanti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 20.2 sa haitenāpi pratisaraṃ kurvīta sa yasyāṃ tato diśi bhavati tat pratītya juhoti pratīcīnaphalo vā apāmārgaḥ sa yo hāsmai tatra kiṃcit karoti tameva tat pratyag dhūrvati tasya nāmādiśed avadhiṣmāmum
asau hata iti tannāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi hanti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 9.2 bhāgadughasya gṛhānparetya pauṣṇaṃ caruṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai devānām bhāgadugha eṣa vā etasya bhāgadugho bhavati tasmātpauṣṇo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yadbhāgadughastasmā evaitena sūyate taṃ svam anapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya śyāmo gaurdakṣiṇā
tasyāsāveva bandhuryo 'sau triṣaṃyukteṣu //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 9.2 bhāgadughasya gṛhānparetya pauṣṇaṃ caruṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai devānām bhāgadugha eṣa vā etasya bhāgadugho bhavati tasmātpauṣṇo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yadbhāgadughastasmā evaitena sūyate taṃ svam anapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya śyāmo gaurdakṣiṇā tasyāsāveva bandhuryo
'sau triṣaṃyukteṣu //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha
yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai
putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo
'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 5.2 taṃ gṛhṇāti vṛṣṇa ūrmirasi rāṣṭradā rāṣṭraṃ me dehi svāhā vṛṣṇa ūrmirasi rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai dehīti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 6.2 taṃ gṛhṇāti vṛṣaseno 'si rāṣṭradā rāṣṭraṃ me dehi svāhā vṛṣaseno 'si rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai dehīti tābhirabhiṣiñcati vīryaṃ vā etad apām udardati paśau vā puruṣe vābhyavete vīryeṇaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpas tā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 7.2 artheta stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhārtheta stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati vīryeṇa vā etāḥ syandante tasmādenāḥ syandamānā na kiṃcana pratidhārayate vīryeṇaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 8.2 tā gṛhṇāty ojasvatī stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhaujasvatī stha rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati vīryeṇa vā etāḥ syandamānānām pratīpaṃ syandante vīryeṇaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 9.2 āpaḥ parivāhiṇī stha rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcatyetasyai vā eṣāpacchidyaiṣaiva punarbhavatyapi ha vā asyānyarāṣṭrīyo rāṣṭre bhavaty apy anyarāṣṭrīyam avaharate tathāsmin bhūmānaṃ dadhāti bhūmnaivainametadabhiṣiñcatyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 10.2 apām patirasi rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me dehi svāhāpām patirasi rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai dehīti tābhirabhiṣiñcatyapāṃ vā eṣa patiryannadīpatirviśāmevainametatpatiṃ karotyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 11.2 apāṃ garbho 'si rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me dehi svāhāpāṃ garbho 'si rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai dehīti tābhirabhiṣiñcati garbhaṃ vā etadāpa upaniveṣṭante viśāmevainametadgarbhaṃ karotyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 12.2 pratyātāpe tā gṛhṇāti sūryatvacasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭraṃ me datta svāhā sūryatvacasa stha rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati varcasaivainametadabhiṣiñcati sūryatvacasamevainametatkaroti varuṇyā vā etā āpo bhavanti yāḥ syandamānānāṃ na syandante varuṇasavo vā eṣa yad rājasūyaṃ tasmād etābhirabhiṣiñcatyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 13.2 tā gṛhṇāti sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā sūryavarcasa stha rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati varcasaivainametadabhiṣiñcati sūryavarcasamevainametatkaroti medhyā vā etā āpo bhavanti yā ātapati varṣanty aprāptā hīmām bhavanty athainā gṛhṇāti medhyamevainametatkarotyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 14.2 māndā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā māndā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati viśamevāsmā etatsthāvarāmanapakramiṇīṃ karotyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 15.2 vrajakṣita stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā vrajakṣita stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati tadyā imām pareṇāpastā evaitat saṃbharaty apām u caiva sarvatvāya tasmād etābhir abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 16.2 vāśā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā vāśā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhir abhiṣiñcaty annādyenaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty annādyamevāsminnetaddadhātīdaṃ vā asāvāditya udyanneva yathāyam agnir nirdahed evam oṣadhīrannādyaṃ nirdahati tadetā āpo 'bhyavayatyaḥ śamayanti na ha vā ihānnādyaṃ pariśiṣyate yadetā āpo nābhyaveyur annādyenaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 16.2 vāśā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā vāśā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram amuṣmai datteti tābhir abhiṣiñcaty annādyenaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty annādyamevāsminnetaddadhātīdaṃ vā
asāvāditya udyanneva yathāyam agnir nirdahed evam oṣadhīrannādyaṃ nirdahati tadetā āpo 'bhyavayatyaḥ śamayanti na ha vā ihānnādyaṃ pariśiṣyate yadetā āpo nābhyaveyur annādyenaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 17.2 śaviṣṭhā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā śaviṣṭhā stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhir abhiṣiñcaty apāṃ caivainametadoṣadhīnāṃ ca rasenābhiṣiñcatyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 18.2 śakvarī stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā śakvarī stha rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati paśubhir evainam etadabhiṣiñcatyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 19.2 janabhṛta stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā janabhṛta stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati paśubhirevainametadabhiṣiñcatyetā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 20.2 viśvabhṛta stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram me datta svāhā viśvabhṛta stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram
amuṣmai datteti tābhirabhiṣiñcati paśūnām evainam etad rasenābhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitatsaṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 21.2 añjalinā saṃgṛhyāpisṛjaty āpaḥ svarāja stha rāṣṭradā
rāṣṭramamuṣmai dattetyetā vā āpaḥ svarājo yanmarīcayastā yat syandanta ivānyonyasyā evaitacchriyā atiṣṭhamānā uttarādharā iva bhavantyo yanti svārājyam evāsminnetad dadhāty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 4.2 pṛthī ha vai vainyo manuṣyāṇām prathamo 'bhiṣiṣice so 'kāmayata sarvamannādyamavarundhīyeti tasmā etānyajuhavuḥ sa idaṃ sarvamannādyam avarurudhe 'pi ha smāsmā āraṇyānpaśūn
abhihvayantyasāvehi rājā tvā pakṣyata iti tathedaṃ sarvamannādyamavarurudhe sarvaṃ ha vā annādyamavarunddhe yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāni hvayante //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 14.2 tena vaiśyo 'bhiṣiñcati sa
yadevādo 'śvatthe tiṣṭhata indro maruta upāmantrayata tasmādāśvatthena vaiśyo 'bhiṣiñcatyetānyabhiṣecanīyāni pātrāṇi bhavanti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 15.2 pavitre stho vaiṣṇavyāviti so
'sāveva bandhustayorhiraṇyam pravayati tābhyāmetā abhiṣecanīyā apa utpunāti tadyaddhiraṇyam pravayatyamṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tadāsvamṛtamāyurdadhāti tasmāddhiraṇyam pravayati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 16.2 saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti so
'sāveva bandhur anibhṛṣṭamasi vāco bandhustapojā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yad āhānibhṛṣṭamasīti vāco bandhuriti yāvadvai prāṇeṣv āpo bhavanti tāvadvācā vadati tasmādāha vāco bandhuriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā
sāsau dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha
yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya
putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo
'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.2 prajāpate na tvadetānyanyo viśvā rūpāṇi pari tā babhūva yatkāmāste juhumas tan no astv
ayamamuṣya piteti tadyaḥ putrastam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ pitā tam putraṃ tadenayorvīrye vyatiṣajaty asāvasya piteti tadyaḥ pitā tam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ putrastam putraṃ tadenayor vīrye vyatiṣajya punareva yathāyathaṃ karoti vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāhety āśīrevaiṣaitasya karmaṇa āśiṣamevaitadāśāste //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.2 prajāpate na tvadetānyanyo viśvā rūpāṇi pari tā babhūva yatkāmāste juhumas tan no astv ayamamuṣya piteti tadyaḥ putrastam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ pitā tam putraṃ tadenayorvīrye vyatiṣajaty
asāvasya piteti tadyaḥ pitā tam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ putrastam putraṃ tadenayor vīrye vyatiṣajya punareva yathāyathaṃ karoti vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāhety āśīrevaiṣaitasya karmaṇa āśiṣamevaitadāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato
'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 20.2 asau sa ādityaḥ sa eṣa evaiṣo 'gniścita etāvannu tadyadenamagniḥ samadadhāt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 34.2 avī itīyaṃ
cāsau ceme hīmāḥ sarvāḥ prajā avato yanmṛdiyaṃ tadyadāpo 'sau tan mṛc cāpaś ceṣṭakā bhavanti tasmād dvāviti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 34.2 avī itīyaṃ cāsau ceme hīmāḥ sarvāḥ prajā avato yanmṛdiyaṃ tadyadāpo
'sau tan mṛc cāpaś ceṣṭakā bhavanti tasmād dvāviti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 26.2 samāstvāgna ṛtavo vardhayantviti samāśca tvāgna ṛtavaśca vardhayantv ity etat saṃvatsarā ṛṣayo yāni satyeti saṃvatsarāśca tvarṣayaśca satyāni ca vardhayantv ity etat saṃ divyena dīdihi rocanenety
asau vā ādityo divyaṃ rocanaṃ tena saṃ dīdihīty etad viśvā ābhāhi pradiśaścatasra iti sarvā ābhāhi pradiśaścatasra ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 3.2 dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāvāditya ekaviṃśa eṣa prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir agnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etat saminddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 16.2 amāvāsyāyām ālabhetety u haika āhur
asau vai candraḥ prajāpatiḥ sa etāṃ rātrim iha vasati tad yathopatiṣṭhantam ālabhetaivaṃ taditi //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 17.2 asau vai candraḥ paśus taṃ devāḥ paurṇamāsyāmālabhante yatrainaṃ devā ālabhante tad enam ālabhā iti tasmāt paurṇamāsyāṃ yad v eva paurṇamāsyām paurṇamāsī ha vāva prathamā vyuvāsa tasmād v eva paurṇamāsyām //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 29.2 yadyāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakāstāvanti kraye 'horātrāṇi sampadyante 'tha yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni kathamasya te lokā anūpahitā bhavantīti yad vā amāvāsyāyāṃ dīkṣitvāmāvāsyāyāṃ krīṇāti tad yāvantam eva lokaṃ karoti tāvatīr iṣṭakā upadadhāty atha yānyūrdhvāni krayādahāni tasminnavakāśe 'dhvaryur agniṃ cinoti kvo hi cinuyān na ca so 'vakāśaḥ syād yāvanti vai saṃvatsarasyāhorātrāṇi tāvatya etasyāgner iṣṭakā upa ca trayodaśo māsas trayodaśo vā eṣa māso yānyūrdhvāni krayād ahāni tad yā
amūs trayodaśasya māsa iṣṭakās tābhir asya te lokā anūpahitā bhavanti tat samā lokāś ceṣṭakāśca bhavanti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 6.2 upāhamāyānīti keneti lokampṛṇayeti tathety eṣa vāva lokampṛṇātmanā haiva taduvāca tasmāttṛtīyā svayamātṛṇṇānantarhitā lokampṛṇāyā upadhīyate tasmād
asāvādityo 'nantarhito divo 'nantarhito hyeṣa etayopait //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 15.2 mano vai savitā prāṇā devāḥ svaryato dhiyā divamiti svargaṃ haināṃ lokaṃ yato dhiyaitasmai karmaṇe yuyuje bṛhajjyotiḥ kariṣyata ity
asau vā ādityo bṛhajjyotir eṣa u eṣo 'gnir etam v ete saṃskariṣyanto bhavanti savitā prasuvāti tāniti savitṛprasūtā etat karma karavann ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 18.2 prajāpatirvā etadagre karmākarot tat tato devā akurvan devā devasya mahimānamojaseti yajño vai mahimā devā devasya yajñaṃ vīryam ojasety etad yaḥ pārthivāni vimame sa etaśa iti yadvai kiṃcāsyāṃ tatpārthivaṃ tad eṣa sarvaṃ vimimīte raśmibhir hyenad abhyavatanoti rajāṃsi devaḥ savitā mahitvanetīme vai lokā rajāṃsy
asāvādityo devaḥ savitā tān eṣa mahimnā vimimīte //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 19.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yajño bhagas tam etad āha prasuva yajñam prasuva yajñapatim bhagāyeti divyo gandharvaḥ ketapūḥ ketaṃ naḥ punātvity asau vā ādityo divyo gandharvo 'nnaṃ keto 'nnapūrannaṃ naḥ punātv ity etad vācaspatir vācaṃ naḥ svadatv iti vāg vā idaṃ karma prāṇo vācaspatiḥ prāṇo na idaṃ karma svadatv ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 19.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yajño bhagas tam etad āha prasuva yajñam prasuva yajñapatim bhagāyeti divyo gandharvaḥ ketapūḥ ketaṃ naḥ punātvity
asau vā ādityo divyo gandharvo 'nnaṃ keto 'nnapūrannaṃ naḥ punātv ity etad vācaspatir vācaṃ naḥ svadatv iti vāg vā idaṃ karma prāṇo vācaspatiḥ prāṇo na idaṃ karma svadatv ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 20.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yad u vā eṣa yajñiyaṃ karma praṇayati tad anārtaṃ svastyudṛcam aśnute devāvyamiti yo devān avad ity etat sakhividaṃ satrājitaṃ dhanajitaṃ svarjitam iti ya etat sarvaṃ vindād ity etadṛcetyṛcā stomaṃ samardhaya gāyatreṇa rathantaram bṛhadgāyatravartanīti sāmāni svāheti yajūṃṣi saiṣā trayī vidyā prathamaṃ jāyate yathaivādo 'mutrājāyataivam atha yaḥ so 'gnir asṛjyataiṣa sa yo 'ta ūrdhvam agniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 20.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yad u vā eṣa yajñiyaṃ karma praṇayati tad anārtaṃ svastyudṛcam aśnute devāvyamiti yo devān avad ity etat sakhividaṃ satrājitaṃ dhanajitaṃ svarjitam iti ya etat sarvaṃ vindād ity etadṛcetyṛcā stomaṃ samardhaya gāyatreṇa rathantaram bṛhadgāyatravartanīti sāmāni svāheti yajūṃṣi saiṣā trayī vidyā prathamaṃ jāyate
yathaivādo 'mutrājāyataivam atha yaḥ so 'gnir asṛjyataiṣa sa yo 'ta ūrdhvam agniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 29.2 etad vai devā abibhayur yad vai no yajñaṃ dakṣiṇato rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti ta etaṃ vajram apaśyann
amum evādityam asau vā āditya eṣo 'śvas ta etena vajreṇa dakṣiṇato rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā apahatyābhaye 'nāṣṭra etaṃ yajñam atanvata tathaivaitad yajamāna etena vajreṇa dakṣiṇato rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā apahatyābhaye 'nāṣṭra etaṃ yajñaṃ tanute //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 29.2 etad vai devā abibhayur yad vai no yajñaṃ dakṣiṇato rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti ta etaṃ vajram apaśyann amum evādityam
asau vā āditya eṣo 'śvas ta etena vajreṇa dakṣiṇato rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā apahatyābhaye 'nāṣṭra etaṃ yajñam atanvata tathaivaitad yajamāna etena vajreṇa dakṣiṇato rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā apahatyābhaye 'nāṣṭra etaṃ yajñaṃ tanute //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 37.2 tad enam asmāllokāt khanaty atha yad ūrdhvoccarati tad
amuṣmāllokād atha yadantareṇa saṃcarati tad antarikṣalokāt sarvebhya evainam etad ebhyo lokebhyaḥ khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 10.2 etadvai devā abibhayuryadvai na imamiha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti tasmā etaṃ vajram upariṣṭād abhigoptāram akurvann
amumevādityam asau vā āditya eṣo 'śvas tathaivāsmā ayametaṃ vajramupariṣṭād abhigoptāraṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 10.2 etadvai devā abibhayuryadvai na imamiha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyuriti tasmā etaṃ vajram upariṣṭād abhigoptāram akurvann amumevādityam
asau vā āditya eṣo 'śvas tathaivāsmā ayametaṃ vajramupariṣṭād abhigoptāraṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 8.2 apāṃ hyetatpṛṣṭhaṃ yonirhyetadagneḥ samudram abhitaḥ pinvamānamiti samudro hyetadabhitaḥ pinvate vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkara iti vardhamāno mahīyasva puṣkara ityetaddivo mātrayā varimṇā prathasvetyanuvimārṣṭy
asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir no haitamanyo divo varimā yantum arhati dyaur bhūtvainaṃ yacchetyevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 9.2 yajño vai kṛṣṇājinamiyaṃ vai kṛṣṇājinam iyam u vai yajño 'syāṃ hi yajñastāyate dyauṣpuṣkaraparṇam āpo vai dyaur āpaḥ puṣkaraparṇamuttaro vā
asāvasyai //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 11.2 samīcī urasā tmaneti saṃvasāthāmenaṃ svarvidā samīcī urasā cātmanā cetyetad agnim antarbhariṣyantī
jyotiṣmantamajasramidityasau vā āditya eṣo 'gniḥ sa eṣa jyotiṣmānajasrastamete antarā bibhṛtas tasmādāha jyotiṣmantam ajasramiditi //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 1.2 purīṣyo 'sīti paśavyo 'sītyetadviśvabharā ityeṣa hīdaṃ sarvam bibhartyatharvā tvā prathamo niramanthad agna iti prāṇo vā atharvā prāṇo vā etam agre niramanthat tad yo
'sāvagre 'gnir asṛjyata so 'sīti tad āha tam evainam etat karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 9.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tad ādityam utthāpayaty ud u tiṣṭha svadhvaretyadhvaro vai yajña ud u tiṣṭha suyajñiyetyetad avā no devyā dhiyeti yā te daivī dhīstayā no 'vetyetad dṛśe ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśukvanir iti darśanāya ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśukvanir ity etad āgne yāhi suśastibhiriti ye voḍhāras te suśastaya āgne yāhi voḍhṛbhir ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 9.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir
amuṃ tad ādityam utthāpayaty ud u tiṣṭha svadhvaretyadhvaro vai yajña ud u tiṣṭha suyajñiyetyetad avā no devyā dhiyeti yā te daivī dhīstayā no 'vetyetad dṛśe ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśukvanir iti darśanāya ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśukvanir ity etad āgne yāhi suśastibhiriti ye voḍhāras te suśastaya āgne yāhi voḍhṛbhir ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir
amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti
tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 10.2 ṛtaṃ satyamṛtaṃ satyamityayaṃ vā
agnirṛtamasāvādityaḥ satyaṃ yadi vāsāv ṛtam ayaṃ satyam ubhayam v etad ayamagnis tasmādāhartaṃ satyamṛtaṃ satyamiti tadenamajena saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 10.2 ṛtaṃ satyamṛtaṃ satyamityayaṃ vā agnirṛtamasāvādityaḥ satyaṃ yadi
vāsāv ṛtam ayaṃ satyam ubhayam v etad ayamagnis tasmādāhartaṃ satyamṛtaṃ satyamiti tadenamajena saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 2.2 āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuva iti yāṃ vai devatāmṛgabhyanūktā yāṃ yajuḥ saiva devatā sark so devatā tadyajus tā haitā āpa evaiṣa tṛcas tad yā
amūr āpa ekaṃ rūpaṃ samadṛśyanta tā etāstadevaitadrūpaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 7.2 pṛthivīm bṛhajjyotiḥ samīdhira
ityasau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir etadvai tadrudrāḥ saṃsṛjya pṛthivīm bṛhajjyotiḥ samīdhire teṣām bhānurajasra icchukro deveṣu rocata ity eṣa vā eṣām bhānurajasraḥ śukro deveṣu rocate //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 2.2 asau sa ādityaḥ sa hiraṇmayo bhavati jyotirvai hiraṇyaṃ jyotir eṣo 'mṛtaṃ hiraṇyam amṛtam eṣa parimaṇḍalo bhavati parimaṇḍalo hyeṣa ekaviṃśatinirbādha ekaviṃśo hyeṣa bahiṣṭān nirbādham bibharti raśmayo vā etasya nirbādhā bāhyata u vā etasya raśmayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 3.2 asau vā āditya eṣa rukmo no haitam agnim manuṣyo manuṣyarūpeṇa yantum arhaty etenaiva rūpeṇaitad rūpam bibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 5.2 etadvai devā abibhayuryadvai na imam iha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyur iti tasmā etam antikād goptāram akurvann
amum evādityam asau vā āditya eṣa rukmas tathaivāsmā ayam etam antikād goptāraṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 5.2 etadvai devā abibhayuryadvai na imam iha rakṣāṃsi nāṣṭrā na hanyur iti tasmā etam antikād goptāram akurvann amum evādityam
asau vā āditya eṣa rukmas tathaivāsmā ayam etam antikād goptāraṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 25.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir ahorātre iṇḍve amuṃ tad ādityam ahorātrābhyām parigṛhṇāti tasmād eṣo 'horātrābhyām parigṛhītaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 25.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir ahorātre iṇḍve
amuṃ tad ādityam ahorātrābhyām parigṛhṇāti tasmād eṣo 'horātrābhyām parigṛhītaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 26.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir imā u lokāv iṇḍve amum tad ādityam ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhṇāti tasmād eṣa ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhītaḥ parimaṇḍale bhavataḥ parimaṇḍalau hīmau lokau mauñje trivṛtī tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhe tasyo evokto 'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 26.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir imā u lokāv iṇḍve
amum tad ādityam ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhṇāti tasmād eṣa ābhyāṃ lokābhyām parigṛhītaḥ parimaṇḍale bhavataḥ parimaṇḍalau hīmau lokau mauñje trivṛtī tasyokto bandhur mṛdā digdhe tasyo evokto 'tho anatidāhāya //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 3.2 asmad dvitīyam pari jātavedā iti yad enam
ado dvitīyaṃ puruṣavidho 'janayat /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 9.8 tasmād ye caitad vidur ye ca na hiraṇmayo 'gnicid
amuṣmiṃl loke sambhavatīty evāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 4, 5.1 yad v evaikaśatavidhaḥ saptavidham abhisaṃpadyata ekaśatadhā vā
asāv ādityo vihitaḥ saptasv ṛtuṣu saptasu stomeṣu saptasu pṛṣṭheṣu saptasu chandaḥsu saptasu prāṇeṣu saptasu dikṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 4, 6.1 yad v evaikaśatavidhaḥ saptavidham abhisaṃpadyata ekaśatadhā vā
asāv ādityo vihitaḥ saptākṣare brahman pratiṣṭhitaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 14.3 tasmād yāṃ deveṣv āśiṣam icched etenaivopatiṣṭhetānando va
ātmāsau me kāmaḥ sa me samṛdhyatām iti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 19.3 pakvasya pakteti ha smāha bhāradvājo 'gnim
amunā hi pakvam ayam pacatīti //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 11.1 sa yad agniṃ cinute etam eva tad antakam mṛtyuṃ saṃvatsaram prajāpatim agnim āpnoti yaṃ devā āpnuvann etam upadhatte yathaivainam
ado devā upādadhata //
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 10.8 atha yā
amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmārdhamāsāś ca te māsāś ca caturviṃśatir ardhamāsā dvādaśa māsāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 12.8 atha yā
amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmā prāṇaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 14.11 atha yā
amūḥ ṣaṭtriṃśad iṣṭakā atiyanti yaḥ sa trayodaśo māsa ātmāyam eva sa yo 'yaṃ hiraṇmayaḥ puruṣaḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 1.3 sa yāvatkratur ayam asmāl lokāt praity evaṃkratur
hāmuṃ lokam pretyābhisaṃbhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 4.2 ārtim ārtor yo brahmaṇe devebhyo 'pratiprocyāśvaṃ badhnāti brahmannaśvam bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhyāsamiti brahmāṇamāmantrayate brahmaṇa evainam pratiprocya badhnāti nārtimārchati taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhnuhīti brahmā prasauti svayaivainaṃ devatayā samardhayatyatha
prokṣatyasāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 5, 6.0 ayajatetyadadāditi brāhmaṇo gāyatīṣṭāpūrtaṃ vai brāhmaṇasyeṣṭāpūrtenaivainaṃ sa samardhayatīty ayudhyatety
amuṃ saṃgrāmamajayaditi rājanyo yuddhaṃ vai rājanyasya vīryaṃ vīryeṇaivainaṃ sa samardhayati tisro 'nyo gāthā gāyati tisro 'nyaḥ ṣaṭ sampadyante ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsara ṛtuṣveva saṃvatsare pratitiṣṭhati tābhyāṃ śataṃ dadāti śatāyurvai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 6, 1.2 iyaṃ vai
mātāsau pitābhyāmevainam paridadāty aśvo'si hayo'sīti śāstyevainaṃ tattasmācchiṣṭāḥ prajā jāyante 'tyo'si mayo'sīty atyevainaṃ nayati tasmādaśvaḥ paśūnāṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ gacchaty arvāsi saptirasi vājyasīti yathāyajurevaitad vṛṣāsi nṛmaṇā asīti mithunatvāya yayur nāmāsi śiśurnāmāsīty etad vā aśvasya priyaṃ nāmadheyaṃ priyeṇaivainaṃ nāmnābhivadati tasmād apyāmitrau saṃgatya nāmnā ced abhivadato 'nyonyaṃ sam eva jānāte //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 7, 3.0 ekaviṃśatiḥ sampadyante dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavastraya ime lokā
asāvāditya ekaviṃśas tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ sā śrīs tad ādhipatyaṃ tadbradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ tatsvārājyamaśnute //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ
lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko
'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān
amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 1.0 yuñjanti bradhnamaruṣaṃ carantamiti
asau vā ādityo bradhno'ruṣo 'mumevāsmā ādityaṃ yunakti svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 1.0 yuñjanti bradhnamaruṣaṃ carantamiti asau vā ādityo bradhno'ruṣo
'mumevāsmā ādityaṃ yunakti svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 10.0 kaḥ svidekākī caratīti
asau vā āditya ekākī caraty eṣa brahmavarcasam brahmavarcasamevāsmiṃstaddhattaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 9, 7.0 mātā ca te pitā ca ta iti iyaṃ vai
mātāsau pitābhyāmevainaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ gamayaty agraṃ vṛkṣasya rohata iti śrīrvai rāṣṭrasyāgraṃ śriyamevainaṃ rāṣṭrasyāgraṃ gamayati pratilāmīti te pitā gabhe muṣṭimataṃsayaditi viḍ vai gabho rāṣṭram muṣṭī rāṣṭrameva viśyāhanti tasmādrāṣṭrī viśaṃ ghātukaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 11, 2.0 vapāmabhito juhoti yajamāno vā aśvamedho rājā mahimā rājyenaivainam ubhayataḥ parigṛhṇāti purastātsvāhākṛtayo vā anye devā upariṣṭātsvāhākṛtayo 'nye tānevaitat prīṇāti svāhā devebhyo devebhyaḥ svāheti rājñā vapām pariyajati ye caivāsmiṃlloke devā ya u
cāmuṣmiṃstānevaitatprīṇāti ta enamubhaye devāḥ prītāḥ svargaṃ lokam abhivahanti //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 3, 3.0 ekaviṃśam madhyamamaharbhavati
asau vā āditya ekaviṃśaḥ so 'śvamedhaḥ svenaivainaṃ stomena svāyāṃ devatāyām pratiṣṭhāpayati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 5, 2.0 tad āhuḥ yad
amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāheti juhvat saṃcakṣīta bahum mṛtyumamitraṃ kurvīta mṛtyava ātmānam apidadhyāditi mṛtyave svāhetyekasmā evaikāmāhutiṃ juhoty eko ha vā amuṣmiṃlloke mṛtyuraśanāyaiva tamevāmuṣmiṃlloke 'pajayati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 5, 2.0 tad āhuḥ yad amuṣmai
svāhāmuṣmai svāheti juhvat saṃcakṣīta bahum mṛtyumamitraṃ kurvīta mṛtyava ātmānam apidadhyāditi mṛtyave svāhetyekasmā evaikāmāhutiṃ juhoty eko ha vā amuṣmiṃlloke mṛtyuraśanāyaiva tamevāmuṣmiṃlloke 'pajayati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 5, 2.0 tad āhuḥ yad amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāheti juhvat saṃcakṣīta bahum mṛtyumamitraṃ kurvīta mṛtyava ātmānam apidadhyāditi mṛtyave svāhetyekasmā evaikāmāhutiṃ juhoty eko ha vā
amuṣmiṃlloke mṛtyuraśanāyaiva tamevāmuṣmiṃlloke 'pajayati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 5, 2.0 tad āhuḥ yad amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāheti juhvat saṃcakṣīta bahum mṛtyumamitraṃ kurvīta mṛtyava ātmānam apidadhyāditi mṛtyave svāhetyekasmā evaikāmāhutiṃ juhoty eko ha vā amuṣmiṃlloke mṛtyuraśanāyaiva
tamevāmuṣmiṃlloke 'pajayati //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 4.0 sā
yāsau phālgunī paurṇamāsī bhavati tasyai purastāt ṣaḍahe vā saptāhe vartvija upasamāyanty adhvaryuśca hotā ca brahmā codgātā caitānvā anvanya ṛtvijaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 5.0 sāvitryā eveṣṭeḥ purastād anudrutya sakṛd eva rūpāṇyāhavanīye juhoty atha sāyaṃ dhṛtiṣu hūyamānāsu rājanyo vīṇāgāthī dakṣiṇata uttaramandrām udāghnaṃs tisraḥ svayaṃsambhṛtā gāthā gāyatīty ayudhyatety
amuṃ saṃgrāmam ajayad iti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 11.0 atha yad ekaviṃśatir bhavanti ekaviṃśatyaratnaya ekaviṃśo vā eṣa tapati dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā
asāvāditya ekaviṃśaḥ so 'śvamedha eṣa prajāpatir evam etam prajāpatiṃ yajñaṃ kṛtsnaṃ saṃskṛtya tasminn ekaviṃśatim agnīṣomīyān paśūn ālabhate teṣāṃ samānaṃ karmety etat pūrvedyuḥ karma //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 5.0 ekaviṃśam madhyamamaharbhavati
asau vā āditya ekaviṃśaḥ so 'śvamedhaḥ svenaivainaṃ stomena svāyāṃ devatāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati tasmādekaviṃśam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 10.0 tasya trivṛdbahiṣpavamānam pañcadaśānyājyāni saptadaśo mādhyandinaḥ pavamāna ekaviṃśāni pṛṣṭhāni trinavas tṛtīyaḥ pavamānas trayastriṃśam agniṣṭomasāmaikaviṃśāny ukthāny ekaviṃśaḥ ṣoḍaśī pañcadaśī rātris trivṛt sandhir yad dvitīyasyāhnaḥ pṛṣṭhyasya ṣaḍahasya tacchastram atirātro yajñas
tenāmuṃ lokam ṛdhnoti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 26.0 atha yadekaviṃśatirbhavanti ekaviṃśo vā eṣa ya eṣa tapati dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavastraya ime lokā
asāvāditya ekaviṃśa etām abhisampadam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 17.0 atha yad ekādaśa bhavanti ekādaśākṣarā triṣṭub vajras triṣṭub vīryaṃ triṣṭub vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamāno madhyataḥ pāpmānam apahate traidhātavy
udavasānīyāsāv eva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 17.2 yad vai yajamāno 'gniṃ cinute
'muṣmai tal lokāya yajñenātmānaṃ saṃskurute /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 3.2 yad
evādo vyudūhanaṃ tad etad apeto yantu paṇayo 'sumnā devapīyava iti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 3.3 prajāpatau tvā devatāyām upodake loke nidadhāmy
asāv iti nāma gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 11.3 kuryād āhitāgneḥ śarkarā ity u haika āhur yā
evāmūr agnyādheyaśarkarās tā etā iti /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 9, 9.1 agnir janitā sa me
'mūṃ jāyāṃ dadātu svāhā somo janimān sa māmuyā janimantaṃ karotu svāhā pūṣā jñātimān sa māmuṣyai pitrā mātrā bhrātṛbhir jñātimantaṃ karotu svāheti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 9, 9.1 agnir janitā sa me 'mūṃ jāyāṃ dadātu svāhā somo janimān sa
māmuyā janimantaṃ karotu svāhā pūṣā jñātimān sa māmuṣyai pitrā mātrā bhrātṛbhir jñātimantaṃ karotu svāheti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 9, 9.1 agnir janitā sa me 'mūṃ jāyāṃ dadātu svāhā somo janimān sa māmuyā janimantaṃ karotu svāhā pūṣā jñātimān sa
māmuṣyai pitrā mātrā bhrātṛbhir jñātimantaṃ karotu svāheti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 9, 18.1 anāmnātamantrāsv ādiṣṭadevatāsv
amuṣyai svāhāmuṣyai svāheti juhuyāt svāhākāreṇa śuddhena //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 9, 18.1 anāmnātamantrāsv ādiṣṭadevatāsv amuṣyai
svāhāmuṣyai svāheti juhuyāt svāhākāreṇa śuddhena //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 3.1 agninā devena pṛthivīlokena lokānām ṛgvedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy
asau svāhā /
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 3.2 vāyunā devenāntarikṣalokena lokānāṃ yajurvedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy
asau svāhā /
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 3.3 sūryena devena dyaurlokena lokānāṃ sāmavedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy
asau svāhā /
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 3.4 candreṇa devena diśāṃ lokena lokānāṃ brahmavedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy
asau svāhā //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 4.0 bhūr yā te patighny alakṣmī devaraghnī jāraghnīṃ tāṃ karomy
asau svāheti vā prathamayā mahāvyāhṛtyā prathamopahitā dvitīyayā dvitīyā tṛtīyayā tṛtīyā samastābhiś caturthī //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 24, 4.0 pra te yacchāmi madhuman makhāya vedaṃ prasūtaṃ savitrā maghonāyuṣmān gupito devatābhiḥ śataṃ jīva śarado loke asminn ity
asāv iti nāmāsya dadhāti ghoṣavadādy antarantasthaṃ dvyakṣaraṃ caturakṣaraṃ vāpi vā ṣaᄆakṣaraṃ kṛtaṃ kuryān na taddhitam //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 24, 8.0 bhūr ṛgvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy
asau svāhā bhuvo yajurvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā svaḥ sāmavedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar vākovākyam itihāsapurāṇam oṃ sarvān vedāṃs tvayi dadhāmy asau svāheti vā //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 24, 8.0 bhūr ṛgvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā bhuvo yajurvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy
asau svāhā svaḥ sāmavedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar vākovākyam itihāsapurāṇam oṃ sarvān vedāṃs tvayi dadhāmy asau svāheti vā //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 24, 8.0 bhūr ṛgvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā bhuvo yajurvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā svaḥ sāmavedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy
asau svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar vākovākyam itihāsapurāṇam oṃ sarvān vedāṃs tvayi dadhāmy asau svāheti vā //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 24, 8.0 bhūr ṛgvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā bhuvo yajurvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā svaḥ sāmavedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar vākovākyam itihāsapurāṇam oṃ sarvān vedāṃs tvayi dadhāmy
asau svāheti vā //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 28, 9.0 āpa undantu jīvase dīrghāyutvāya varcase tryāyuṣaṃ jamadagneḥ kaśyapasya tryāyuṣam agastyasya tryāyuṣaṃ yad devānāṃ tryāyuṣaṃ tat te karomi tryāyuṣam ity
asāv iti śītoṣṇābhir adbhir dakṣiṇaṃ keśapakṣaṃ trir abhyanakti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 28, 15.0 yenāvapat savitā śmaśrv agre kṣureṇa rājño varuṇasya vidvān yena dhātā bṛhaspatir indrasya cāvapacchiraḥ tena brahmāṇo vapatedam adyāyuṣmān dīrghāyur ayam astu vīro
'sāv iti keśāgrāṇi chinatti kuśataruṇaṃ ca //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 2, 12.0 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upanayāmy
asāv iti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 3, 1.0 bhagas te hastam agrabhīt savitā hastam agrabhīt pūṣā te hastam agrabhīt aryamā hastam agrabhīn mitras tvam asi dharmaṇāgnir ācāryas
tavāsāvahaṃ cobhāv agna etaṃ te brahmacāriṇaṃ paridadāmīndraitaṃ te brahmacāriṇaṃ paridadāmy ādityaitaṃ te brahmacāriṇaṃ paridadāmi viśve devā etaṃ vo brahmacāriṇaṃ paridadāmi dīrghāyutvāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya rāyaspoṣāya sarveṣāṃ vedānām ādhipatyāya suślokyāya svastaye //
ŚāṅkhGS, 3, 13, 5.8 retas tan me pitā vṛṅktāṃ mātur anyo 'vapadyatām
amuṣyai svāheti vā mahāvyāhṛtīnāṃ sthāne catasro 'nyatrakaraṇasya //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 3.0 vāṅ nāma devatāvarodhinī sā me
'muṣmād idam avarundhyāt tasyai svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 4.0 prāṇo nāma devatāvarodhinī sā me
'muṣmād idam avarundhyāt tasyai svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 5.0 śrotraṃ nāma devatāvarodhinī sā me
'muṣmād idam avarundhyāt tasyai svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 6.0 mano nāma devatāvarodhinī sā me
'muṣmād idam avarundhyāt tasyai svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 3, 7.0 prajñā nāma devatāvarodhinī sā me
'muṣmād idam avarundhyāt tasyai svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 4, 11, 3.2 yena prajāpatiḥ prajāḥ paryagṛhṇāt tad ariṣṭyai tena tvā parigṛhṇāmi
asāv iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 10.0 yathāsau dyāvāpṛthivyor antareṇākāśa etasminn ākāśe prāṇa āyatto bhavati yathāmuṣminn ākāśe vāyur āyatto bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 10.0 yathāsau dyāvāpṛthivyor antareṇākāśa etasminn ākāśe prāṇa āyatto bhavati
yathāmuṣminn ākāśe vāyur āyatto bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 13, 3.0 tad
yāsau mātrā pūrvarūpottararūpe antareṇa yena saṃdhiṃ vivartayati yena mātrāmātraṃ vibhajati yena svarāt svaraṃ vijñāpayati sā saṃhiteti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 14, 2.0 tad
yāsau mātrā saṃdhivijñāpanī sāma tad bhavati sāmaihāvaṃ saṃhitāṃ manya iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 3, 7.0 mahāpuruṣa iti yam avocāma saṃvatsara eva
tasyaitasyāsāv ādityo rasaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 3, 8.0 sa yaś cāyam aśarīraḥ prajñātmā yaś
cāsāv āditya ekam etad iti vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 6, 6.0 sa yaś cāyam aśarīraḥ prajñātmā yaś
cāsāv āditya ekam etad ity avocāma tau yatra vipradṛśyete //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 9, 1.0 atha khalviyaṃ daivī vīṇā bhavati tadanukṛtir
asau mānuṣī bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 9, 2.0 tad yatheyaṃ śastravatī tardmavatī bhavaty evam
evāsau śastravatī tardmavatī bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 9, 11.0 tad yathā haiveyaṃ romaśena carmaṇāpihitā bhavaty evam
evāsau romaśena carmaṇāpihitā bhavati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 2, 4.0 yo ha vai pratiṣṭhāṃ veda prati ha tiṣṭhaty asmiṃśca loke
'muṣmiṃśca cakṣur ha pratiṣṭhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 7, 2.0 tatas tad yatheha saindhavaḥ suhayaḥ paḍbīśaśaṅkūn saṃkhided evam
asau prāṇān samakhidat //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 24, 6.1 nahi te kṣatraṃ na saho na manyuṃ vayaś
canāmī patayanta āpuḥ /
ṚV, 1, 24, 10.1 amī ya ṛkṣā nihitāsa uccā naktaṃ dadṛśre kuha cid diveyuḥ /
ṚV, 1, 164, 10.2 mantrayante divo
amuṣya pṛṣṭhe viśvavidaṃ vācam aviśvaminvām //
ṚV, 3, 48, 4.2 tvaṣṭāram indro
januṣābhibhūyāmuṣyā somam apibac camūṣu //
ṚV, 4, 18, 1.2 ataś cid ā janiṣīṣṭa pravṛddho mā mātaram
amuyā pattave kaḥ //
ṚV, 4, 26, 6.2 somam bharad dādṛhāṇo devāvān divo
amuṣmād uttarād ādāya //
ṚV, 5, 34, 5.2 jināti ved
amuyā hanti vā dhunir ā devayum bhajati gomati vraje //
ṚV, 5, 44, 4.1 pra va ete suyujo yāmann iṣṭaye nīcīr
amuṣmai yamya ṛtāvṛdhaḥ /
ṚV, 8, 51, 8.2 yaded astambhīt prathayann
amūṃ divam ād ij janiṣṭa pārthivaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 113, 8.2 yatrāmūr yahvatīr āpas tatra mām amṛtaṃ kṛdhīndrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 10, 120, 3.2 svādoḥ svādīyaḥ svādunā sṛjā sam
adaḥ su madhu madhunābhi yodhīḥ //
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 3, 3, 8.2 yaded astambhīt prathayann
amūṃ divam ād ijjaniṣṭa pārthivaḥ //
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 3, 16.1 yajño vā atha jajña ity āhur eṣa vāva jāta eṣo 'valuptajarāyur eṣa ārtvijīno ya etaṃ vedam anubrūte yadā vā etaṃ vedam anubrūte atha hainaṃ śṛṇvanty
asāv anvavocateti tad vai sa jāyate //
ṢB, 1, 6, 1.1 ye virājam atiyajante virājam eva ta īpsanto
'muṣmin loke śrāmyanti /
ṢB, 1, 6, 1.2 atha ya enām arvāg dabhnuvanti virājam eva ta īpsanto
'muṣmin loke śrāmyanti /
ṢB, 1, 6, 1.4 na hi tad
amuṣmin loke śaknuvanti yad asmāl lokād akṛtvā prayanti //
Arthaśāstra
ArthaŚ, 1, 14, 9.1 yathā śvagaṇināṃ dhenuḥ śvabhyo duhyate na brāhmaṇebhyaḥ evam ayaṃ rājā sattvaprajñāvākyaśaktihīnebhyo duhyate nātmaguṇasampannebhyaḥ
asau rājā puruṣaviśeṣajñaḥ tatra gamyatām iti lubdhavargam upajāpayet //
ArthaŚ, 1, 14, 10.1 yathā caṇḍālodapānaścaṇḍālānām evopabhogyo nānyeṣām evam ayaṃ rājā nīco nīcānām evopabhogyo na tvadvidhānām āryāṇām
asau rājā puruṣaviśeṣajñaḥ tatra gamyatām iti mānivargam upajāpayet //
ArthaŚ, 1, 18, 12.1 kāruśilpikuśīlavacikitsakavāgjīvanapāṣaṇḍacchadmabhir vā naṣṭarūpastadvyañjanasakhaśchidreṣu praviśya rājñaḥ śastrarasābhyāṃ prahṛtya brūyāt aham
asau kumāraḥ sahabhogyam idaṃ rājyam eko nārhati bhoktum ye kāmayante māṃ bhartuṃ tān ahaṃ dviguṇena bhaktavetanenopasthāsyāmi iti /
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 6.1 dharmasthaṃ viśvāsopagataṃ sattrī brūyād
asau me bandhur abhiyuktaḥ tasyāyam anarthaḥ pratikriyatām ayaṃ cārthaḥ pratigṛhyatām iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 9.1 grāmakūṭam adhyakṣaṃ vā sattrī brūyād
asau jālmaḥ prabhūtadravyas tasyāyam anarthaḥ tenainam āhārayasva iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 14.1 yaṃ vā mantrayogamūlakarmabhiḥ śmāśānikair vā saṃvadanakārakaṃ manyeta taṃ sattrī brūyād
amuṣya bhāryāṃ snuṣāṃ duhitaraṃ vā kāmaye sā māṃ pratikāmayatām ayaṃ cārthaḥ pratigṛhyatām iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 17.1 yaṃ vā rasasya kartāraṃ kretāraṃ vikretāraṃ bhaiṣajyāhāravyavahāriṇaṃ vā rasadaṃ manyeta taṃ sattrī brūyād
asau me śatruḥ tasyopaghātaḥ kriyatām ayaṃ cārthaḥ pratigṛhyatām iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 6, 9.1 sa cet brūyāt dāyādyād avāptam
amuṣmāllabdhaṃ krītaṃ kāritam ādhipracchannam ayam asya deśaḥ kālaścopasamprāpter ayam asyārghaḥ pramāṇaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ mūlyaṃ ca iti tasyāgamasamādhau mucyeta //
ArthaŚ, 4, 6, 12.1 sa ced brūyāt yācitakam avakrītakam āhitakaṃ nikṣepam upanidhiṃ vaiyāvṛtyakarma
vāmuṣya iti tasyāpasārapratisaṃdhānena mucyeta //
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 3.1 yāvad
asau sarvapāṣaṇḍikaṃ yajñam ārabdho yaṣṭum yatrānekāni tīrthikaśatasahasrāṇi bhuñjate sma /
AvŚat, 3, 3.10 tathā hy
asau śramaṇabrāhmaṇanaimittikasuhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavavipralabdho 'putraḥ putrābhinandī śivavaruṇakuberaśakrabrahmādīn anyāṃś ca devatāviśeṣān āyācate sma /
AvŚat, 3, 8.5 athāsau yaṣṭir ākoṭyamānā manojñaśabdaśravaṇaṃ karoti vividhāni ca ratnanidhānāni paśyati /
AvŚat, 11, 5.1 bhagavān āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena sārthavāho babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 12, 6.1 bhagavān āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 14, 6.1 bhagavān āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 14, 6.2 mayāsau candrasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya mahatī pūjā kṛtā /
AvŚat, 15, 6.1 bhagavān āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 16, 7.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 17, 17.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 18, 6.1 tat kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena brāhmaṇo babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 19, 7.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 20, 13.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 23, 3.3 athāsau dārikā dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 1, 5.1 punaraparaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caratā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāvayatā evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yathā
asau śikṣyamāṇastenāpi bodhicittena na manyeta /
ASāh, 3, 14.12 tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet puṣpairdhūpairgandhairmālyair vilepanaiścūrṇairvastraiśchatrair dhvajairghaṇṭābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ pūjayet asya kauśika puṇyābhisaṃskārasya
asau pūrvakastathāgatadhātugarbhaḥ saptaratnamayaḥ stūpasaṃskārajapuṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīmapi śatasahasratamīmapi koṭītamīmapi koṭīśatatamīmapi koṭīsahasratamīmapi koṭīśatasahasratamīmapi koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti /
ASāh, 3, 22.4 na khalu punaḥ kauśika kevalaṃ yaḥ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati deśayiṣyatyupadekṣyatyuddekṣyati svādhyāsyati tasyaiva
kevalamamī guṇā bhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 3, 30.5 udāraṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatām abhisaṃbodhiśabdaṃ śroṣyati
amuṣyāṃ diśi amuṣmin digbhāge amuṣmin lokadhātau amuko 'sau nāmnā tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakāṇāṃ śatairbahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakaśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭībhir bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīsahasraiḥ bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīniyutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛto dharmaṃ deśayatīti /
ASāh, 3, 30.5 udāraṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatām abhisaṃbodhiśabdaṃ śroṣyati amuṣyāṃ diśi
amuṣmin digbhāge amuṣmin lokadhātau amuko 'sau nāmnā tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakāṇāṃ śatairbahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakaśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭībhir bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīsahasraiḥ bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīniyutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛto dharmaṃ deśayatīti /
ASāh, 3, 30.5 udāraṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatām abhisaṃbodhiśabdaṃ śroṣyati amuṣyāṃ diśi amuṣmin digbhāge
amuṣmin lokadhātau amuko 'sau nāmnā tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakāṇāṃ śatairbahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakaśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭībhir bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīsahasraiḥ bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīniyutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛto dharmaṃ deśayatīti /
ASāh, 3, 30.5 udāraṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatām abhisaṃbodhiśabdaṃ śroṣyati amuṣyāṃ diśi amuṣmin digbhāge amuṣmin lokadhātau amuko
'sau nāmnā tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakāṇāṃ śatairbahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakaśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭībhir bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīsahasraiḥ bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīśatasahasrair bahubhirbodhisattvaśrāvakakoṭīniyutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ puraskṛto dharmaṃ deśayatīti /
ASāh, 5, 3.2 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet yaḥ imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhad abhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpyakilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto
'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 4.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśaḥ likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto
'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asmin eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 6.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto
'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asmin eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 7.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto
'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asmin eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 8.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto
'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 9.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto
'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 13.3 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhad abhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimuñcate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto
'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 19.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimuñcate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto
'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 20.3 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimuñcate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāyādhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto
'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 6, 13.3 asya subhūte puṇyaskandhasya dharmadhātupariṇāmajasya
asau pūrvaka upalambhasaṃjñināṃ bodhisattvānāṃ dānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm api śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīm api koṭīsahasratamīm api koṭīśatasahasratamīm api koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti saṃkhyām api kalām api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upanisām api upaniṣadam api na kṣamate /
ASāh, 6, 17.13 asya subhūte anumodanāsahagatasya puṇyakriyāvastuno
'sau paurvaka aupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ śīlamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm api śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīm api koṭīsahasratamīm api koṭīśatasahasratamīm api koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti saṃkhyām api kalām api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upanisām api upaniṣadam api na kṣamate /
ASāh, 6, 17.21 asya subhūte anumodanāsahagatasya puṇyakriyāvastuno
'sau paurvakāṇāmaupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ kṣāntisahagataḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm api śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīm api koṭīsahasratamīm api koṭīśatasahasratamīm api koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti saṃkhyām api kalām api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upanisām api upaniṣadam api na kṣamate /
ASāh, 6, 17.29 asya subhūte anumodanāsahagatasya puṇyakriyāvastuno
'sau paurvaka aupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ vīryamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm api śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīm api koṭīsahasratamīm api koṭīśatasahasratamīm api koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti saṃkhyām api kalām api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upanisām api upaniṣadam api na kṣamate /
ASāh, 6, 17.37 asya subhūte anumodanāsahagatasya puṇyakriyāvastuno
'sau paurvaka aupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ caturdhyānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm api śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīm api koṭīsahasratamīm api koṭīśatasahasratamīm api koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti saṃkhyām api kalām api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upanisām api upaniṣadam api na kṣamate /
ASāh, 9, 5.1 evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat mahāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavaṃstasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya yasyāsaṅgatā sarvadharmeṣu yo
'sāvanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃboddhukāmo na ca kaṃciddharmamabhisaṃbudhyate dharmacakraṃ ca pravartayiṣyati na ca kaṃciddharmaṃ saṃdarśayiṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 7.4 na
cedānīmasau cireṇa vyākaraṇaṃ pratilapsyate'nuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ /
ASāh, 11, 9.7 te ca dhārmaśravaṇikāḥ parebhyaḥ śroṣyanti
asau pradeśo durbhikṣaś ca ayogakṣemaś ca /
ASāh, 11, 9.9 sa ca dharmabhāṇakastān kulaputrānevamabhivyāhariṣyati
amuṣmin kulaputrāḥ pradeśe durbhikṣabhayam /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 3.1 sārdhaṃ
tayāsau vijahāra rājā nācintayadvaiśravaṇasya lakṣmīm /
BCar, 1, 28.2 snehādasau bhītipramodajanye dve vāridhāre mumuce narendraḥ //
BCar, 1, 35.1 icchedasau vai pṛthivīśriyaṃ cet nyāyena jitvā pṛthivīṃ samagrām /
BCar, 1, 79.2 na
khalvasau na priyadharmapakṣaḥ saṃtānanāśāttu bhayaṃ dadarśa //
BCar, 7, 54.2 asau munistatra vasatyarāḍo yo naiṣṭhike śreyasi labdhacakṣuḥ //
BCar, 8, 9.2 kva rājaputraḥ purarāṣṭranandano
hṛtastvayāsāviti pṛṣṭhato 'nvayuḥ //
BCar, 8, 54.2 gatastato
'sau guṇavān hi tādṛśo nṛpaḥ prajābhāgyaguṇaiḥ prasūyate //
BCar, 13, 4.1 asau munirniścayavarma bibhratsattvāyudhaṃ buddhiśaraṃ vikṛṣya /
BCar, 13, 5.1 yadi
hyasau māmabhibhūya yāti lokāya cākhyātyapavargamārgam /
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 11, 3.1 iha khalu puruṣeṇānupahatasattvabuddhipauruṣaparākrameṇa hitamiha
cāmuṣmiṃśca loke samanupaśyatā tisra eṣaṇāḥ paryeṣṭavyā bhavanti /
Ca, Sū., 12, 13.0 tacchrutvā kāpyavaco bhagavān punarvasurātreya uvāca sarva eva bhavantaḥ samyag āhur anyatraikāntikavacanāt sarva eva khalu vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ prakṛtibhūtāḥ puruṣamavyāpannendriyaṃ balavarṇasukhopapannam āyuṣā mahatopapādayanti samyagevācaritā dharmārthakāmā iva niḥśreyasena mahatā puruṣamiha
cāmuṣmiṃś ca loke vikṛtāstvenaṃ mahatā viparyayeṇopapādayanti kratavas traya iva vikṛtimāpannā lokamaśubhenopaghātakāla iti //
Ca, Sū., 15, 13.1 tatrāmūnyayogayogātiyogaviśeṣajñānāni bhavanti tadyathā apravṛttiḥ kutaścit kevalasya vāpyauṣadhasya vibhraṃśo vibandho vegānāmayogalakṣaṇāni bhavanti kāle pravṛttiranatimahatī vyathā yathākramaṃ doṣaharaṇaṃ svayaṃ cāvasthānamiti yogalakṣaṇāni bhavanti yogena tu doṣapramāṇaviśeṣeṇa tīkṣṇamṛdumadhyavibhāgo jñeyaḥ yogādhikyena tu phenilaraktacandrikopagamanam ityatiyogalakṣaṇāni bhavanti /
Ca, Sū., 26, 9.2 teṣāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ rasānāṃ yonirudakaṃ chedanopaśamane dve karmaṇī tayor miśrībhāvāt sādhāraṇatvaṃ svādvasvādutā bhaktiḥ hitāhitau prabhāvau pañcamahābhūtavikārās tv āśrayāḥ prakṛtivikṛtivicāradeśakālavaśāḥ teṣvāśrayeṣu dravyasaṃjñakeṣu guṇā gurulaghuśītoṣṇasnigdharūkṣādyāḥ kṣaraṇāt kṣāraḥ
nāsau rasaḥ dravyaṃ tadanekarasasamutpannam anekarasaṃ kaṭukalavaṇabhūyiṣṭham anekendriyārthasamanvitaṃ karaṇābhinirvṛttam avyaktībhāvastu khalu rasānāṃ prakṛtau bhavatyanurase 'nurasasamanvite vā dravye aparisaṃkhyeyatvaṃ punas teṣām āśrayādīnāṃ bhāvānāṃ viśeṣāparisaṃkhyeyatvānna yuktam ekaiko 'pi hy eṣām āśrayādīnāṃ bhāvānāṃ viśeṣān āśrayate viśeṣāparisaṃkhyeyatvāt na ca tasmād anyatvam upapadyate parasārasaṃsṛṣṭabhūyiṣṭhatvānna caiṣām abhinirvṛtter guṇaprakṛtīnām aparisaṃkhyeyatvaṃ bhavati tasmānna saṃsṛṣṭānāṃ rasānāṃ karmopadiśanti buddhimantaḥ /
Ca, Sū., 30, 24.2 tatra śārīramānasābhyāṃ rogābhyāmanabhidrutasya viśeṣeṇa yauvanavataḥ samarthānugatabalavīryayaśaḥpauruṣaparākramasya jñānavijñānendriyendriyārthabalasamudaye vartamānasya paramarddhiruciravividhopabhogasya samṛddhasarvārambhasya yatheṣṭavicāriṇaḥ sukhamāyurucyate asukhamato viparyayeṇa hitaiṣiṇaḥ punarbhūtānāṃ parasvāduparatasya satyavādinaḥ śamaparasya parīkṣyakāriṇo 'pramattasya trivargaṃ paraspareṇānupahatam upasevamānasya pūjārhasampūjakasya jñānavijñānopaśamaśīlasya vṛddhopasevinaḥ suniyatarāgaroṣerṣyāmadamānavegasya satataṃ vividhapradānaparasya tapojñānapraśamanityasyādhyātmavidas tatparasya lokamimaṃ
cāmuṃ cāvekṣamāṇasya smṛtimatimato hitam āyurucyate ahitam ato viparyayeṇa //
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 3, 26.5 astyasau rājā sumitra evaṃguṇayuktaḥ kiṃtvativṛddho na samarthaḥ prajāmutpādayitumatibahuputraśca /
LalVis, 7, 26.1 atha khalu māyādevī lumbinīvanamanupraviśya tasmādrathavarādavatīrya naramarukanyāparivṛtā vṛkṣeṇa vṛkṣaṃ paryaṭantī vanādvanaṃ caṅkramyamāṇā drumād drumaṃ nirīkṣamāṇā anupūrveṇa
yenāsau plakṣo mahādrumaratnavarapravaraḥ suvibhaktaśākhaḥ samapatramañjarīdharo divyamānuṣyanānāpuṣpasaṃpuṣpito varapravarasurabhigandhinānāgandhinānāraṅgavastrābhipralambito vividhamaṇivicitraprabhojjvalitaḥ sarvaratnamūladaṇḍaśākhāpatrasamalaṃkṛtaḥ suvibhaktavistīrṇaśākhaḥ karatalanibhe bhūmibhāge suvibhaktavistīrṇanīlatṛṇamayūragrīvāsaṃnibhe kācilindikasukhasaṃsparśe dharaṇītale saṃsthitaḥ pūrvajinajanetryābhinivāsitaḥ devasaṃgītyanugītaḥ śubhavimalaviśuddhaḥ śuddhāvāsadevaśatasahasraiḥ praśāntacittair abhinatajaṭāmakuṭāvalambitāvanatamūrdhabhir abhinandyamānastaṃ plakṣavṛkṣamupajagāma //
LalVis, 7, 32.3 jñātvā ca vyavalokayati sma asti
tvasau kaścitsattvo yo mayā sadṛśaḥ śīlena vā samādhinā vā prajñayā vā kuśalamūlacaryayā vā /
LalVis, 7, 36.11 na khalu punasteṣāṃ mohapuruṣāṇāṃ dharmastainyakānāmevaṃ bhaviṣyati acintyo hi sa sattvo
nāsāvasmābhiḥ prāmāṇikaḥ kartavya iti /
LalVis, 7, 124.1 iti hi bhikṣavo jātamātrasya bodhisattvasya maheśvaro devaputraḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikān devaputrānāmantryaivamāha yo
'sau mārṣā asaṃkhyeyakalpakoṭiniyutaśatasahasrasukṛtakarmadānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñopāyaśrattacaraṇavratatapaḥsucaritacaraṇaḥ mahāmaitrīmahākaruṇāmahāmuditāsamanvāgata upekṣāsamudgatacittaḥ sarvasattvahitasukhodyato dṛḍhavīryakavacasusaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ pūrvajinakṛtakuśalamūloditaḥ śatapuṇyalakṣaṇasamalaṃkṛtaḥ sukṛtaniścayaparākramaḥ paracakrapramathanaḥ suvimalaśuddhāśayasampannaḥ sucaritacaraṇo mahājñānaketudhvajaḥ mārabalāntakaraṇaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasrasārthavāhaḥ devamanuṣyapūjitamahāyajñayaṣṭaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyanicayaniḥsaraṇābhiprāyo jātijarāmaraṇāntakaraḥ sujātajātaḥ ikṣvākurājakulasambhūto jagadvibodhayitā bodhisattvo mahāsattvo manuṣyaloka upapannaḥ /
LalVis, 12, 49.2 rājāpi śuddhodano mahallakamahallakāśca śākyā mahāṃśca janakāyo
yenāsau pṛthivīpradeśastenopasaṃkrāman bodhisattvasya cānyeṣāṃ ca śākyakumārāṇāṃ śilpaviśeṣaṃ draṣṭukāmāḥ //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 84, 20.1 aho kaṣṭaṃ kṣīṇapuṇyo yayātiḥ
patatyasau puṇyakṛt puṇyakīrtiḥ /
MBh, 1, 185, 25.2 kāmaśca yo
'sau drupadasya rājñaḥ sa cāpi saṃpatsyati pārthivasya //
MBh, 2, 60, 12.1 sabhyāstvamī rājaputryāhvayanti manye prāptaḥ saṃkṣayaḥ kauravāṇām /
MBh, 3, 26, 6.1 taṃ dharmarājo vimanā ivābravīt sarve hriyā santi tapasvino
'mī /
MBh, 3, 27, 11.1 nābrāhmaṇas tāta ciraṃ bubhūṣed icchann imaṃ lokam
amuṃ ca jetum /
MBh, 3, 132, 5.3 aṣṭāvakraḥ kena
cāsau babhūva tat sarvaṃ me lomaśa śaṃsa tattvam //
MBh, 3, 133, 19.3 vijñātavīryaiḥ śakyam evaṃ pravaktuṃ dṛṣṭaś
cāsau brāhmaṇair vādaśīlaiḥ //
MBh, 3, 190, 62.2 chandāṃsi vai mādṛśaṃ saṃvahanti loke
'muṣmin pārthiva yāni santi /
MBh, 3, 191, 10.1 tata indradyumno māṃ colūkaṃ cādāya tat saro 'gacchad
yatrāsau nāḍījaṅgho nāma bako babhūva //
MBh, 3, 249, 6.2 asau tu yastiṣṭhati kāñcanāṅge rathe huto 'gniścayane yathaiva /
MBh, 3, 253, 16.1 tiṣṭhanti vartmāni
navānyamūni vṛkṣāśca na mlānti tathaiva bhagnāḥ /
MBh, 4, 2, 27.4 vākyaṃ
tadāsau virarāma bhūyo nṛpo 'paraṃ bhrātaram ābabhāṣe //
MBh, 5, 24, 3.1 yad yuṣmākaṃ vartate
'sau na dharmyam adrugdheṣu drugdhavat tanna sādhu /
MBh, 5, 29, 8.1 karmaṇāmī bhānti devāḥ paratra karmaṇaiveha plavate mātariśvā /
MBh, 5, 35, 48.2 nāsau dharmo yatra na satyam asti na tat satyaṃ yacchalenānuviddham //
MBh, 5, 40, 17.1 asmāl lokād ūrdhvam
amuṣya cādho mahat tamastiṣṭhati hyandhakāram /
MBh, 5, 44, 16.2 etenāsau bālyam atyeti vidvān mṛtyuṃ tathā rodhayatyantakāle //
MBh, 5, 45, 24.1 aṅguṣṭhamātraḥ puruṣo mahātmā na dṛśyate
'sau hṛdaye niviṣṭaḥ /
MBh, 5, 47, 88.1 na ced imaṃ puruṣaṃ karmabaddhaṃ na ced asmānmanyate
'sau viśiṣṭān /
MBh, 6, 55, 83.1 nāsau rathaḥ sātvata kauravāṇāṃ kruddhasya mucyeta raṇe 'dya kaścit /
MBh, 6, 81, 26.2 nāsau vyamuhyad drupadasya putro rājanmahendrapratimaprabhāvaḥ //
MBh, 8, 4, 92.1 ānartavāsī hṛdikātmajo
'sau mahārathaḥ sātvatānāṃ variṣṭhaḥ /
MBh, 8, 12, 67.2 kuryāddhi doṣaṃ samupekṣito
'sau kaṣṭo bhaved vyādhir ivākriyāvān //
MBh, 8, 15, 37.2 hato 'sy
asāv ity asakṛn mudā nadan parābhinad drauṇivarāṅgabhūṣaṇam //
MBh, 8, 26, 40.2 samajvalad bhārata pāvakābho vaikartano
'sau rathakuñjaro vṛṣaḥ //
MBh, 8, 45, 59.3 nūnaṃ hi viddho 'tibhṛśaṃ pṛṣatkaiḥ karṇena rājā śibiraṃ gato
'sau //
MBh, 8, 46, 35.1 yo
'sau nityaṃ śūramadena matto vikatthate saṃsadi kauravāṇām /
MBh, 8, 46, 37.1 yo
'sau sadā ślāghate rājamadhye duryodhanaṃ harṣayan darpapūrṇaḥ /
MBh, 8, 46, 39.1 yo
'sau kṛṣṇām abravīd duṣṭabuddhiḥ karṇaḥ sabhāyāṃ kuruvīramadhye /
MBh, 8, 47, 7.2 mayābhibhūtaḥ sainikānāṃ prabarhān
asāv apaśyan rudhireṇa pradigdhān //
MBh, 8, 49, 84.2 vīraḥ śikhaṇḍī draupado
'sau mahātmā mayābhiguptena hataś ca tena //
MBh, 8, 49, 100.3 nedaṃ cirāt kṣipram idaṃ bhaviṣyaty āvartate
'sāv abhiyāmi cainam //
MBh, 8, 54, 23.1 āpūryate kauravī cāpy abhīkṣṇaṃ senā hy
asau subhṛśaṃ hanyamānā /
MBh, 8, 54, 26.1 kapir hy
asau vīkṣyate sarvato vai dhvajāgram āruhya dhanaṃjayasya /
MBh, 8, 66, 23.2 yo
'sau tvayā khāṇḍave citrabhānuṃ saṃtarpayānena dhanurdhareṇa /
MBh, 9, 19, 3.1 yo
'sau mahābhadrakulaprasūtaḥ supūjito dhārtarāṣṭreṇa nityam /
MBh, 12, 20, 11.2 tenendratvaṃ prāpya vibhrājate
'sau tasmād yajñe sarvam evopayojyam //
MBh, 12, 64, 19.2 dharmo yo
'sāvādidevāt pravṛtto lokajyeṣṭhastaṃ na jānāmi kartum //
MBh, 12, 183, 9.2 iha
khalvamuṣmiṃśca loke sarvārambhapravṛttayaḥ sukhārthā abhidhīyante /
MBh, 12, 199, 31.2 tathā
hyasau munir iha nirviśeṣavān sa nirguṇaṃ praviśati brahma cāvyayam //
MBh, 12, 309, 26.1 ye
'mī tu pracalitadharmakāmavṛttāḥ krośantaḥ satatam aniṣṭasaṃprayogāḥ /
MBh, 14, 9, 16.3 nāsau devaṃ yājayitvā mahendraṃ martyaṃ santaṃ yājayann adya śobhet //
MBh, 14, 9, 17.3 tvāṃ ced
asau yājayed vai bṛhaspatir nūnaṃ svargaṃ tvaṃ jayeḥ kīrtiyuktaḥ //
MBh, 14, 9, 28.3 evaṃvidhasyeha
satastavāsau kathaṃ vṛtrastridivaṃ prāg jahāra //
Manusmṛti
ManuS, 1, 7.1 yo
'sāv atīndriyagrāhyaḥ sūkṣmo 'vyaktaḥ sanātanaḥ /
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nādabindūpaniṣat
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Yu, 47, 15.1 yo
'sau rathastho mṛgarājaketur dhūnvan dhanuḥ śakradhanuḥprakāśam /
Rām, Yu, 47, 23.2 bhūtair vṛto bhāti vivṛttanetraiḥ so
'sau surāṇām api darpahantā //
Rām, Yu, 60, 43.1 asau punar lakṣmaṇa rākṣasendro brahmāstram āśritya surendraśatruḥ /
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 5, 9.2 asau hi madhyaṃ nabhaso yiyāsuḥ kālaṃ pratismārayatīva sūryaḥ //
SaundĀ, 6, 45.2 tvayā vinā sthāsyati tatra
nāsau sattvāśrayaścetanayeva hīnaḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 50.1 haryaṅganāsau muṣitaikadṛṣṭiryadantare syāttava nātha vadhvāḥ /
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 96.1 te vayaṃ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā yataś ca pṛthivīrasam kavaḍīkārahāropakrameṇa paribhuktā tato asmākam kharatvaṃ gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam
yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam //
SBhedaV, 1, 189.0 sā saṃlakṣayati mahatī velā vartate śakṣyāmy ahaṃ tasyāpi cittagrāhaṃ kartum iti tayā punar apy
asau dārikābhihitā gaccha mṛṇālasyārocaya āryā sajjā saṃvṛttā kathaya katarad udyānam āgacchatv iti tayā tasmai gatvārocitaṃ sa kathayati kṣaṇena tavāryā sajjā kṣaṇenāsajjeti sā dārikā tasyāḥ sāntarā tayā samākhyātam āryaputra nāsāvasajjā kiṃ tarhi tayā tvadīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricāritam iti tasya yattat kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ tad vigataṃ vyāpādaparyavasthānaṃ samutpannaṃ sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati dārike gatvā bhadrāyāḥ kathaya mṛṇālaḥ kathayaty amukam udyānaṃ nirgaccheti tayā gatvā bhadrāyā ārocitaṃ tataḥ sā tad udyānaṃ nirgatā mṛṇālena dhūrtapuruṣeṇoktā yuktaṃ nāma tava madīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitum iti sā kathayati āryaputrāsty eva mamāparādhaḥ kiṃtu nityāparādho mātṛgrāmaḥ kṣamasveti tatas tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā jīvitād vyaparopitā tatas tayā preṣyadārikayā mahān kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ āryā praghātitā āryā praghātiteti śrutvā samantāj janakāyaḥ pradhāvitaḥ yāvat tasminn evāśramapade gautamariṣiḥ prativasati tato 'sau mṛṇālo dhūrtapuruṣaḥ saṃtrasto rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ gautamasya riṣeḥ purastācchorayitvā tasyaiva mahājanakāyasya madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ mahājanakāyaś ca rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati anena pravrajitena bhadrā jīvitād vyaparopiteti //
SBhedaV, 1, 189.0 sā saṃlakṣayati mahatī velā vartate śakṣyāmy ahaṃ tasyāpi cittagrāhaṃ kartum iti tayā punar apy asau dārikābhihitā gaccha mṛṇālasyārocaya āryā sajjā saṃvṛttā kathaya katarad udyānam āgacchatv iti tayā tasmai gatvārocitaṃ sa kathayati kṣaṇena tavāryā sajjā kṣaṇenāsajjeti sā dārikā tasyāḥ sāntarā tayā samākhyātam āryaputra
nāsāvasajjā kiṃ tarhi tayā tvadīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricāritam iti tasya yattat kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ tad vigataṃ vyāpādaparyavasthānaṃ samutpannaṃ sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati dārike gatvā bhadrāyāḥ kathaya mṛṇālaḥ kathayaty amukam udyānaṃ nirgaccheti tayā gatvā bhadrāyā ārocitaṃ tataḥ sā tad udyānaṃ nirgatā mṛṇālena dhūrtapuruṣeṇoktā yuktaṃ nāma tava madīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitum iti sā kathayati āryaputrāsty eva mamāparādhaḥ kiṃtu nityāparādho mātṛgrāmaḥ kṣamasveti tatas tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā jīvitād vyaparopitā tatas tayā preṣyadārikayā mahān kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ āryā praghātitā āryā praghātiteti śrutvā samantāj janakāyaḥ pradhāvitaḥ yāvat tasminn evāśramapade gautamariṣiḥ prativasati tato 'sau mṛṇālo dhūrtapuruṣaḥ saṃtrasto rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ gautamasya riṣeḥ purastācchorayitvā tasyaiva mahājanakāyasya madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ mahājanakāyaś ca rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati anena pravrajitena bhadrā jīvitād vyaparopiteti //
SBhedaV, 1, 189.0 sā saṃlakṣayati mahatī velā vartate śakṣyāmy ahaṃ tasyāpi cittagrāhaṃ kartum iti tayā punar apy asau dārikābhihitā gaccha mṛṇālasyārocaya āryā sajjā saṃvṛttā kathaya katarad udyānam āgacchatv iti tayā tasmai gatvārocitaṃ sa kathayati kṣaṇena tavāryā sajjā kṣaṇenāsajjeti sā dārikā tasyāḥ sāntarā tayā samākhyātam āryaputra nāsāvasajjā kiṃ tarhi tayā tvadīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricāritam iti tasya yattat kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ tad vigataṃ vyāpādaparyavasthānaṃ samutpannaṃ sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati dārike gatvā bhadrāyāḥ kathaya mṛṇālaḥ kathayaty amukam udyānaṃ nirgaccheti tayā gatvā bhadrāyā ārocitaṃ tataḥ sā tad udyānaṃ nirgatā mṛṇālena dhūrtapuruṣeṇoktā yuktaṃ nāma tava madīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitum iti sā kathayati āryaputrāsty eva mamāparādhaḥ kiṃtu nityāparādho mātṛgrāmaḥ kṣamasveti tatas tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā jīvitād vyaparopitā tatas tayā preṣyadārikayā mahān kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ āryā praghātitā āryā praghātiteti śrutvā samantāj janakāyaḥ pradhāvitaḥ yāvat tasminn evāśramapade gautamariṣiḥ prativasati tato
'sau mṛṇālo dhūrtapuruṣaḥ saṃtrasto rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ gautamasya riṣeḥ purastācchorayitvā tasyaiva mahājanakāyasya madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ mahājanakāyaś ca rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati anena pravrajitena bhadrā jīvitād vyaparopiteti //
SBhedaV, 1, 192.0 tato
'sau pravrajitaḥ karavīramālāsaktakaṇṭhaguṇo nīlāṃbaravasanaiḥ puruṣair udyataśastraiḥ saṃparivārito rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu śravaṇāsukheṣv anuśrāvya dakṣiṇena nagaradvāreṇa niṣkāsya jīvann eva śūle samāropitaḥ tasyāsāvupādhyāyaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ kālena kālaṃ tasyāśramapadam upasaṃkrāmati yāvad apareṇa samayenopasaṃkrāntaḥ na paśyati sa itaś cetaś ca samanveṣitum ārabdho yāvat paśyati śūlasamāropitaṃ sa bāṣpagadgadakaṇṭhaḥ aśruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ karuṇadīnavilambitākṣaraṃ kathayati hā vatsa kim idaṃ so 'pi gadgadakaṇṭho marmavedanoparodhajanitaviṣādaḥ kathayaty upādhyāya karmāṇi kim anyad bhaviṣyatīti //
SBhedaV, 1, 192.0 tato 'sau pravrajitaḥ karavīramālāsaktakaṇṭhaguṇo nīlāṃbaravasanaiḥ puruṣair udyataśastraiḥ saṃparivārito rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu śravaṇāsukheṣv anuśrāvya dakṣiṇena nagaradvāreṇa niṣkāsya jīvann eva śūle samāropitaḥ
tasyāsāvupādhyāyaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ kālena kālaṃ tasyāśramapadam upasaṃkrāmati yāvad apareṇa samayenopasaṃkrāntaḥ na paśyati sa itaś cetaś ca samanveṣitum ārabdho yāvat paśyati śūlasamāropitaṃ sa bāṣpagadgadakaṇṭhaḥ aśruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ karuṇadīnavilambitākṣaraṃ kathayati hā vatsa kim idaṃ so 'pi gadgadakaṇṭho marmavedanoparodhajanitaviṣādaḥ kathayaty upādhyāya karmāṇi kim anyad bhaviṣyatīti //
SBhedaV, 1, 193.0 sa kathayati vatsa nāsi kṣata upahato vā tāta kṣato 'haṃ kāyena no tu cittena vatsa kathaṃ jñāyate upādhyāya satyopayācanaṃ kariṣye śṛṇu yena satyena satyavacanena kṣato 'haṃ kāyena no tu cittena tena satyena satyavacanena yeyam upādhyāyasya kṛṣṇavarṇā chavir iyaṃ suvarṇavarṇā bhaved bhāvitādhyāśayo
'sau mahātmā vacanāvasānasamanantaram eva kṛṣṇadvaipāyanasya ṛṣeḥ kṛṣṇavarṇā chavir antarhitā suvarṇavarṇā saṃvṛttā //
SBhedaV, 1, 195.0 tasya suvarṇadvaipāyanaḥ suvarṇadvaipāyana iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā sa paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ tato
'sau gautamariṣiḥ kathayati upādhyāya itaś cyutasya me kā gatir bhaviṣyati kā upapattiḥ ko 'bhisaṃparāya iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena
pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca
nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo
nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato
'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 197.0 teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā sa kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati sa kathayati mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ duhitaraḥ rājā kathayati ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati devaś cittaṃ karotu vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti deva svasti svastīti rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ rājā kathayati śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ kiṃtu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ rājā kathayati bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ deva saṃdigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu na jñāyate kim
asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti rājā kathayati bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata tataḥ pratiṣṭhā bhavatu tair gatvā pratigṛhītā yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas tenāvatiṣṭhasva eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti mahābalasamudito 'sau rājā sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ katham atra pratipattavyam iti te kathayanti deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye sa kathayati bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ te kathayanti deva udīrṇabalavāhano 'sau rājā sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhībhavati tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ samprasthitāḥ amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam iti te kathayanti devasya te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ kathaṃ praviśāma iti amātyāḥ kathayanti devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ amātyai rājābhihitaḥ deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ kālo devasya draṣṭum iti rājā samprasthitaḥ aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ śrūyate ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate amātyāḥ kathayanti deva kumārāḥ yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ mā parityajyantām iti rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi rājñā ājñā dattā te samprasthitāḥ anuraktajanapadās te taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ samprasthitaḥ saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate nacirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ te tasmiñśākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛśālakāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ te kathayanti maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe sa kathayati svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 197.0 teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā sa kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati sa kathayati mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ duhitaraḥ rājā kathayati ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati devaś cittaṃ karotu vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti deva svasti svastīti rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ rājā kathayati śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ kiṃtu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ rājā kathayati bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ deva saṃdigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu na jñāyate kim asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti rājā kathayati bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata tataḥ pratiṣṭhā bhavatu tair gatvā pratigṛhītā yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas tenāvatiṣṭhasva eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti mahābalasamudito
'sau rājā sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ katham atra pratipattavyam iti te kathayanti deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye sa kathayati bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ te kathayanti deva udīrṇabalavāhano 'sau rājā sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhībhavati tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ samprasthitāḥ amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam iti te kathayanti devasya te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ kathaṃ praviśāma iti amātyāḥ kathayanti devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ amātyai rājābhihitaḥ deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ kālo devasya draṣṭum iti rājā samprasthitaḥ aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ śrūyate ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate amātyāḥ kathayanti deva kumārāḥ yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ mā parityajyantām iti rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi rājñā ājñā dattā te samprasthitāḥ anuraktajanapadās te taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ samprasthitaḥ saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate nacirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ te tasmiñśākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛśālakāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ te kathayanti maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe sa kathayati svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 197.0 teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā sa kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati sa kathayati mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ duhitaraḥ rājā kathayati ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati devaś cittaṃ karotu vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti deva svasti svastīti rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ rājā kathayati śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ kiṃtu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ rājā kathayati bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ deva saṃdigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu na jñāyate kim asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti rājā kathayati bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata tataḥ pratiṣṭhā bhavatu tair gatvā pratigṛhītā yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas tenāvatiṣṭhasva eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti mahābalasamudito 'sau rājā sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ katham atra pratipattavyam iti te kathayanti deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye sa kathayati bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ te kathayanti deva udīrṇabalavāhano
'sau rājā sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhībhavati tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ samprasthitāḥ amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam iti te kathayanti devasya te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ kathaṃ praviśāma iti amātyāḥ kathayanti devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ amātyai rājābhihitaḥ deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ kālo devasya draṣṭum iti rājā samprasthitaḥ aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ śrūyate ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate amātyāḥ kathayanti deva kumārāḥ yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ mā parityajyantām iti rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi rājñā ājñā dattā te samprasthitāḥ anuraktajanapadās te taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ samprasthitaḥ saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate nacirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ te tasmiñśākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛśālakāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ te kathayanti maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe sa kathayati svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā
evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti
nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo
'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 1, 15.2 evam ātmā ātmani gṛhyate
'sau satyenainaṃ tapasā yo 'nupaśyati //
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
AmaruŚ, 1, 49.2 mānāndhakāramapi mānavatījanasya nūnaṃ bibheda yad
asau prasasāda sadyaḥ //
AmaruŚ, 1, 60.1 varamasau divaso na punarniśā nanu niśaiva varaṃ na punardivā /
AmaruŚ, 1, 64.1 virahaviṣamaḥ kāmo vāmastanuṃ kurute tanuṃ
divasagaṇanādakṣaścāsau vyapetaghṛṇo yamaḥ /
AmaruŚ, 1, 77.1 yāsyāmiti samudyatasya gaditaṃ viśrabdham ākarṇitaṃ gacchandūramupekṣito
muhurasau vyāvṛtya tiṣṭhannapi /
AmaruŚ, 1, 80.1 jātā notkalikā stanau na lulitau gātraṃ na romāñcitaṃ vaktraṃ svedakaṇānvitaṃ na sahasā
yāvacchaṭhenāmunā /
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
AHS, Utt., 14, 31.2 ājena tāmram
amunā pratanu pradigdhaṃ saptāhataḥ punaridaṃ payasaiva piṣṭam //
Bhallaṭaśataka
BhallŚ, 1, 8.2 tṛṣṇe tvām anubadhnatā phalam iyatprāptaṃ
janenāmunā yaḥ spṛṣṭo na padā sa eva caraṇau spraṣṭuṃ na saṃmanyate //
BhallŚ, 1, 9.2 ravir
asāv iyatāsya guṇeṣu kā sakalalokacamatkṛtiṣu kṣatiḥ //
BhallŚ, 1, 10.1 sadvṛttayaḥ sadasadarthavivekino ye te paśya kīdṛśam
amuṃ samudāharanti /
BhallŚ, 1, 13.2 idaṃ cetastāpaṃ janayatitarām atra yad
amī pradīpāḥ saṃjātās timirahatibaddhodhuraśikhāḥ //
BhallŚ, 1, 16.2 yacchāyāchuraṇāruṇena khacatā khadyotanā
khadyotanāmnāmunā kīṭenāhitayā hi jaṅgamamaṇibhrāntyā viḍambyāmahe //
BhallŚ, 1, 22.1 nṛtyantaḥ śikhino manoharam
amī śrāvyaṃ paṭhantaḥ śukā vīkṣyante na ta eva khalviha ruṣā vāryanta evāthavā /
BhallŚ, 1, 22.2 pānthastrīgṛham
iṣṭalābhakathanāllabdhānvayenāmunā sampratyetad anargalaṃ balibhujā māyāvinā bhujyate //
BhallŚ, 1, 38.2 puṃsaḥ śaktir iyaty
asau tu phaled adyāthavā śvo 'thavā kāle kvāpy athavā kadācid athavā na tv eva vedhāḥ prabhuḥ //
BhallŚ, 1, 42.1 labdhāyāṃ tṛṣi gomṛgasya vihagasyānyasya vā kasyacid vṛṣṭyā syād bhavadīyayopakṛtir ity āstāṃ davīyasy
adaḥ /
BhallŚ, 1, 46.1 sarvāsāṃ trijagaty apām iyam
asāv ādhāratā tāvakī prollāso 'yam athāmbudhe 'mbunilaye seyaṃ mahāsattvatā /
BhallŚ, 1, 51.1 cintāmaṇes tṛṇamaṇeś ca kṛtaṃ vidhātrā kenobhayor api maṇitvam
adaḥ samānam /
BhallŚ, 1, 56.2 antaḥsāramukhena dhig aho te
mārutenāmunā paśyātyantacalena sadma mahatām ākāśam āropitā //
BhallŚ, 1, 57.2 utkṣiptāś capalāśayena marutā paśyāntarikṣe 'dhunā tuṅgānām uparisthitiṃ kṣitibhṛttāṃ kurvanty
amī pāṃsavaḥ //
BhallŚ, 1, 60.1 kallolavellitadṛṣatparuṣaprahārai ratnāny
amūni makarālaya māvamaṃsthāḥ /
BhallŚ, 1, 65.1 amī ye dṛśyante nanu subhagarūpāḥ saphalatā bhavaty eṣāṃ yasya kṣaṇam upagatānāṃ viṣayatām /
BhallŚ, 1, 79.2 mūlaṃ cecchucipaṅkajaśrutir iyaṃ kasmād guṇā yady
amī kiṃ chidrāṇi mṛṇāla bhavatas tattvaṃ na manyāmahe //
BhallŚ, 1, 80.2 vyālās te 'pi dadhaty
amī sadasator mūḍhā maṇīn mūrdhabhir naucityād guṇaśalināṃ kvacid api bhraṃśo 'styalaṃ cintayā //
BhallŚ, 1, 82.1 aho gehenardī divasavijigīṣājvararujā pradīpo 'yaṃ sthāne glapayati
mṛṣāmūn avayavān /
BhallŚ, 1, 82.2 udāttasvacchandākramaṇahṛtaviśvasya tamasaḥ parispandaṃ draṣṭuṃ mukham api ca kiṃ soḍham
amunā //
BhallŚ, 1, 102.2 candrāṃśuvṛndavitatadyutim aty
amuṣmin he kālakūṭa tava janma kathaṃ payodhau //
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 4, 46.1 kvāsau yāyānmanaḥstho nirastaḥ sthitvā yasminmadvadhārthaṃ yateta /
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 2, 34.2 svapno mayādya yo dṛṣṭaḥ praśasyaiḥ śrūyatām
asau //
BKŚS, 2, 45.1 yau
'sau rājan gajo vanyas taṃ budhyasva vināyakam /
BKŚS, 2, 50.2 vicitraiḥ saptabhiḥ pakṣaiḥ ko
'sau vyākriyatām iti //
BKŚS, 2, 57.1 yo
'sau saptacchadaḥ pakṣī so 'śanir duḥśravadhvaniḥ /
BKŚS, 3, 116.2 dattvā na dattavān yo 'smai nanv
asau pṛcchyatām iti //
BKŚS, 18, 8.1 daṃpatibhyām
asau tābhyāṃ krītābhyāṃ prīṇitas tathā /
BKŚS, 18, 9.1 praśnādigranthasārajñaś cittaṃ buddhvā tayor
asau /
BKŚS, 18, 613.1 ambām athārghajalapātrabhṛtaṃ nirīkṣya dūrād apāsarad
asau janatā vihastā /
BKŚS, 20, 438.1 kāntāsuhṛdguṇakathāśravaṇotsukasya ramyā vinidranayanasya gatā
mamāsau /
BKŚS, 22, 239.1 ityādim ādeśam
asau tadīyaṃ tathety anujñāya tathā cakāra /
Daśakumāracarita
DKCar, 1, 1, 64.1 janapatirekasmin puṇyadivase tīrthasnānāya pakkaṇanikaṭamārgeṇa gacchannabalayā kayācidupalālitamanupamaśarīraṃ kumāraṃ kaṃcid avalokya kutūhalākulastām apṛcchad bhāmini ruciramūrtiḥ sarājaguṇasaṃpūrtir
asāvarbhako bhavadanvayasaṃbhavo na bhavati kasya nayanānandaḥ nimittena kena bhavadadhīno jātaḥ kathyatāṃ yāthātathyena tvayeti //
DKCar, 1, 2, 8.2 so 'pi māmavekṣya citraguptaṃ nāma nijāmātyamāhūya tamavocat saciva naiṣo
'muṣya mṛtyusamayaḥ /
DKCar, 1, 3, 5.1 vipro
'sau bahutanayo vidvānnirdhanaḥ sthaviraśca dānayogya iti tasmai karuṇāpūrṇamanā ratnamadām /
DKCar, 1, 3, 5.4 tadanu paścānnigaḍitabāhuyugalaḥ sa bhūsuraḥ kaśāghātacihnitagātro 'nekanaistriṃśikānuyāto 'bhyetya mām
asau dasyuḥ ityadarśayat //
DKCar, 1, 3, 12.2 tasminnavasare purataḥ puṣpodbhavaṃ vilokya sasaṃbhramaṃ
nijaniṭilataṭaspṛṣṭacaraṇāṅgulimudañjalimamuṃ gāḍham āliṅgyānandabāṣpasaṃkulasaṃphullalocanaḥ saumya somadatta ayaṃ saḥ puṣpodbhavaḥ iti tasmai taṃ darśayāmāsa //
DKCar, 1, 4, 10.1 tadadhikāriṇā candrapālena kenacidvaṇikputreṇa viracitasauhṛdo
'hamamunaiva sākamujjayinīmupāviśam /
DKCar, 1, 4, 23.1 vivekaśūnyamatirasau rāgātirekeṇa ratnakhacitahemaparyaṅke haṃsatūlagarbhaśayanamānīya taruṇīṃ tasyai mahyaṃ tamisrāsamyaganavalokitapumbhāvāya manoramastrīveśāya ca cāmīkaramaṇimaṇḍanāni sūkṣmāṇi citravastrāṇi kastūrikāmilitaṃ haricandanaṃ karpūrasahitaṃ tāmbūlaṃ surabhīṇi kusumānītyādivastujātaṃ samarpya muhūrtadvayamātraṃ hāsavacanaiḥ saṃlapannatiṣṭhat //
DKCar, 1, 4, 27.2 tatra ayaṃ mama svāmikumāraḥ iti bandhupālādaye bandhujanāya kathayitvā tena rājavāhanāya bahuvidhāṃ saparyāṃ kārayan sakalakalākuśalo mahīsuravara iti puri prakaṭayan puṣpodbhavo
'muṣya rājño majjanabhojanādikamanudinaṃ svamandire kārayāmāsa //
DKCar, 1, 5, 9.2 putraratnenāmunā puraṃdhrīṇāṃ putravatīnāṃ sīmantinīnāṃ kā nāma sīmantamauktikīkriyate /
DKCar, 1, 5, 23.7 satatasaṃbhogasiddhyapāyābhāvenāsāv īdṛśīm avasthām anubhavati iti /
DKCar, 2, 1, 39.1 ninye
cāsāvahanyanyasminnunmiṣaty evoṣāroge rājaputro rājāṅgaṇaṃ rakṣibhiḥ //
DKCar, 2, 1, 49.1 athāsau pitṛprayuktavaire pravartamāne vidyādharacakravartini vatsarājavaṃśavardhane naravāhanadatte virasāśayastadapakārakṣamo 'yamiti tapasyatā darpasāreṇa saha samasṛjyata //
DKCar, 2, 1, 59.1 tasminneva kṣaṇāntare hato hataścaṇḍavarmā siṃhavarmaduhiturambālikāyāḥ pāṇisparśarāgaprasārite bāhudaṇḍa eva balavadalambya sarabhasamākṛṣya kenāpi duṣkarakarmaṇā taskareṇa nakhaprahāreṇa rājamandiroddeśaṃ ca śavaśatamayam āpādayann
acakitagatirasau viharati iti vācaḥ samabhavan //
DKCar, 2, 1, 74.1 so 'yameva
hyamunā rūpaṇe dhanamitrākhyayā cāntarito mantavyaḥ sa evāyaṃ nirgamapyabandhanād aṅgarājamapavarjitaṃ ca kośavāhanamekīkṛtyāsmadgṛhyeṇāmunā saha rājanyakenaikānte sukhopaviṣṭamiha devamupatiṣṭhatu yadi na doṣaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 1, 74.1 so 'yameva hyamunā rūpaṇe dhanamitrākhyayā cāntarito mantavyaḥ sa evāyaṃ nirgamapyabandhanād aṅgarājamapavarjitaṃ ca
kośavāhanamekīkṛtyāsmadgṛhyeṇāmunā saha rājanyakenaikānte sukhopaviṣṭamiha devamupatiṣṭhatu yadi na doṣaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 4.1 amunā cātithivadupacaritaḥ kṣaṇaṃ viśrāntaḥ kvāsau bhagavān marīciḥ tasmādahamupalipsuḥ prasaṅgaproṣitasya suhṛdo gatim āścaryajñānavibhavo hi sa maharṣirmahyāṃ viśrutaḥ ityavādiṣam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 4.1 amunā cātithivadupacaritaḥ kṣaṇaṃ viśrāntaḥ
kvāsau bhagavān marīciḥ tasmādahamupalipsuḥ prasaṅgaproṣitasya suhṛdo gatim āścaryajñānavibhavo hi sa maharṣirmahyāṃ viśrutaḥ ityavādiṣam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 5.1 athāsāvuṣṇamāyataṃ ca niḥśvasyāśaṃsata āsīttādṛśo munirasminnāśrame //
DKCar, 2, 2, 48.1 niśamyaitanniyatibalānnu tatpāṭavānnu svabuddhimāndyānnu svaniyamam anādṛtya
tasyāmasau prāsajat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 69.1 anumatamuniśāsanas tvam
amunaiva sahopāsya saṃdhyāmanurūpābhiḥ kathābhistamanuśayya nītarātriḥ pratyunmiṣaty udayaprasthadāvakalpe kalpadrumakisalayāvadhīriṇyaruṇārciṣi taṃ namaskṛtya nagarāyodacalam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 93.1 nijena
dyumnenāsāveva veśyā yathā tvāṃ yojayiṣyati tathā yatiṣye //
DKCar, 2, 2, 95.1 nagaramāviśanneva copalabhya lokavādāllubdhasamṛddhapūrṇaṃ puramityarthānāṃ naśvaratvaṃ ca pradarśya prakṛtisthān
amūn vidhāsyan karṇīsutaprahite pathi matimakaravam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 109.1 athāsau nagaradevateva nagaramoṣaroṣitā niḥsaṃbādhavelāyāṃ niḥsṛtā saṃnikṛṣṭā kācidunmiṣadbhūṣaṇā yuvatirāvirāsīt //
DKCar, 2, 2, 138.1 tvayāmunā sukṛtena krīto 'yaṃ dāsajana ityasāramatigarīyasā krīṇāsīti sa te prajñādhikṣepaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 2, 201.1 athāsau nagaradevateva nagaramoṣaroṣitā līlākaṭākṣamālāśṛṅkhalābhir nīlotpalapalāśaśyāmalābhir mām abadhnāt //
DKCar, 2, 2, 260.1 amunaiva tadasmabhyaṃ dattamityapadiśya varamātmā gopāyitum iti mām abhyupagamayya rājakulamagamatām //
DKCar, 2, 2, 292.1 tato dayamāna ivāham abravam bhavatu mṛtyuhastavartinaḥ kiṃ
mamāmuṣyā vairānubandhena iti tad bruvanniva karṇa evaināmaśikṣayam evamevaṃ pratipattavyam iti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 307.1 āpannena
cāmunānusṛtya rudatyai rāgamañjarīparicārikāyai pūrvapraṇayānuvartinā tadbhāṇḍanidhānoddeśaḥ kathitaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 2, 332.1 katamo
'sau kimiti labhyate iti mayokte yena taddhanamitrasya carmaratnaṃ muṣitam iti tvāmeva niradikṣat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 333.1 yadyevamehi tvayāsminkarmaṇi sādhite citrair upāyais tvām ahaṃ mocayiṣyāmīti śapathapūrvaṃ tenābhisaṃdhāya siddhe 'rthe bhūyo 'pi nigaḍayitvā yo
'sau cauraḥ sa sarvathopakrāntaḥ na tu dhārṣṭyabhūmiḥ prakṛṣṭavairastadajinaratnaṃ darśayiṣyatīti rājñe vijñāpya citramenaṃ haniṣyasi tathā ca satyarthaḥ sidhyati rahasyaṃ ca na sravatīti mayokte so 'tihṛṣṭaḥ pratipadya mām eva tvadupapralobhane niyujya bahir avasthitaḥ prāptamitaḥ paraṃ cintyatām iti prītena ca mayoktam maduktamalpam tvannaya evātra bhūyān ānayainam iti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 334.1 athānītenāmunā manmocanāya śapathaḥ kṛtaḥ ahaṃ ca rahasyānirbhedāya vinigaḍīkṛtaśca snānabhojanavilepanānyanubhūya nityāndhakārādbhittikoṇādārabhyoragāsyena suraṅgām akaravam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 335.1 acintayaṃ caivam
hantumanasaivāmunā manmocanāya śapathaḥ kṛtaḥ tadenaṃ hatvāpi nāsatyavādadoṣeṇa spṛśye iti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 377.1 tathā iti tenābhyupagate gatāyuṣo
'muṣya bhavanam utsavākulam upasamādhīyamānapariṇayopakaraṇam itas tataḥ praveśanirgamapravṛttalokasaṃbādhamalakṣyaśastrikaḥ saha praviśya maṅgalapāṭhakair ambalikāpāṇipallavam agnau sākṣiṇyātharvaṇena vidhinārpyamāṇam āditsamānasyāyāminaṃ bāhudaṇḍam ākṛṣya churikayorasi prāharṣam //
DKCar, 2, 3, 16.1 ruditānte ca sā sārthaghāte svahastagatasya rājaputrasya kirātabhartṛhastagamanam ātmanaśca kenāpi vanacareṇa vraṇaviropaṇam svasthāyāśca punastenopayantuṃ cintitāyā nikṛṣṭajātisaṃsargavaiklavyāt pratyākhyānapāruṣyam tadakṣameṇa
cāmunā vivikte vipine svaśiraḥkartanodyamam anena yūnā yadṛcchayā dṛṣṭena tasya durātmano hananam ātmanaścopayamanam ityakathayat //
DKCar, 2, 3, 30.1 śakyaśca
mayāsau vikaṭavarmā yathākathaṃcid upaśliṣya vyāpādayitum //
DKCar, 2, 3, 41.1 punaridamambāmavocam itthameva tvayāpyananyavyāpārayā
nṛpāṅganāsāvupasthātavyā //
DKCar, 2, 3, 44.1 keṣuciddineṣu gateṣvācaṣṭa māṃ madambā vatsa mādhavīva picumandāśleṣiṇī
yathāsau śocyamātmānaṃ manyeta tathopapādya sthāpitā //
DKCar, 2, 3, 51.1 sā tathā iti rājakulamupasaṃkramya pratinivṛttā māmekānte nyavedayat vatsa darśito
'sau citrapaṭastasyai mattakāśinyai //
DKCar, 2, 3, 52.1 citrīyamāṇā
cāsau bhuvanamidaṃ sanāthīkṛtaṃ yaddeve 'pi kusumadhanvani nedṛśī vapuḥśrīḥ saṃnidhatte //
DKCar, 2, 3, 63.1 tato na kiṃcillapsyate na cedayaṃ vipralambhas
tasyāmuṣya darśanānubhavena yathedaṃ cakṣuścaritārthaṃ bhavettathānugrahaḥ kāryaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 3, 65.1 amuṣya vasantotsave saha sakhībhir nagaropavanavihāriṇī ratiriva vigrahiṇī yadṛcchayā darśanapathaṃ gatāsi //
DKCar, 2, 3, 69.1 eṣa cedartho niścitas
tasyāmuṣyātimānuṣaprāṇasattvaprajñāprakarṣasya na kiṃcid duṣkaraṃ nāma //
DKCar, 2, 3, 87.1 anenāmuṣya pade pratiṣṭhāpya tamevātyantamupacarya jīviṣyāmi iti //
DKCar, 2, 3, 123.1 athāham āvirbhūya vivṛtadīpabhājanaḥ bhāmini nanu bahvaparāddhaṃ bhavatyā cittajanmano
yadamuṣya jīvitabhūtā ratirākṛtyā kadarthitā dhanuryaṣṭirbhrūlatābhyām bhramaramālāmayī jyā nīlālakadyutibhiḥ astrāṇyapāṅgavīkṣitavṛṣṭibhiḥ mahārajanarañjitadhvajapaṭāṃśukaṃ dantacchadamayūkhajālaiḥ prathamasuhṛnmalayamārutaḥ parimalapaṭīyasā niḥśvāsapavanena parabhṛto 'timañjulaiḥ pralāpaiḥ puṣpamayī patākā bhujayaṣṭibhyām digvijayārambhapūrṇakumbhamithunam urojakumbhayugalena krījāsaro nābimamḍalena saṃnāhyarathaḥ śroṇimaṇḍalena bhavanaratnatoraṇastambhayugalam ūruyugalena līlākarṇakisalayaṃ caraṇatalaprabhābhiḥ //
DKCar, 2, 3, 142.1 ghaṇṭāpuṭakvaṇitāhūtaśca bhartā bhavatyai sarvarahasyamākhyāya nimīlitākṣo yadi tvāmāliṅget
iyamākṛtiramumupasaṃkrāmet //
DKCar, 2, 3, 168.1 amuṣya pralobhanāya tvadādiṣṭayā diśā mayoktam kitava na sādhayāmi te saundaryam //
DKCar, 2, 3, 208.1 nagaravṛddhāvapy avalāpiṣam alpīyasā mūlyena mahārhaṃ vastu māstu me labhyaṃ dharmarakṣāyai tadanuguṇenaiva
mūlyenādaḥ krīyatām iti //
DKCar, 2, 3, 209.1 śatahaliṃ ca rāṣṭramukhyamāhūyākhyātavān yo
'sāvanantasīraḥ prahāravarmaṇaḥ pakṣa iti nināśayiṣitaḥ so 'pi pitari me prakṛtisthi kimiti nāśyeta tattvayāpi tasminsaṃrambho na kāryaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 4, 3.0 atarkayaṃ ca karkaśo 'yaṃ puruṣaḥ kārpaṇyamiva varṣati kṣīṇatāraṃ cakṣuḥ ārambhaśca sāhasānuvādī
nūnamasau prāṇaniḥspṛhaḥ kimapi kṛcchraṃ priyajanavyasanamūlaṃ pratipatsyate //
DKCar, 2, 4, 64.0 taiḥ
kilāsāvitthamagrāhyata prasahyaiva svasā tavāmunā bhujaṅgena saṃgṛhītā //
DKCar, 2, 4, 64.0 taiḥ kilāsāvitthamagrāhyata prasahyaiva svasā
tavāmunā bhujaṅgena saṃgṛhītā //
DKCar, 2, 4, 78.0 athāsau nirbhayo 'dya priyatamāvirahapāṇḍubhir avayavair dhairyastambhitāśruparyākulena cakṣuṣoṣmaśvāsaśoṣitābhir ivānatipeśalābhir vāgbhir viyogaṃ darśayantam kathamapi rājakule kāryāṇi kārayantam pūrvasaṃketitaiḥ puruṣair abhigrāhyābandhayat //
DKCar, 2, 4, 101.0 tāvanme pitaraṃ taskaramiva paścādbaddhabhujam uddhuradhvanimahājanānuyātam ānīya madabhyāśa eva sthāpayitvā mātaṅgastriraghoṣayat eṣa mantrī kāmapālo rājyalobhād bhartāraṃ caṇḍasiṃham yuvarājaṃ caṇḍaghoṣaṃ ca viṣānnenopāṃśu hatvā punardevo 'pi siṃhaghoṣaḥ pūrṇayauvana
ityamuṣminpāpamācariṣyanviśvāsādrahasyabhūmau punaramātyaṃ śivanāgamāhūya sthūṇamaṅgāravarṣaṃ ca rājavadhāyopajapya taiḥ svāmibhaktyā vivṛtaguhyo rājyakāmukasyāsya brāhmaṇasyāndhatamasapraveśo nyāyya iti prāḍvivākavākyād akṣyuddharaṇāya nīyate //
DKCar, 2, 4, 114.0 utsavottaraṃ ca paścimaṃ vidhisaṃskāramanubhavatu me bhaginīpatiḥ iti caṇḍāle tu matpratiṣiddhasakalamantravādiprayāse saṃsthite kāmapālo 'pi kāladaṣṭa eva iti
svabhavanopanayanamamuṣya svamāhātmyaprakāśanāya mahīpatiranvamaṃsta //
DKCar, 2, 4, 169.0 ākṛṣya ca tamahimivāhiśatruḥ
sphurantamamunaiva bhittirandhrapathena straiṇasaṃnidhimanaiṣam //
DKCar, 2, 6, 4.1 so 'bhyadhatta saumya suhmapatis tuṅgadhanvā nāmānapatyaḥ
prārthitavānamuṣminn āyatane vismṛtavindhyavāsarāgaṃ vasantyā vindhyavāsinyāḥ pādamūlād apatyadvayam //
DKCar, 2, 6, 31.1 athāsau jātasaṃbhramā prāptaiveyaṃ bhartṛdārikā kandukāvatī kandukakrīḍitena devīṃ vindhyavāsinīmārādhayitum //
DKCar, 2, 6, 43.1 abhuktapūrvā
cāsau purātanena puṃsā pūrvarājaiśca asyāḥ punaranavadyamayātayāmaṃ ca yauvanam iti cintayatyeva mayi sānaghasarvagātrī vyatyastahastapallavāgraspṛṣṭabhūmir ālolanīlakuṭilālakā savibhramaṃ bhagavatīmabhivandya kandukamamandarāgarūṣitākṣam anaṅgam ivālambata //
DKCar, 2, 6, 90.1 amī tathākurvan sarvāṃśca tānpratibhaṭānbhallavarṣiṇā bhīmaṭaṅkṛtena śārṅgeṇa lavalavīkṛtāṅgān akārṣam //
DKCar, 2, 6, 116.1 amuṃ ca ropitavraṇam iṅgudītailādibhir āmiṣeṇa śākenātmanirviśeṣaṃ pupoṣa //
DKCar, 2, 6, 125.1 ko doṣaḥ ityupanīya darśite
'muṣminsa vikalaḥ paryaśruḥ pādapatitas tasya sādhos tatsukṛtam asatyāśca tasyāstathābhūtaṃ duścaritamāryabuddhirācacakṣe //
DKCar, 2, 6, 195.1 yadi kaścidastyupāyaḥ patidrohapratikriyāyai
darśayāmum matirhi te paṭīyasī iti //
DKCar, 2, 6, 196.1 athāsau kathañcitkṣaṇamadhomukhī dhyātvā dīrghoṣṇaśvāsapūrvamavocat bhagavati patirekadaivataṃ vanitānāṃ viśeṣataḥ kulajānām //
DKCar, 2, 6, 207.1 tena randhreṇopaśliṣya rāgam ujjvalīkṛtya
yathāsau kṛtasaṅketo deśāntaramādāya māṃ gamiṣyati tathopapādanīyam iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 12.0 tathāpyasāv apratipadyātmasaṃskāram arthaśāstreṣu anagnisaṃśodhitena hemajātirnātibhāti buddhiḥ //
DKCar, 2, 8, 71.0 te
cāmī kaṣṭadāridryā bahvapatyā yajvāno vīryavantaścādyāpy aprāptapratigrahāḥ //
DKCar, 2, 8, 157.0 hṛṣṭena
cāmunābhyupete viṃśatiṃ varāṃśukānām pañcaviṃśatiṃ kāñcanakuṅkumapalānām prābhṛtīkṛtyāptamukhena taiḥ sāmantaiḥ saṃmantrya tānapi svamatāvasthāpayat //
DKCar, 2, 8, 173.0 kimīyā jātyāsya mātā ityanuyukte
mayāmunoktam pāṭaliputrasya vaṇijo vaiśravaṇasya duhitari sāgaradattāyāṃ kosalendrātkusumadhanvano 'sya mātā jātā iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 183.0 asāvācaṣṭa tatra vyāghratvaco dṛtīśca vikrīyādyaivāgataḥ kiṃ na jānāmi //
DKCar, 2, 8, 216.0 mayāpi sasmitaṃ mañjuvādinīrāgalīnadṛṣṭilīḍhadhairyeṇa evamastu iti labdhabhaikṣaḥ nālījaṅghamākārya nirgamya tataśca taṃ cānuyāntaṃ śanairapṛccham
kvāsāvalpāyuḥ prathitaḥ pracaṇḍavarmā iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 241.0 atha nālījaṅghaṃ rahasyaśikṣayam tāta āryam āryaketum ekānte brūhi ko māyāpuruṣo ya imāṃ rājyalakṣmīmanubhavati sa cāyamasmadbālo
bhujaṅgenāmunā parigṛhītaḥ //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 97.0 asau śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇo 'pi sārthavāho dāsakapālakāvādāya sārthamadhyādekānte 'pakramya āyaṃ vyayaṃ ca tulayitumārabdhaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 98.0 paścāt
tenāsau dāsako 'bhihitaḥ dāsaka paśya sārthaḥ kiṃ karotīti //
Divyāv, 1, 141.0 ko
'sau nirghṛṇahṛdayastyaktaparalokaśca ya eṣāṃ pratodayaṣṭiṃ kāye nipātayiṣyati tena ta utsṛṣṭāḥ adyāgreṇa acchinnāgrāṇi tṛṇāni bhakṣayata anavamarditāni pānīyāni pibata anāvilāni caturdiśaṃ ca śītalā vāyavo vāntviti //
Divyāv, 1, 161.0 asti kaścit tvayā dṛṣṭaḥ pretanagaraṃ praviṣṭaḥ svastikṣemābhyāṃ nirgacchan sa samprasthito yāvat
tenāsau puruṣo dṛṣṭaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 526.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau sārthavāhaḥ eṣa evāsau śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 526.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sārthavāhaḥ eṣa
evāsau śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 194.0 uktaṃ ca enaṃ
kāṣṭhabhārakamamuṣmin gṛhe bhavilapatnī tiṣṭhati tatra naya vaktavyā pūrṇena preṣiteti //
Divyāv, 2, 196.0 sā urasi prahāraṃ dattvā kathayati
yadyasāvarthātparibhraṣṭaḥ kiṃ prajñayāpi paribhraṣṭaḥ pakvamānayeti pācanaṃ preṣitam //
Divyāv, 2, 207.0 rājā saṃlakṣayati kīdṛśo
'sau rājā yasya gṛhe gośīrṣacandanaṃ nāsti //
Divyāv, 2, 211.0 sa vicārayitum ārabdhaḥ kimarthaṃ māṃ rājā śabdāpayati sa saṃlakṣayati
gośīrṣacandanenāsau rājā svasthībhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 411.0 sa kathayati kataro
'sau kālakarṇiprakhyaḥ tau kathayataḥ pūrṇakaśrīḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 630.0 yastu
asāvaśrāddhaṃ mātāpitaraṃ śraddhāsampadi samādāpayati vinayati niveśayati pratiṣṭhāpayati duḥśīlaṃ śīlasampadi matsariṇaṃ tyāgasampadi duṣprajñaṃ prajñāsampadi samādāpayati vinayati niveśayati pratiṣṭhāpayati iyatā putreṇa mātāpitroḥ kṛtaṃ vā syādupakṛtaṃ veti //
Divyāv, 3, 14.0 dṛṣṭvā ca punarāyuṣmantamāmantrayate icchasi tvamānanda yo
'sau yūpa ūrdhvaṃ vyāmasahasraṃ tiryak ṣoḍaśapravedho nānāratnavicitro divyaḥ sarvasauvarṇo rājñā mahāpraṇādena dānāni dattvā puṇyāni kṛtvā nadyāṃ gaṅgāyāṃ āplāvitaḥ taṃ draṣṭum etasya bhagavan kālaḥ etasya sugata samayaḥ yo 'yaṃ bhagavān yūpamucchrāpayet bhikṣavaḥ paśyeyuḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 86.0 tato
'pyasau janakāyaḥ svapathyadanamādāya bhuktvā yūpaṃ nirīkṣamāṇastiṣṭhati svakarmānuṣṭhānaṃ na karoti //
Divyāv, 3, 94.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau mahāpraṇādasyāśoko nāma mātulaḥ eṣa evāsau bhaddālī bhikṣuḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 94.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau mahāpraṇādasyāśoko nāma mātulaḥ eṣa
evāsau bhaddālī bhikṣuḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 96.0 kutra
bhadantāsau yūpo vilayaṃ gamiṣyati bhaviṣyanti bhikṣavo 'nāgate 'dhvani aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 123.0 yato maitreyaḥ samyaksambuddhaḥ kāśyapasya bhikṣoravikopitam asthisaṃghātaṃ dakṣiṇena pāṇinā gṛhītvā vāme pāṇau pratiṣṭhāpya evaṃ śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati yo
'sau bhikṣavo varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma śāstā loka utpannastasyāyaṃ śrāvakaḥ kāśyapo nāmnā alpecchānāṃ saṃtuṣṭānāṃ dhūtaguṇavādināmagro nirdiṣṭaḥ //
Divyāv, 4, 45.0 asāvānanda brāhmaṇadārikā anena kuśalamūlena trayodaśa kalpān vinipātaṃ na gamiṣyati //
Divyāv, 4, 72.0 tato bhagavatā mukhāt jihvāṃ nirnamayya sarvaṃ mukhamaṇḍalamācchāditam yāvat keśaparyantam upādāya sa ca brāhmaṇo 'bhihitaḥ kiṃ manyase brāhmaṇa yasya mukhāt jihvāṃ niścārya sarvam mukhamaṇḍalamācchādayati api
tvasau cakravartirājyaśatasahasrahetorapi samprajānan mṛṣāvādaṃ bhāṣeta no bho gautama //
Divyāv, 5, 17.0 asau anena kuśalamūlena viṃśatikalpaṃ vinipātaṃ na gamiṣyati //
Divyāv, 5, 37.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau hastināgaḥ ahameva tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 6, 30.0 tatastena viviktāvakāśe mahatā
satkāreṇāsau yaṣṭirucchrāpitā mahaśca prajñapitaḥ //
Divyāv, 6, 37.0 athāsau dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtamaśītyā cānuvyañjanairvirājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamamiva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam //
Divyāv, 6, 40.0 tat ko
'sau upāyaḥ syāt yena me karmaparihāṇir na syānnāpi puṇyaparihāṇiriti //
Divyāv, 6, 63.0 taiḥ śrutam antarhito
'sau bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya śarīrasaṃghātadhātur avikopita iti //
Divyāv, 7, 129.0 yāvadasau gṛhapatiḥ patnīmāmantrayate bhadre jāto 'smākamṛṇahārako dhanahārakaśca //
Divyāv, 7, 162.0 tato
'sau pratyekabuddhastasya daridrapuruṣasya cetasā cittamājñāya pātraṃ prasāritavān bhadramukha sacette parityaktam dīyatāmasmin pātra iti //
Divyāv, 7, 164.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau daridrapuruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau rājā prasenajit kauśalastena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 7, 164.0 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau daridrapuruṣaḥ eṣa
evāsau rājā prasenajit kauśalastena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 7, 205.0 api tu ānanda
bhaviṣyatyasau dārikā varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddhaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 67.0 tatasteṣāṃ caurāṇāṃ buddhirutpannā yā kācidasmākaṃ śrīsaubhāgyasampat
sarvāsau buddhaṃ bhagavantamāgamya //
Divyāv, 8, 178.0 tatra yo
'sau puruṣo bhavati maheśākhyo maheśākhyadevatāparigṛhītaḥ sa mahatā puṇyabalena vīryabalena cittabalena mahāntaṃ plavamāsthāya anulomapratilomamahāsamudram avatarati //
Divyāv, 8, 181.0 hriyamāṇaśca pratyāhriyamāṇaśca yadi madhyamāmudakadhārāṃ pratipadyate
evamasau maitrībalaparigṛhīto lokahitārthamabhyudgamyottarati nistarati abhiniṣkramati //
Divyāv, 8, 189.0 tatra yo
'sau puruṣo bhavatyudārapuṇyavipākamaheśākhyo devatāparigṛhītaḥ sa mahatā puṇyabalena vīryabalena cittabalena kāyabalena mahāntaṃ plavamāsthāya āvartaṃ mahāsamudramavatarati //
Divyāv, 8, 194.0 evamasau maitrībalaparigṛhīto lokahitārthamabhyudgata uttarati nistaratyabhiniṣkrāmati //
Divyāv, 8, 540.0 bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau supriyo nāma mahāsārthavāhaḥ ahameva tena kālena tena samayena bodhisattvacaryāyāṃ vartitavān //
Divyāv, 8, 543.0 yaścāsau magho mahāsārthavāhaḥ eṣa eva śāriputro bhikṣuḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 8, 544.0 yaścāsau nīlādo nāma mahāyakṣaḥ eṣa evānando bhikṣustena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 8, 545.0 yaścāsau candraprabho yakṣaḥ eṣa evāniruddho bhikṣuḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 8, 546.0 yaścāsau lohitākṣo nāma mahāyakṣaḥ sa eṣa eva devadattastena kalena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 8, 547.0 yaścāsau agnimukho nāma nāgaḥ eṣa eva māraḥ pāpīyān sa tena kalena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 8, 548.0 yaścāsau bālāho 'śvarājaḥ maitreyo bodhisattvastena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 9, 68.0 kimasau yuṣmākaṃ bhikṣāṃ cariṣyatīti tīrthyāḥ kathayanti samayena tiṣṭhāmo yadi yūyaṃ kriyākāraṃ kuruta na kenacicchramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramitavyam //
Divyāv, 10, 59.1 tato
'sau gṛhapatiḥ kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇi pratyavekṣitumārabdho yāvatpūrṇāni paśyati //
Divyāv, 10, 71.1 rājā kathayati gṛhapate tvayā
asau mahātmā piṇḍakena pratipāditaḥ deva mayaiva pratipāditaḥ //
Divyāv, 10, 74.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau gṛhapatirgṛhapatipatnī gṛhapatiputro gṛhapatisnuṣā gṛhapatidāso gṛhapatidāsī ayameva meṇḍhako gṛhapatir meṇḍhakapatnī meṇḍhakaputro meṇḍhakasnuṣā meṇḍhakadāso meṇḍhakadāsī ca //
Divyāv, 11, 10.1 athāsau dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyānuvyañjanairvirājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamamiva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam //
Divyāv, 12, 212.1 rājñā prasenajitā kauśalena saptame divase yāvajjetavanaṃ yāvacca bhagavataḥ prātihāryamaṇḍapo 'ntarāt sarvo
'sau pradeśo 'pagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhalyo vyavasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 16.1 yathā yathā
cāsau prārthyate tathā tathā bodho gṛhapatiḥ sutarāṃ prītimutpādayati //
Divyāv, 13, 33.1 yathā
yathāsau garbho vṛddhiṃ gacchati tathā tathā bodhasya gṛhapateruttarottarātiśayenānarthaśatānyutpadyante //
Divyāv, 13, 34.1 sa saṃlakṣayati ka etāni śṛṇoti udyānaṃ gatvā tiṣṭhāmīti viditvā tena pauruṣeyā uktāḥ yadi me kaścinmahānanartha utpadyate sa śrāvayitavyo nānya ityuktvā udyānaṃ gatvā avasthito
yāvadasyāsau patnī prasūtā //
Divyāv, 13, 121.1 yāvadasau vaṇik paṇyaṃ visarjayitvā pratipaṇyamādāya svāgataṃ vismṛtya samprasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 183.1 tasyāsau dārikā punaḥ preṣitā dārike gaccha cirayatyasau paśya kimarthaṃ nāgacchatīti //
Divyāv, 13, 183.1 tasyāsau dārikā punaḥ preṣitā dārike gaccha
cirayatyasau paśya kimarthaṃ nāgacchatīti //
Divyāv, 13, 310.1 yadā āyuṣmān svāgataḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitaḥ tadā sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ śramaṇena
gautamenāsau durāgataḥ kroḍamallakaḥ pravrajitaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 356.1 bhagavānāha gaccha ānanda svāgataṃ bhikṣumevaṃ vada duṣṭanāgo
'sau kāyendriyaṃ te rakṣitavyamiti //
Divyāv, 13, 358.1 upasaṃkramyāyuṣmantaṃ svāgatamidamavocat āyuṣman svāgata bhagavānevamāha duṣṭanāgo
'sau kāyendriyaṃ te rakṣitavyamiti //
Divyāv, 13, 500.1 bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau gṛhapatireva asau svāgato bhikṣustena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 13, 500.1 bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau gṛhapatireva
asau svāgato bhikṣustena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 13, 509.1 sa maraṇasamaye praṇidhānaṃ kartumārabdho yanmayā bhagavati kāśyape samyaksambuddhe 'nuttare dakṣiṇīye yāvadāyurbrahmacaryaṃ caritam na ca kaścidguṇaguṇo 'dhigataḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo
'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksambuddhenottaro māṇavo vyākṛto bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunirnāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddha iti tasyāhaṃ śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇādarhattvaṃ sākṣātkuryām //
Divyāv, 14, 11.1 atha śakro devānāmindrastaṃ devaputramavalokayati
kimasau devaputraḥ sūkarikāyāḥ kukṣau upapanno na veti //
Divyāv, 14, 27.1 kutrāsau bhadanta devaputra upapanno bhagavānāha tuṣitā nāma kauśika devāḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhayaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 67.1 yā lokasya lokāntarikā andhāstamaso 'ndhakāratamisrā
yatrāmū sūryācandramasau evaṃ maharddhikau evaṃ mahānubhāvau ābhayābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 17, 172.1 tato
'sau saṃlakṣayati yadi mama pitā kālagataḥ kiṃ bhūyo 'haṃ gacchāmīti tato bhūyaḥ saṃdeśo 'bhyāgataḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 489.1 yato
'sau prasādīkṛtacetā yānādavatīrya taṃ bhagavantaṃ taiścatūratnamayaiḥ puṣpairavakirati //
Divyāv, 17, 508.1 bhagavānāha yo
'sāvotkariko vaṇik ahameva tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 17, 510.1 yaścāsau mudgaḥ pātrakaṇṭakamāhatya bhūmau patitas tasya karmaṇo vipākena trāyastriṃśān devānadhirūḍhaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 512.1 yo
'sāvotkariko vaṇik tena kālena tena samayena sa eṣa rājā mūrdhātaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 54.1 punarasau karṇadhāro vaṇijāṃ kathayati śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ nāsmākamidānīṃ jīvitopāyaḥ kaścidyena vayamasmādbhayāt mucyema //
Divyāv, 18, 94.1 maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ kṛtavanto yadasmābhiḥ kāśyapaṃ samyaksambuddhamāsādyoddiṣṭamadhītaṃ svādhyāyitaṃ ca na kaścit guṇagaṇo 'dhigato 'sti asya karmaṇo vipākena vayam yo
'sau anāgate 'dhvani kāśyapena samyaksambuddhena śākyamunirnāma samyaksambuddho vyākṛtaḥ taṃ vayamārāgayemo na virāgayemaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 97.1 yaścāsau mahāsamudre timistimiṃgilo nāma matsyo buddhaśabdaṃ śrutvā anāhāratāyāṃ vyavasthitaḥ sa svabhāvenaiva tīkṣṇāgnitayā kṣudduḥkhasyāsahatvāccyutaḥ kālagataḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 143.1 yato
'sau saṃlakṣayati kiṃ mayā karma kṛtam yasya karmaṇo vipākena na kadācit vitṛpyamāna āhāramārāgayāmi sa viṣaṇṇacetāścintayituṃ pravṛttaḥ kiṃ tāvadagnipraveśaṃ karomi uta jalapraveśam atha taṭaprapātaṃ karomi sa evaṃ cintayā sthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 226.1 bhagavān saṃlakṣayati ko
'sau dānapatirbhaviṣyati yo 'sau dharmaruceretāvatā āhāreṇa pratidivasam yogodvahanaṃ kariṣyati yato 'sya bhagavatā abhihitaṃ dṛṣṭastvayā dharmaruce mahāsamudraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 226.1 bhagavān saṃlakṣayati ko 'sau dānapatirbhaviṣyati yo
'sau dharmaruceretāvatā āhāreṇa pratidivasam yogodvahanaṃ kariṣyati yato 'sya bhagavatā abhihitaṃ dṛṣṭastvayā dharmaruce mahāsamudraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 240.1 yato
'sau bhagavato 'ntikaṃ gatvā bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati kiṃ tadbhagavan nāhaṃ tasya vyaktimupalabhāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 242.1 sa kathayati bhagavan evaṃvidho
'sau sattvo yasyedṛśī asthiśakalā bhagavatoktaṃ tṛpyasva dharmaruce bhavebhyaḥ tṛpyasva bhavopakaraṇebhyaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 259.1 tato
'sau dharmarucirṛddhyā jetavanamanuprāpto bhagavantaṃ darśanāya //
Divyāv, 18, 278.1 tenāsau kṣemaṃkaraḥ samyaksambuddhaḥ ṣaṣṭiṃ traimāsān sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena sarvopakaraṇairupasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 342.1 sa taṃ stūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarvajātakṛtaniṣṭhitaṃ kathayaty asmiṃścaitye kārāṃ kṛtvā kimavāpyate yato
'sau śreṣṭhī buddhodāharaṇaṃ pravṛttaḥ kartum evaṃ tribhirasaṃkhyeyairvīryeṇa vyāyamatānuttarā bodhiravāpyate //
Divyāv, 18, 344.1 tato
'sau śreṣṭhī pratyekabuddhodāharaṇaṃ pravṛttaḥ kartum evaṃ sahasrayodhī tasyāpi varṇodāharaṇaṃ śrutvā viṣaṇṇacetāḥ kathayaty etāmapyahaṃ pratyekabodhiṃ na śaktaḥ samudānayitum //
Divyāv, 18, 353.1 bhagavānāha yo
'sau atīte 'dhvani śreṣṭhī abhūt ahameva sa tasmin samaye bodhisattvacaryāṃ vartāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 354.1 yo
'sau sahasrayodhī eṣa eva dharmarucistena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 18, 376.1 yato
'sau rājā paśyati māṇavakau dūrata evāgacchantau prāsādikāvabhirūpau tau ca gatvā tatra yajñe brāhmaṇapaṅktiṣu prajñapteṣu āsaneṣvagrāsanam abhiruhyāvasthitau //
Divyāv, 18, 495.1 bhagavānāha yo
'sau vāsavo rājābhūt tena kālena tena samayena sa rājā bimbisāraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 498.1 yo
'sau sumatir ahameva tasmin samaye bodhisattvacaryāyāṃ vartāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 513.1 tato
'sau mātaraṃ pṛcchaty amba kimasmākaṃ kulārthāgataṃ karma sā kathayati vatsa pitā tava āpaṇaṃ vāhayannāsīt //
Divyāv, 18, 559.1 na
cāsau panthā putrasyānugacchato doṣakārako bhavaty evameva mātṛgrāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 564.1 evamasau vaṇigdārako mātrā bahuvidhairanunayavacanairvinītaśokastayā mātrā tasmin pātake 'saddharme punaḥ punaratīva saṃjātarāgaḥ pravṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 573.1 sa kathayati kathamahaṃ pitaraṃ ghātayiṣye yadā
asau na prasahate pitṛvadhaṃ kartum tadā tayā mātrā bhūyo 'nuvṛttivacanairabhihitas tasyānuvṛttivacanairucyamānasya kāmeṣu saṃraktasyādhyavasāyo jātaḥ pitṛvadhaṃ prati //
Divyāv, 18, 596.1 sa vicintya mātṛsakāśaṃ gatvā saṃvedayati yatirabhyāgato yo
'sau asmadgṛhamupasaṃkrāmaty eṣa sa ihādhiṣṭhāne pratisaṃvedayiṣyati eṣā asya dārakasya māteti //
Divyāv, 18, 644.1 yato bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau atīte 'dhvani bhikṣus tripiṭa āsa ahameva sa tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 18, 645.1 yo
'sau pāpakarmakārī sattvo mātāpitrarhadghātakaḥ eṣa eva dharmaruciḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 37.1 subhadraḥ saṃlakṣayati sarvathā parityājyo
'sau iti viditvā sa bhaiṣajyaṃ dātumārabdhaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 160.1 śrutvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati bhagavatā
asau vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati kulamuddyotayiṣyati divyāṃ mānuṣīṃ śriyaṃ pratyanubhaviṣyati mama śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇādarhattvaṃ sākṣātkariṣyatīti //
Divyāv, 19, 170.1 kathaṃ bhagavato bhāṣitaṃ vitathaṃ bhaviṣyati kiṃtu tena svāmināpi
asau tathā tathā upakrāntā yathā kālagatā //
Divyāv, 19, 259.1 tena putrāṇāṃ svapnadarśanaṃ dattaṃ putrā yūyam etasmin sthāne yakṣasthānaṃ kārayata tatra ca ghaṇṭāṃ baddhvā lambayata yaḥ kaścit paṇyamaśulkayitvā gamiṣyati sā ghaṇṭā tāvadviraviṣyati
yāvadasau nivartya śulkaṃ dāpayitavyamiti //
Divyāv, 19, 286.1 sārthikā avadhyātumārabdhāḥ kim yūyamasmān mūṣitukāmā yena bhūyo bhūyaḥ pratinivartayadhvamiti
tairasau dvidhā kṛtvā muktaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 295.1 tairasau brāhmaṇaḥ pratinivartyokto bho brāhmaṇa kathaya naiva śulkaṃ dāpayāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 331.1 jyotiṣkaḥ kathayati brāhmaṇa punaḥ paśyainaṃ yo
'sau aparibhuktaka iti sa kaṇṭakavāṭasyopariṣṭāt kṣipto 'sajjamāno gataḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 573.1 tenāsau nirgatya kṣamita uktaśca mahārāja praviśa svahastena pariveṣaṇaṃ kuru //
Divyāv, 19, 578.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo
'sau anaṅgaṇo nāma gṛhapatir eṣa evāsau jyotiṣkaḥ kulaputrastena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 19, 578.1 kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau anaṅgaṇo nāma gṛhapatir eṣa
evāsau jyotiṣkaḥ kulaputrastena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 20, 10.1 tatra bhagavān bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma sacedbhikṣavaḥ sattvā jānīyurdānasya phalaṃ dānasaṃvibhāgasya ca phalavipākaṃ yathāhaṃ jānāmi dānasya phalaṃ dānasaṃvibhāgasya ca phalavipākam apīdānīm yo
'sau apaścimaḥ kavaḍaś carama ālopas tato 'pyadattvā asaṃvibhajya na paribhuñjīran sacellabheran dakṣiṇīyaṃ pratigrāhakam //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 15, 48.2 pravṛttacakraḥ pāpo
'sau tvaṃ cāśaucagataḥ prabho /
HV, 19, 13.1 caturṇāṃ tu pitā yo
'sau brāhmaṇānāṃ mahātmanām /
HV, 22, 2.2 tenāsau mokṣam āsthāya brahmabhūto 'bhavan muniḥ //
HV, 24, 21.1 hiraṇyakaśipur yo
'sau daityarājo 'bhavat purā /
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 119.1 tat kathayāgamanenāpuṇyabhāk katamo vijṛmbhitavirahavyathaḥ śūnyatāṃ nīto deśaḥ kva vā gantavyaṃ ko vāyamapahṛtaharahuṅkārāhaṅkāro 'para ivānanyajo yuvā kiṃnāmno vā samṛddhatapasaḥ pitur ayam amṛtavarṣī kaustubhamaṇiriva harer hṛdayam āhlādayati kā cāsya tribhuvananamasyā vibhātasaṃdhyeva mahatas tejaso jananī kāni vāsya puṇyabhāñji bhajanty abhikhyām akṣarāṇy āryaparijñāne 'py ayameva kramaḥ kautukānurodhino hṛdayasyety uktavatyāṃ tasyāṃ prakaṭitaśrayo
'sau prativyājahāra āyuṣmati satāṃ hi priyaṃvadatā kulavidyā //
Harṣacarita, 1, 130.1 kālena
copārūḍhayauvanamimamālokyāhamivāsāvapyanubhavatu mukhakamalāvalokanānandamasyeti mātāmahaḥ kathaṃ katham apyenaṃ piturantikamadhunā vyasarjayat //
Harṣacarita, 1, 172.1 puṇyabhāñji tāni cakṣūṃṣi cetāṃsi yauvanāni vā straiṇāni
yeṣāmasau viṣayo darśanasya //
Harṣacarita, 1, 232.1 astamupagate ca bhagavati gabhastimati stimitataram avatarati tamasi prahasitāmiva sitāṃ diśaṃ paurandarīṃ darīmiva kesariṇi muñcati candramasi sarasvatī śucini cīnāṃśukasukumāratare taraṅgiṇi dugūlakomalaśayana iva śoṇasaikate samupaviṣṭā svapnakṛtaprārthanā pādapatanalagnāṃ dadhīcacaraṇanakhacandrikāmiva lalāṭikāṃ dadhānā gaṇḍasthalādarśapratibimbitena cāruhāsiny
ayamasāvāhṛto hṛdayadayito jana iti śravaṇasamīpavartinā nivedyamānamadanasaṃdeśevendunā vikīryamāṇanakhakiraṇacakravālena vālavyajanīkṛtacandrakalākalāpeneva kareṇa vījayantī svedinaṃ kapolapaṭṭam atra dadhīcād ṛte na kenacitpraveṣṭavyam iti tiraścīnaṃ cittabhuvā pātitāṃ vilāsavetralatāmiva bālamṛṇālikām adhistanaṃ stanayantī kathamapi hṛdayena vahantī pratipālayāmāsa āsīccāsyā manasi ahamapi nāma sarasvatī yatrāmunā manojanmanā jānatyeva paravaśīkṛtā //
Harṣacarita, 1, 232.1 astamupagate ca bhagavati gabhastimati stimitataram avatarati tamasi prahasitāmiva sitāṃ diśaṃ paurandarīṃ darīmiva kesariṇi muñcati candramasi sarasvatī śucini cīnāṃśukasukumāratare taraṅgiṇi dugūlakomalaśayana iva śoṇasaikate samupaviṣṭā svapnakṛtaprārthanā pādapatanalagnāṃ dadhīcacaraṇanakhacandrikāmiva lalāṭikāṃ dadhānā gaṇḍasthalādarśapratibimbitena cāruhāsiny ayamasāvāhṛto hṛdayadayito jana iti śravaṇasamīpavartinā nivedyamānamadanasaṃdeśevendunā vikīryamāṇanakhakiraṇacakravālena vālavyajanīkṛtacandrakalākalāpeneva kareṇa vījayantī svedinaṃ kapolapaṭṭam atra dadhīcād ṛte na kenacitpraveṣṭavyam iti tiraścīnaṃ cittabhuvā pātitāṃ vilāsavetralatāmiva bālamṛṇālikām adhistanaṃ stanayantī kathamapi hṛdayena vahantī pratipālayāmāsa āsīccāsyā manasi ahamapi nāma sarasvatī
yatrāmunā manojanmanā jānatyeva paravaśīkṛtā //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 4, 26.1 amī pṛthustambabhṛtaḥ piśaṅgatāṃ gatā vipākena phalasya śālayaḥ /
Kir, 4, 30.1 sitacchadānām apadiśya dhāvatāṃ rutair
amīṣāṃ grathitāḥ patatriṇām /
Kir, 4, 31.2 asaktam ūdhāṃsi payaḥ kṣaranty
amūr upāyanānīva nayanti dhenavaḥ //
Kir, 4, 32.2 dyutiṃ samagrāṃ samitir gavām
asāv upaiti mantrair iva saṃhitāhutiḥ //
Kir, 4, 34.1 asāv anāsthāparayāvadhīritaḥ saroruhiṇyā śirasā namann api /
Kir, 4, 35.1 amī samuddhūtasarojareṇunā hṛtā hṛtāsārakaṇena vāyunā /
Kir, 4, 36.1 mukhair
asau vidrumabhaṅgalohitaiḥ śikhāḥ piśaṅgīḥ kalamasya bibhratī /
Kir, 5, 18.2 amum ativipinaṃ veda digvyāpinaṃ puruṣam iva paraṃ padmayoniḥ param //
Kir, 5, 20.2 amunā dhanaiḥ kṣitibhṛtātibhṛtā samatītya bhāti jagatī jagatī //
Kir, 5, 21.1 akhilam idam
amuṣya gairīguros tribhuvanam api naiti manye tulām /
Kir, 5, 27.1 sanākavanitaṃ nitambaruciraṃ ciraṃ suninadair nadair vṛtam
amum /
Kir, 5, 36.2 baddhāṃ baddhāṃ bhittiśaṅkām
amuṣmin nāvānāvān mātariśvā nihanti //
Kir, 5, 39.1 utphullasthalanalinīvanād
amuṣmād uddhūtaḥ sarasijasambhavaḥ parāgaḥ /
Kir, 5, 42.2 śṛṅgāṇy
amuṣya bhajate gaṇabhartur ukṣā kurvan vadhūjanamanaḥsu śaśāṅkaśaṅkām //
Kir, 6, 37.2 asad apy
adaḥ sahitum arhati naḥ kva vanecarāḥ kva nipuṇā matayaḥ //
Kir, 8, 20.1 imāny
amūnīty apavarjite śanair yathābhirāmaṃ kusumāgrapallave /
Kir, 8, 35.1 sarojapattre nu vilīnaṣaṭpade viloladṛṣṭeḥ svid
amū vilocane /
Kir, 10, 56.2 agaṇitagurumānalajjayāsau svayam urasi śravaṇotpalena jaghne //
Kir, 13, 49.1 durvacaṃ tad atha mā sma bhūn mṛgas tvāv
asau yad akariṣyad ojasā /
Kir, 13, 64.1 janmaveṣatapasāṃ virodhinīṃ mā kṛthāḥ punar
amūm apakriyām /
Kir, 14, 23.2 samānavīryānvayapauruṣeṣu yaḥ karoty atikrāntim
asau tiraskriyā //
Kir, 14, 60.2 amuṣya māyāvihataṃ nihanti naḥ pratīpam āgatya kimu svam āyudham //
Kir, 14, 61.2 kathaṃ nv
amī saṃtatam asya sāyakā bhavanty aneke jaladher ivormayaḥ //
Kir, 18, 9.1 ayam
asau bhagavān uta pāṇḍavaḥ sthitam avāṅ muninā śaśimaulinā /
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 3, 15.1 amī hi vīryaprabhavaṃ bhavasya jayāya senānyam uśanti devāḥ /
KumSaṃ, 3, 21.1 madhuś ca te manmatha sāhacaryād
asāvanukto 'pi sahāya eva /
KumSaṃ, 6, 95.2 kam aparam avaśaṃ na viprakuryur vibhum api taṃ yad
amī spṛśanti bhāvāḥ //
KumSaṃ, 7, 67.2 vrīḍād
amuṃ devam udīkṣya manye saṃnyastadehaḥ svayam eva kāmaḥ //
KumSaṃ, 8, 30.2 saṃkṣaye jagad iva prajeśvaraḥ saṃharaty ahar
asāv aharpatiḥ //
KumSaṃ, 8, 31.2 indracāpapariveṣaśūnyatāṃ nirjharās tava pitur vrajanty
amī //
KumSaṃ, 8, 45.1 raktapītakapiśāḥ payomucāṃ koṭayaḥ kuṭilakeśi bhānty
amūḥ /
KumSaṃ, 8, 47.2 brahma gūḍham abhisaṃdhyam ādṛtāḥ śuddhaye vidhivido gṛṇanty
amī //
KumSaṃ, 8, 67.2 mekhalātaruṣu nidritān
amūn bodhayaty asamaye śikhaṇḍinaḥ //
Kāmasūtra
KāSū, 5, 4, 3.3 śṛṇu vicitram idaṃ subhage tvāṃ kila
dṛṣṭvāmutrāsāv itthaṃ gotraputro nāyakaścittonmādam anubhavati /
KāSū, 5, 5, 13.4 amuṣyāṃ krīḍāyāṃ tava rājabhavanasthānāni rāmaṇīyakāni darśayiṣyāmīti kāle ca yojayet /
KāSū, 5, 5, 14.9 udbhūtānarthasya bhītasya vā bhāryāṃ bhikṣukī brūyāt
asāvantaḥpurikā rājani siddhā gṛhītavākyā mama vacanaṃ śṛṇoti /
KāSū, 6, 1, 3.1 kevalārthāstvamī gamyāḥ svatantraḥ pūrve vayasi vartamāno vittavān aparokṣavṛttir adhikaraṇavān akṛcchrādhigatavittaḥ /
KāSū, 6, 4, 17.12 asya vā mitraṃ maddveṣiṇīṃ sapatnīṃ kāmayate tad
amunā bhedayiṣyāmi /
KāSū, 6, 6, 22.3 suvasantakādiṣu ca yoge yo me imam
amuṃ ca saṃpādayiṣyati tasyādya gamiṣyati me duhiteti mātrā vācayet /
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
KāvyAl, 2, 15.1 amī nṛpā dattasamagraśāsanāḥ kadācidapyapratibaddhaśāsanāḥ /
KāvyAl, 3, 55.1 asmin jahīhi suhṛdi praṇayābhyasūyām āśliṣya gāḍham
amumānatamādareṇa /
KāvyAl, 6, 62.2 śabdārṇavasya yadi kaścidupaiti pāraṃ bhīmāmbhasaśca jaladheriti
vismayo'sau //
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 1, 24, 64.1 tvatpāde kusumamathāpi patramekaṃ
dattvāsau bhavati vimuktaviśvabandhaḥ /
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 44.44 evamacintyo'sau viṣayaḥ yadekenābhinirhārakauśalenābhinirhṛtaś caryābhūmau sthitaḥ /
LAS, 2, 14.2 dhyāyināṃ viṣayaḥ
ko'sau kathaṃ yānatrayaṃ bhavet //
LAS, 2, 18.1 nirbhidyettribhavaṃ
ko'sau kiṃ sthānaṃ kā tanurbhavet /
LAS, 2, 85.2 dhyāyināṃ viṣayaḥ
ko'sau nirmāṇastīrthakāni ca //
LAS, 2, 88.1 vidārya tribhavaṃ
ko'sau kiṃ sthānaṃ kā tanurbhavet /
Liṅgapurāṇa
LiPur, 2, 47, 11.2 tasmālliṅgaṃ gurutarataraṃ pūjayetsthāpayedvā yasmātpūjyo
gaṇapatirasau devamukhyaiḥ samastaiḥ //
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 23, 41.2 athābhavad bhīṣaṇabhīmasenasainyadvayasyāpi
mahāhavo'sau //
MPur, 25, 61.2 kāvyaḥ svayaṃ vākyamidaṃ jagāda surāpānaṃ
pratyasau jātaśaṅkaḥ //
MPur, 38, 21.1 akasmādvai kṣīṇapuṇyo yayātiḥ
patatyasau puṇyakṛt puṇyakīrtiḥ /
MPur, 126, 36.1 gacchatyasāvanudinaṃ parivṛtya raśmīndevānpitṝṃśca manujāṃśca sutarpayanvai /
MPur, 153, 140.2 na pathyatāṃ prayāti me gataṃ śmaśānagocaraṃ narasya
tajjahātyasau praśasya kiṃnarānanam //
MPur, 154, 397.1 jayatyasau dhanyataro himācalastadāśrayaṃ yasya sutā tapasyati /
MPur, 154, 457.2 amī surāḥ pṛthaganuyāyibhirvṛtāḥ padātayo dviguṇapathān harapriyāḥ //
MPur, 154, 460.2 viśaṅkitā bhavadatibhedaśīlinaḥ
prayāntyamī drutapadameva gauḍakāḥ //
MPur, 154, 462.1 amī pṛthagviracitaramyarāsakaṃ vilāsino bahugamakasvabhāvakam /
MPur, 154, 463.1 amī kathaṃ kakubhi kathāḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ dhvananti te vividhavadhūvimiśritāḥ /
Meghadūta
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 12.1 āpṛcchasva priyasakham
amuṃ tuṅgam āliṅgya śailaṃ vandyaiḥ puṃsāṃ raghupatipadairaṅkitaṃ mekhalāsu /
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 55.2 saṃsarpantyā sapadi bhavataḥ srotasi
chāyayāsau syād asthānopagatayamunāsaṃgamevābhirāmā //
Nāradasmṛti
NāSmṛ, 1, 3, 17.2 nāsau dharmo yatra na satyam asti na tat satyaṃ yac chalenānuviddham //
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 7.2, 71.0 tatsahitena japena nirmalīkṛtaṃ cittaṃ prayatnanirapekṣamapi brahmaṇyevālātacakravad avatiṣṭhate yadā
tadāsau paraḥ pratyāhāro japapūrvaka evāyam ityuktaḥ //
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 35, 18.2 tatraitān bhūyastridhā parīkṣeta
kimasāvaupasargikaḥ prākkevalo 'nyalakṣaṇa iti /
Su, Śār., 3, 4.1 tatra strīpuṃsayoḥ saṃyoge tejaḥ śarīrādvāyurudīrayati tatas tejo'nilasaṃnipātācchukraṃ cyutaṃ yonim abhipratipadyate saṃsṛjyate cārtavena tato 'gnīṣomasaṃyogāt saṃsṛjyamāno garbhāśayamanupratipadyate kṣetrajño vedayitā spraṣṭā ghrātā draṣṭā śrotā rasayitā puruṣaḥ sraṣṭā gantā sākṣī dhātā vaktā yaḥ ko
'sāv ityevamādibhiḥ paryāyavācakair nāmabhir abhidhīyate daivasaṃyogādakṣayo 'cintyo bhūtātmanā sahānvakṣaṃ sattvarajastamobhir daivāsurair aparaiś ca bhāvair vāyunābhipreryamāṇo garbhāśayam anupraviśyāvatiṣṭhate //
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
STKau zu SāṃKār, 2.2, 1.14 atha pramādataḥ prāyaścittam api nācaritaṃ pradhānakarmavipākasamaye ca pacyate tathāpi yāvad
asāv anarthaṃ sūte tāvat sapratyavamarṣaḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 9.2, 2.58 athotpattiḥ paṭānnārthāntaram api tu paṭa
evāsau tathāpi yāvad uktaṃ bhavati paṭa iti tāvad uktaṃ bhavatyutpadyata iti /
Sūryasiddhānta
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 1, 32.1 atha kadācid
asau parivrājakas tīrthayātrāprasaṅge tena āṣāḍhabhūtinā saha gantum ārabdhaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 44.1 athāsau kapālaśakalagranthikāvaśeṣaḥ kaṃcid grāmam astaṃ gacchati ravau praviṣṭaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 58.1 punar api
cāsau pratibuddhas tāṃ madhyasthūṇāyāṃ rajjvā supratibaddhāṃ kṛtvā prasuptaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 61.1 asāv api pratibuddhas tathaiva tām ākroṣṭum ārabdhaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 83.1 athāsau mūrkhaḥ kṛtakavacanavyāmohitacittaḥ prajvālyolkām avyaṅgamukhīṃ jāyāṃ dṛṣṭvā protphullanayanaḥ paricumbya hṛṣṭamanā bandhavād avamucya pīḍitaṃ ca pariṣvajya śayyām āropitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 92.1 athāsāv ārtaravam uccaiḥ kṛtvā pāṇinā nāsāpuṭaṃ pramṛjya asṛkpātasametāṃ nāsikāṃ kṣitau prakṣipyābravīt //
TAkhy, 1, 139.1 asāv api duṣṭamatiḥ krameṇa nītvā kauśalād ajasraṃ tān bhakṣayan paraṃ paritoṣam upāgataḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 191.1 asāv api kṣutkṣāmakaṇṭhaḥ krodhasaṃraktanayanaḥ sphuradvadanadaśanasaṃgharṣadaṃṣṭrākarālo lāṅgūlāsphālanākārabhayakṛt tam āha //
TAkhy, 1, 210.1 asāv api śaśo 'ntarlīnam avahasya bṛhaspatyuśanasor nītiśāstraṃ pramāṇīkṛtya svārthasiddhaye vimalajalasampannaṃ dvipuruṣaprāpyodakam iṣṭakācitaṃ mahāntaṃ kūpam adarśayat //
TAkhy, 1, 211.1 asāv apy ātmakāyapratibimbānabhijñatayā kumārgāpannacitto 'yam asau sapatna iti matvā sahasaiva tasya upari saṃnipatito maurkhyāt pañcatvam agamat //
TAkhy, 1, 211.1 asāv apy ātmakāyapratibimbānabhijñatayā kumārgāpannacitto 'yam
asau sapatna iti matvā sahasaiva tasya upari saṃnipatito maurkhyāt pañcatvam agamat //
TAkhy, 1, 239.1 asāv api pārthiva ulmukadagdha iva saṃlīnakukṣipradeśaḥ sasambhramam utthāyāha //
TAkhy, 1, 247.1 asāv api kṛcchreṇāyuḥśeṣatayāsmān nīlīkalaśāt samuttasthau //
TAkhy, 1, 256.1 ekadā tv
asau vividhapiśitanāśitakṣud dikṣu sthitānāṃ kroṣṭukānāṃ krośatāṃ ninādaṃ śrutvā tvaritataram uccair ninanāda //
TAkhy, 1, 335.1 asāv api punas tatsakāśaṃ gatvā kṛtakavacanaiḥ pratyekaṃ vijñāpitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 435.1 asāv api devāsuraraṇanimittam āhūto viṣṇunā garuḍas tat svayūthyavyasanaṃ dṛṣṭvā manyum ājagāma //
TAkhy, 1, 446.1 kadācid
asau vanyadviparadanakoṭipāṭitavakṣā ekadeśasthaḥ kṣutkṣāmatanuḥ kṣudhā parigatān tān sacivān āha //
TAkhy, 1, 448.1 atha tadājñāsamakālam eva te 'raṇye paryaṭanto yadā na kiṃcid āseduḥ
tadāsau jambukas taṃ śaṅkukarṇanāmānaṃ karabhaṃ vivikte 'bhihitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 487.1 athāsāv api vṛko mukhavaivarṇyavepathuvyāptatanur atanupadavikṣepaḥ kṣiprapalāyanapaṭur aṭavīm uddiśya jagāma //
TAkhy, 1, 507.1 kiṃ bahunā tāvat tena karṇābhyāśam āgatyāgatya prabalam udvejitaḥ yāvat tena sahasā gṛhītvā śilāyām āvidhya vigataprāṇaḥ kṛto
'sāviti //
TAkhy, 1, 617.1 asāv api suparihṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ pādyādipuraḥsarāṃ tasya pūjāṃ kartum ārabdhavān bhojane ca prārthitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 620.1 asāv api pratyāgacchan dārakam anyasmin mitragṛhe suguptaṃ kṛtvā praviṣṭaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 38.1 atha yugapad
asāvapi brāhmaṇas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ pratibuddho jālakāntaritāṃ bhāryām apṛcchat //
TAkhy, 2, 44.1 evam ukto
'sau kūpe prakṣipta iva na vacaḥ kiṃcid avocat //
TAkhy, 2, 103.1 yadā tv
asau durgānveṣaṇaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ tadā mayā jñātam //
TAkhy, 2, 107.1 asāv api duṣṭo vivarānusārāt tad upalabhya gṛhītvā ca dhanaṃ punar āvasthaṃ prāpto jūṭakarṇam abravīt //
TAkhy, 2, 108.1 idaṃ tasya tad brahmahṛdayam
yasyāsau sāmarthyād aśakyam api sthānam utpatati //
TAkhy, 2, 145.1 prabhātasamaye sarva eva sapatnasakāśaṃ gatāḥ daridro
'sāv iti vadantaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 239.1 ity ākarṇya pratibuddho
'sau yāvat dīnāraśataṃ nāpaśyat viṣaṇṇahṛdayaś cācintayat //
TAkhy, 2, 292.1 tatrāsau nirbhartsyamāno 'pi kathamapi gṛhe praviśyālindake nipatyāvasthitaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 295.1 athāsau kaulikaḥ kuśān āstīrya bhūmau nipatya supto 'paśyat tāv eva dvau puruṣau //
TAkhy, 2, 308.1 tenāsau mahatā bhojanapānādinā satkṛtaḥ somilakas tathaiva mahati śayane sopacāre svāstīrṇe niśāyāṃ supto 'paśyat tāv eva puruṣau //
Trikāṇḍaśeṣa
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 11.13 sambhaktā nāma brāhmaṇaḥ sarvavyāpakatvādyuktam ayuktaṃ yo
'sau paramātmā tat sa vyāpyākāśavat tiṣṭhati /
VaikhDhS, 2, 4.0 vanyān eva pārthivān vānaspatyān kulīrodghātāñchaṇān purāṇān kuśadarbhān ūrṇāstukāṃ plakṣāgraṃ sugandhitejanaṃ gugguluṃ hiraṇyaśakalān sūryakāntaṃ ca saṃbharati vānaprasthān ṛtvijo vṛtvāgniṃ mathitvā gārhapatyādīṃs tretāgnīn pañcāgnīn vāgnyādheyakrameṇādhāyāhutī dve dve hutvā nityaṃ dvikālaṃ vanyair eva juhoti vanāśramī muniḥ snānaśaucasvādhyāyatapodānejyāpavāsopasthanigrahavratamaunānīti niyamān daśaitān satyānṛśaṃsyārjavakṣamādamaprītiprasādamārdavāhiṃsāmādhuryāṇīti yamān
daśāmūṃś ca samācarati bhaktyā viṣṇuṃ dhyāyann agnihotraśrāmaṇakāgnihomau dvikālaṃ notsṛjan grāmyāśanaṃ tyaktvā vanyauṣadhīḥ phalaṃ mūlaṃ śākaṃ vā nityāśanaṃ saṃkalpya tirodhā bhūr ityāhṛtyāparāhṇe svayaṃ patnī vā haviṣyam āsrāvitaṃ pacati vaiśvadevānte 'tithīn abhyāgatān prāśayitvā mitaṃ prāśnāti //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 10, 1, 1.0 ātmanyeva yaḥ samavāyaḥ sukhaduḥkhayor
asau pañcabhyaḥ kṣityādibhyastadāśrayibhyaśca guṇebhyo gandharasarūpasparśebhyo 'rthāntaratve hetuḥ anyaguṇānām anyatrāsamavāyāt //
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 1, 15, 57.1 brahma prabhur brahma sa sarvabhūto brahma prajānāṃ patir acyuto
'sau /
ViPur, 4, 1, 14.1 jāte ca tasmin amitatejobhiḥ paramarṣibhirṛṅmayo yajurmayaḥ sāmamayo 'tharvamayaḥ sarvamayo manomayo jñānamayo nakiṃcinmayo bhagavān yajñapuruṣasvarūpī sudyumnasya
puṃstvamabhilaṣadbhiryathāvadiṣṭastatprasādāccāsāvilā punarapi sudyumno 'bhavat //
ViPur, 4, 1, 17.1 tatpitrā tu vasiṣṭhavacanātpratiṣṭhānaṃ nāma nagaraṃ sudyumnāya dattaṃ
taccāsau purūravase prādāt //
ViPur, 4, 1, 43.1 ānartasyāpi revato nāma putro jajñe yo
'sāvānartaviṣayaṃ bubhuje purīṃ ca kuśasthalīm adhyuvāsa //
ViPur, 4, 2, 12.1 tataś
cāsau vikukṣir guruṇaivam uktaḥ śaśādasaṃjñām avāpa pitrā ca parityaktaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 2, 19.1 yataś ca vṛṣabhakakutsthena rājñā niṣūditam asurabalam ataś
cāsau kakutsthasaṃjñām avāpa //
ViPur, 4, 2, 21.1 śrāvastasya bṛhadaśvastasyāpi kuvalayāśvo yo
'sāvuttaṅkasya maharṣer apakāriṇaṃ dhundhunāmānam asuraṃ vaiṣṇavena tejasāpyāyitaḥ putrasahasrair ekaviṃśatibhiḥ parivṛto jaghāna dhundhumārasaṃjñāṃ cāvāpa //
ViPur, 4, 2, 31.1 prāptasamayaśca dakṣiṇakukṣim avanīpater nirbhidya niścakrāma sa
cāsau rājā mamāra //
ViPur, 4, 2, 50.4 aho 'yam anyo 'smatpratyākhyānopāyo vṛddho 'yam anabhimataḥ strīṇāṃ kimuta kanyānām
ityamunā saṃcintyaivam abhihitam evam astu tathā kariṣyāmīti saṃcintya māndhātāram uvāca //
ViPur, 4, 2, 91.2 ityātmānam
ātmanaivābhidhāyāsau saubharir apahāya putragṛhāsanaparicchadādikam aśeṣam arthajātaṃ sakalabhāryāsamaveto vanaṃ praviveśa //
ViPur, 4, 3, 8.1 rasātalagataś
cāsau bhagavattejasāpyāyitātmavīryaḥ sakalagandharvāñjaghāna /
ViPur, 4, 3, 26.1 tato vṛkasya bāhuḥ yo
'sau haihayatālajaṅghādibhiḥ parājito 'ntarvatnyā mahiṣyā saha vanaṃ praviveśa //
ViPur, 4, 4, 35.1 dilīpasya bhagīrathaḥ yo
'sau gaṅgāṃ svargād ihānīya bhāgīrathīsaṃjñāṃ cakāra //
ViPur, 4, 4, 48.1 asāv api hiraṇyapātre māṃsam ādāya vasiṣṭhāgamanapratīkṣo 'bhavat //
ViPur, 4, 4, 56.1 asāvapi pratigṛhyodakāñjaliṃ muniśāpapradānāyodyato bhagavann ayam asmadgurur nārhasyenaṃ kuladevatābhūtam ācāryaṃ śaptum iti madayantyā svapatnyā prasāditaḥ sasyāmbudarakṣaṇārthaṃ tacchāpāmbu norvyāṃ na cākāśe cikṣepa kiṃtu tenaiva svapadau siṣeca //
ViPur, 4, 4, 70.1 yadā ca sapta
varṣāṇyasau garbheṇa jajñe tatastaṃ garbham aśmanā sā devī jaghāna //
ViPur, 4, 4, 74.1 yo
'sau niḥkṣatre kṣmātale 'smin kriyamāṇe strībhir vivastrābhiḥ parivārya rakṣitaḥ tatas taṃ nārīkavacam udāharanti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 76.1 tasmāc ca khaṭvāṅgaḥ yo
'sau devāsurasaṃgrāme devair abhyarthito 'surāñ jaghāna //
ViPur, 4, 5, 1.2 ikṣvākutanayo yo
'sau nimir nāmnā sahasraṃ vatsaraṃ satram ārebhe //
ViPur, 4, 5, 10.1 yasmānmām asaṃbhāṣyājñānata eva śayānasya śāpotsargam
asau duṣṭaguruścakāra tasmāt tasyāpi dehaḥ patiṣyatīti śāpaṃ dattvā deham atyajat //
ViPur, 4, 5, 18.1 tad aham icchāmi sakalalokalocaneṣu vastuṃ na punaḥ śarīragrahaṇaṃ kartum ityevam uktair devair
asāv aśeṣabhūtānāṃ netreṣv avatāritaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 6, 27.1 bahuśo 'pyabhihitā
yadāsau devebhyo nācacakṣe tataḥ sa kumāras tāṃ śaptum udyataḥ prāha //
ViPur, 4, 7, 4.1 yo
'sau yajñavāṭam akhilaṃ gaṅgāmbhasā plāvitam avalokya krodhasaṃraktalocano bhagavantaṃ yajñapuruṣam ātmani parameṇa samādhinā samāropyākhilam eva gaṅgām apibat //
ViPur, 4, 9, 8.1 na vayam anyathā vadiṣyāmo 'nyathā kariṣyāmo 'smākam indraḥ prahlādas tadartham evāyam udyama ity uktvā gateṣv asureṣu devair apy
asāv avanipatir evam evoktas tenāpi ca tathaivokte devair indras tvaṃ bhaviṣyasīti samanvicchitam //
ViPur, 4, 11, 12.1 yo
'sau bhagavadaṃśam atrikulaprasūtaṃ dattātreyākhyam ārādhya bāhusahasram adharmasevānivāraṇaṃ svadharmasevitvaṃ raṇe pṛthivījayaṃ dharmataś cānupālanam /
ViPur, 4, 13, 30.1 tacca śucinā dhriyamāṇam aśeṣam eva suvarṇasravādikaṃ guṇajātam utpādayati anyathā dhārayantam eva hantīty ajānann
asāvapi prasenas tena kaṇṭhasaktena syamantakenāśvam āruhyāṭavyāṃ mṛgayām agacchat //
ViPur, 4, 13, 47.1 aniṣkramaṇe ca madhuripur
asāv avaśyam atra bile 'tyantaṃ nāśam avāpto bhaviṣyaty anyathā tasya jīvataḥ katham etāvanti dināni śatrujaye vyākṣepo bhaviṣyatīti kṛtādhyavasāyā dvārakām āgamya hataḥ kṛṣṇa iti kathayāmāsuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 13, 68.0 tad alam anena jīvatā ghātayitvainaṃ tan mahāratnaṃ syamantakākhyaṃ tvayā kiṃ na gṛhyate vayam abhyupapatsyāmo yady acyutas tavopari vairānubandhaṃ kariṣyatīty evam uktas tathety
asāvapyāha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 75.2 tad alam
amunāsmatpurataḥ śokapreritavākyaparikareṇety uktvā dvārakām abhyetyaikānte baladevaṃ vāsudevaḥ prāha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 136.1 analpopādānaṃ cāsyāsaṃśayam
atrāsau maṇivaras tiṣṭhatīti kṛtādhyavasāyo 'nyat prayojanam uddiśya sakalayādavasamājam ātmagṛha evācīkarat //
ViPur, 4, 20, 15.1 tataś cāśeṣarāṣṭravināśam
avekṣyāsau rājā brāhmaṇān apṛcchat kasmād asmākaṃ rāṣṭre devo na varṣati ko mamāparādha iti //
ViPur, 4, 20, 28.1 āgaccha he rājann alam atrātinirbandhena praśānta
evāsāv anāvṛṣṭidoṣaḥ patito 'yam anādikālam abhihitavedavacanadūṣaṇoccāraṇāt //
ViPur, 4, 20, 51.1 subhadrāyāṃ cārbhakatve 'pi yo
'sāv atibalaparākramaḥ samastārātirathajetā so 'bhimanyur ajāyata //
ViPur, 4, 21, 4.1 yo
'sau yājñavalkyād vedam adhītya kṛpād astrāṇyavāpya viṣamaviṣayaviraktacittavṛttiś ca śaunakopadeśād ātmajñānapravīṇaḥ paraṃ nirvāṇam avāpsyati //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 5, 127.1 gṛhītamūlyaṃ yaḥ paṇyaṃ kretur naiva dadyāt
tasyāsau sodayaṃ dāpyaḥ //
ViSmṛ, 28, 36.1 yas tvanadhītavedo 'nyatra śramaṃ kuryād
asau sasaṃtānaḥ śūdratvam eti //
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 4.1, 5.1 prasaṃkhyānavato dagdhakleśabījasya saṃmukhībhūte 'py ālambane
nāsau punar asti dagdhabījasya kutaḥ praroha iti ataḥ kṣīṇakleśaḥ kuśalaścaramadeha ity ucyate //
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 19.1, 10.1 nāliṅgāvasthāyām ādau puruṣārthatā kāraṇaṃ bhavatīti na tasyāḥ puruṣārthatā kāraṇaṃ bhavatīti
nāsau puruṣārthakṛteti nityākhyāyate //
YSBhā zu YS, 4, 13.1, 1.1 te khalv
amī tryadhvāno dharmā vartamānā vyaktātmāno 'tītānāgatāḥ sūkṣmātmānaḥ sarvam idaṃ guṇānāṃ saṃniveśaviśeṣamātram iti paramārthato guṇātmānaḥ /
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 1, 6.1 vyālaṃ bālamṛṇālatantubhir
asau roddhuṃ samujjṛmbhate chettuṃ vajramaṇiṃ śirīṣakusumaprāntena saṃnahyati /
ŚTr, 1, 18.2 na tvasya dugdhajalabhedavidhau prasiddhāṃ vaidagdhīkīrtim apahartum
asau samarthaḥ //
ŚTr, 1, 36.2 tuṣārādreḥ sūnor ahaha pitari kleśavivaśe na
cāsau sampātaḥ payasi payasāṃ patyur ucitaḥ //
ŚTr, 1, 46.1 rājan dudhukṣasi yadi kṣitidhenum etāṃ tenādya vatsam iva lokam
amuṃ puṣāṇa /
ŚTr, 1, 53.2 maṇinā bhūṣitaḥ sarpaḥ kim
asau na bhayaṅkaraḥ //
ŚTr, 1, 75.2 te
'mī mānuṣarākṣasāḥ parahitaṃ svārthāya nighnanti ye ye tu ghnanti nirarthakaṃ parahitaṃ te ke na jānīmahe //
ŚTr, 1, 85.2 tṛptas tatpiśitena satvaram
asau tenaiva yātaḥ yathā lokāḥ paśyata daivam eva hi nṛṇāṃ vṛddhau kṣaye kāraṇam //
ŚTr, 2, 58.1 iha hi madhuragītaṃ nṛtyam etadraso 'yaṃ sphurati parimalo
'sau sparśa eṣa stanānām /
ŚTr, 2, 64.1 bāle līlāmukulitam
amī mantharā dṛṣṭipātāḥ kiṃ kṣipyante virama virama vyartha eṣa śramas te /
ŚTr, 2, 74.1 svaparapratārako
'sau nindati yo 'līkapaṇḍito yuvatīḥ /
ŚTr, 3, 5.1 amīṣāṃ prāṇānāṃ tulitavisinīpatrapayasāṃ kṛte kiṃ nāsmābhir vigalitavivekair vyavasitam /
ŚTr, 3, 13.1 avaśyaṃ yātāraś cirataram uṣitvāpi viṣayā viyoge ko bhedas tyajati na jano yat svayam
amūn /
ŚTr, 3, 46.2 vyāpāraiḥ punaruktabhūtaviṣayair
itthaṃvidhenāmunā saṃsāreṇa kadarthitā vayam aho mohān na lajjāmahe //
ŚTr, 3, 81.1 durārādhyāś
cāmī turagacalacittāḥ kṣitibhujo vayaṃ tu sthūlecchāḥ sumahati phale baddhamanasaḥ /
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Amaraughaśāsana
AmarŚās, 1, 69.1 brahmadaṇḍacakreṇāsau kapālakarparaṃ yāvat tasmin kapālakarpare candramaṇḍalāntargataṃ kapālaliṅgaṃ lampikāsthānordhve 'mṛtadhārām abhisravati mastakamadhye garbhe tiṣṭhati tad evāmṛtaṃ rājadantamaye śaṅkhinī brahmadaṇḍatale damayitvā sravati //
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Aṣṭāṅganighaṇṭu
Bhadrabāhucarita
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 1, 5, 17.2 yatra kva vābhadram
abhūdamuṣya kiṃ ko vārtha āpto 'bhajatāṃ svadharmataḥ //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 30.1 gṛhṇīta yadyadupabandham
amuṣya mātā śulbaṃ sutasya na tu tat tadamuṣya māti /
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 30.1 gṛhṇīta yadyadupabandham amuṣya mātā śulbaṃ sutasya na tu tat
tadamuṣya māti /
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 41.1 nāntaṃ vidāmyaham
amī munayo 'grajāste māyābalasya puruṣasya kuto 'varā ye /
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 3.2 paśyāmi viśvasṛjam ekam aviśvam ātman
bhūtendriyātmakamadas ta upāśrito 'smi //
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 9.2 tāvan na saṃsṛtir
asau pratisaṃkrameta vyarthāpi duḥkhanivahaṃ vahatī kriyārthā //
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 22.2 tenaiva me dṛśam anuspṛśatād yathāhaṃ srakṣyāmi pūrvavad idaṃ praṇatapriyo
'sau //
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 25.1 so
'sāv adabhrakaruṇo bhagavān vivṛddhapremasmitena nayanāmburuhaṃ vijṛmbhan /
BhāgPur, 3, 15, 34.1 tad vām
amuṣya paramasya vikuṇṭhabhartuḥ kartuṃ prakṛṣṭam iha dhīmahi mandadhībhyām /
BhāgPur, 4, 7, 15.1 yo
'sau mayāviditatattvadṛśā sabhāyāṃ kṣipto duruktiviśikhair vigaṇayya tan mām /
BhāgPur, 4, 7, 27.3 dharmopalakṣaṇam idaṃ trivṛd adhvarākhyaṃ jñātaṃ yadartham adhidaivam
ado vyavasthāḥ //
BhāgPur, 4, 9, 12.1 te na smaranty atitarāṃ priyam īśa martyaṃ ye cānv
adaḥ sutasuhṛdgṛhavittadārāḥ /
BhāgPur, 11, 3, 38.1 nātmā jajāna na mariṣyati naidhate
'sau na kṣīyate savanavid vyabhicāriṇāṃ hi /
BhāgPur, 11, 9, 27.1 jihvaikato
'mum apakarṣati karhi tarṣā śiśno 'nyatas tvag udaraṃ śravaṇaṃ kutaścit /
BhāgPur, 11, 19, 7.2 janmādayo 'sya yad
amī tava tasya kiṃ syur ādyantayor yad asato 'sti tad eva madhye //
Bhāratamañjarī
Bījanighaṇṭu
BījaN, 1, 65.2 aurasādhike 'ṃśukādyā ca dhūminy
asau kiṃnaraḥ smṛtaḥ //
Devīkālottarāgama
Dhanvantarinighaṇṭu
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
GītGov, 1, 43.2 nīyante pathikaiḥ katham katham api dhyānavadhānakṣaṇaprāptaprāṇasamāsamāgamarasollāsaiḥ
amī vāsarāḥ //
GītGov, 1, 44.2 murārim ārāt upadarśayantī
asau sakhī samakṣam punaḥ āha rādhikām //
GītGov, 3, 20.1 pāṇau mā kuru cūtasāyakam
amum mā cāpam āropaya krīḍānirjitaviśva mūrchitajanāghātena kim pauruṣam /
GītGov, 4, 38.2 śvasiti katham
asau rasālaśākhām ciraviraheṇa vilokya puṣpitāgrām //
GītGov, 5, 30.2 kokānām karuṇasvanena sadṛśī dīrghā madabhyarthanā tat mugdhe viphalam vilambanam
asau ramyaḥ abhisārakṣaṇaḥ //
Haṃsasaṃdeśa
Haṃsasaṃdeśa, 1, 5.1 kṛtvā tasmin bahumatim
asau bhūyasīm āñjaneyād gāḍhonmādaḥ praṇayapadavīṃ prāpa vārtānabhijñe /
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 1, 17.2 tato yāvad
asau tadvacaḥpratīto lobhāt saraḥ snātuṃ praviṣṭaḥ tāvan mahāpaṅke nimagnaḥ palāyitum akṣamaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 21.3 vidhur api vidhiyogād grasyate
rāhuṇāsau likhitam api lalāṭe projjhituṃ kaḥ samarthaḥ //
Hitop, 1, 22.1 iti cintayann
evāsau vyāghreṇa dhṛtvā vyāpāditaḥ khāditaś ca /
Hitop, 1, 57.4 atha kṛpayā tajjīvanāya tadvṛkṣavāsinaḥ pakṣiṇaḥ svāhārāt kiṃcit kiṃcid uddhṛtya tasmai dadati
tenāsau jīvati teṣāṃ śāvakarakṣāṃ ca karoti /
Hitop, 1, 70.2 tato dineṣu gacchatsu
asau pakṣiśāvakān ākramya svakoṭaram ānīya pratyahaṃ khādati /
Hitop, 1, 84.7 athāsau āḥ svayaṃ mṛto 'si ity uktvā mṛgaṃ bandhanāt mocayitvā pāśān saṃvarītuṃ satvaro babhūva /
Hitop, 1, 192.3 tato
'sau rājyalābhākṛṣṭaḥ karpūratilakaḥ śṛgāladarśitavartmanā dhāvan mahāpaṅke nimagnaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 85.7 tato
'sāv āhāravirahāddurbalo dadhikarṇo 'vasanno babhūva /
Hitop, 2, 111.28 tato 'rdharātre etasya nāpitasya vadhūr dūtī punas tāṃ gopīm upetyāvadattava virahānaladagdho
'sau smaraśarajarjarito mumūrṣur iva vartate /
Hitop, 2, 112.5 tato
yadāsau na kiṃcid api brūte tadā kruddho gopaḥ darpānmama vacasi pratyuttaram api na dadāsi ity uktvā kopena tena kartarikāmādāyāsyā nāsikā chinnā /
Hitop, 2, 124.10 tato
'sau krodhādhmāto darpāt tasyopary ātmānaṃ nikṣipya pañcatvaṃ gataḥ /
Hitop, 2, 148.1 yady
asau dṛṣṭadoṣo 'pi doṣān nivatyaṃ saṃdhātavyas tad atīvānucitam /
Hitop, 2, 152.12 damanako brūte
yadāsau sadarpaḥ śṛṅgāgrapraharaṇābhimukhaś cakitam ivāgacchati tadā jñāsyati svāmī /
Hitop, 3, 4.1 ekadāsau rājahaṃsaiḥ suvistīrṇakamalaparyaṅke sukhāsīnaḥ parivāraparivṛtas tiṣṭhati /
Hitop, 3, 7.6 bakaḥ kathayati tatas taiḥ pakṣibhiḥ kopād uktaṃ
kenāsau rājahaṃso rājā kṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 10.5 tatas tena
rajakenāsau vyāghracarmaṇā pracchādyāraṇyakasamīpe sasyakṣetre vimuktaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 24.10 tato yāvad
asau pāntha utthāyordhvaṃ nirīkṣate tāvat tenāvalokito haṃsaḥ kāṇḍena hato vyāpāditaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 24.18 tato yāvad
asau dadhibhāṇḍaṃ bhūmau nidhāyordhvam avalokate tāvat tena kākavartakau dṛṣṭau /
Hitop, 3, 26.6 tato
'sau rathakāraḥ aham anyaṃ grāmaṃ gacchāmīty uktvā calitaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 26.12 yo
'sau mama prāṇeśvaro yena mamākaumāraṃ sakhyaṃ so 'dya grāmāntaraṃ gataḥ /
Hitop, 3, 31.3 kṛtvāpi pāpaṃ śatalakṣam apy
asau patiṃ gṛhītvā suralokam āpnuyāt //
Hitop, 3, 37.2 tenāsau svayaṃ tatrāvasthāya dvitīyaṃ tatratyamantrakāryaṃ sunibhṛtaṃ niścitya nigadya prasthāpayati /
Hitop, 3, 60.5 atha nīlībhāṇḍasvāminā mṛti iti jñātvā tasmāt samutthāpya dūre
nītvāsau parityaktaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 60.7 tato
'sau vane gatvā ātmānaṃ nīlavarṇam avalokyācintayad aham idānīm uttamavarṇaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 60.17 yato
'mī vyāghrādayo varṇamātravipralabdhāḥ śṛgālam ajñātvā rājānam imaṃ manyante /
Hitop, 3, 66.8 deśaś
cāsau karpūradvīpaḥ svargaikadeśo rājā ca dvitīyaḥ svargapatiḥ kathaṃ varṇayituṃ śakyate /
Hitop, 3, 102.6 tatas
tenāsau rājadarśanaṃ kārito brūte deva yadi mayā sevakena prayojanam asti tadāsmadvartanaṃ kriyatām /
Hitop, 3, 108.5 tataḥ kṣīṇapāpo
'sau svapne darśanaṃ dattvā bhagavadādeśād yakṣeśvareṇādiṣṭo yat tvam adya prātaḥ kṣauraṃ kārayitvā laguḍahastaḥ san svagṛhadvāri nibhṛtaṃ sthāsyasi tato yam evāgataṃ bhikṣukaṃ prāṅgaṇe paśyasi taṃ nirdakṣaṃ laguḍaprahāreṇa haniṣyasi /
Hitop, 3, 109.2 malayādhityakāyāṃ cec citravarṇas tad adhunā kiṃ vidheyam mantrī vadati deva āgatapraṇidhimukhān mayā śrutaṃ yat mahāmantriṇo gṛdhrasyopadeśe citravarṇenānādaraḥ kṛtaḥ tato
'sau mūḍho jetuṃ śakyaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 110.1 tato
'sau yāvad asmaddurgadvārarodhaṃ na karoti tāvan nadyadrivanavartmasu tadbalāni hantuṃ sārasādayaḥ senāpatayo niyujyantām /
Hitop, 4, 2.3 cakravāko brūte deva bhavato niṣkāraṇabandhur
asau meghavarṇaḥ saparivāro na dṛśyate /
Hitop, 4, 19.5 tato
'sau duṣṭabakas tān matsyān ekaikaśo nītvā khādati /
Hitop, 4, 22.5 tatas tam
ādāyāsau kumbhakārasya bhāṇḍapūrṇamaṇḍapaikadeśe raudreṇākulitaḥ suptaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 58.5 tato
'sau meghavarṇaś citravarṇena rājñā samāhūya pṛṣṭaḥ vāyasa kīdṛśo hiraṇyagarbho rājā cakravāko mantrī vā kīdṛśaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 59.1 śṛṇu deva tena mantriṇāhaṃ prathamadarśane evaṃ vijñātaḥ kintu mahāśayo
'sau rājā tena mayā vipralabdhaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 65.2 kintv asmābhir eva tathā kartavyaṃ
yathāsau svadehadānam aṅgīkaroti /
Hitop, 4, 65.4 tato
'sau labdhāvakāśaḥ kūṭaṃ kṛtvā sarvān ādāya siṃhāntikaṃ gataḥ /
Hitop, 4, 66.6 atha citrakarṇo 'pi jātaviśvāsas tathaivātmadehadānam āha tatas tadvacanāt tena
vyāghreṇāsau kukṣiṃ vidārya vyāpāditaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 99.4 tato
'sāv āgatya maṇḍūkanāthas tasya sarpasya pṛṣṭham ārūḍhavān /
Hitop, 4, 103.5 tato
'sau nakulo brāhmaṇam āyāntam avalokya raktaviliptamukhapadaḥ satvaram upagamya taccaraṇayor luloṭha /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 1, 5, 140.1 atha sa nibiḍabhaktyā tatra devīṃ śaraṇyāṃ śaraṇamupagato
'sau martyabhāvaṃ mumukṣuḥ /
KSS, 2, 2, 217.2 sahasrānīko
'sau sacivasahitaḥ sapriyatamo mahāprasthānāya kṣitipatir agacchaddhimagirim //
KSS, 5, 3, 285.2 vāmākṣībhiścatasṛbhirasau ratnasopānavāpīhṛdyodyāneṣv alabhatatarāṃ nirvṛtiṃ preyasībhiḥ //
Kālikāpurāṇa
KālPur, 56, 51.2 aṣṭāvaṣṭāṣṭasaṃkhyā jagati ratikalāḥ kṣiprakāṣṭhāṅgayogā mayyaṣṭāvakṣarāṇi kṣaratu na hi gaṇo yaddhṛdo
yastvamūṣām //
Kṛṣiparāśara
KṛṣiPar, 1, 42.2 vaiśākhe karakāḥ patanti satataṃ jyaiṣṭhe pracaṇḍātapāḥ tāvadvarṣati vāsavo
ravirasau yāvattulāyāṃ vrajet //
KṛṣiPar, 1, 61.2 jīmūtairveṣṭito
'sau yadi bhavati ravirgamyamāno 'staśaile tāvatparyantameva pragalati jalado yāvadastaṃ tulāyāḥ //
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 26.2 paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma yo
'sau brahma sanātanam /
KAM, 1, 83.2 nāsau tat phalam āpnoti tadbhaktair yad avāpyate //
Mahācīnatantra
Maṇimāhātmya
Mukundamālā
MukMā, 1, 9.1 mā bhairmandamano vicintya bahudhā yāmīściraṃ yātanā
nāmī naḥ prabhavanti pāparipavaḥ svāmī nanu śrīdharaḥ /
Mātṛkābhedatantra
MBhT, 3, 9.2 tadaiva brahmarūpo
'sau satyaṃ satyaṃ sureśvari //
MBhT, 3, 33.1 tatkṣaṇāc chivarūpo
'sau satyaṃ satyaṃ hi śailaje //
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 1.2, 8.0 anādi kṛtvā malāpetaḥ svabhāvanirmalaḥ parameśvaraḥ tathā anādiś
cāsau malāpetaś ca tatprasādāt pradhvastasamastamalo muktāṇuvargaḥ kiṃ ca anāder malād apetaḥ svābhāvikamalavidāraṇāt parameśvareṇa prakaṭīkṛtadṛkkriyaḥ kiṃcid avaśeṣitatvād ādimatā adhikāramalena yukto mantramantreśvaramantramaheśvaravarga ity evaṃ samāsatrayakaraṇāt muktāṇubhir vidyeśvarādibhiś ca sahitaḥ patipadārthaḥ atra sūcitaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 4.2, 10.1 arvāg iti ādimattvena siddhe tasminn abhyupagamyamāne yadi kāraṇāt kutaścit
tasyāsāv anugrahas tasyāpi kāraṇaṃ tatkāraṇasyāpi kāraṇāntaraṃ mṛgyam ity anavasthā //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 10.2, 1.0 vedāntavidāṃ mateṣūpaniṣadādiśāstreṣu ṣaṣṭitantrādiṣu sadasadvādinām arhatāṃ ca mateṣv akalaṅkatritayaprasūtiṣu dravyādipadārthavādikāṇādādiśāstreṣu ādigrahaṇāt saugatādimateṣv api yato muktis tatsādhanāni ca śrūyante tataḥ ko
'sau śivāgame viśeṣaḥ iti viśeṣajijñāsayā tadvyavasitasya muneḥ praśnaḥ na saṃdigdhatvenādāv eva viśeṣasambhāvanāniścayataḥ śrotuṃ pravṛttatvāt nāpi viparyastatvena te vavrire śivajñānam ity abhyarthanāpravṛttatvena darśanāntarānabhiniviṣṭatvapratīteḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 1.2, 51.0 tadevaṃ kāryatvahetunā jagato buddhimatkartṛpūrvakatvasiddhau yo
'sau tattadvaicitryasampādikecchājñānakriyāśaktiyuktaḥ kartā sa ity asmadādikāryavilakṣaṇakṣityādikāryaviśeṣajanakakāraṇaviśeṣāvagamo yuktaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 6.2, 1.0 nanv asya sthitijanmādeḥ kāryasyāvinābhāvalakṣaṇasambandho yadi kadācij jagatkartrā saha kenacidapi gṛhītaḥ syāt tadaitad anumānaṃ sidhyet sambandhasyaiva tu agrahaṇāt kathaṃ nāsya bādheti yadi kasyacin mataṃ syāt tadidam
apyasau pratyanuyojya ityāha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 4, 8.2, 1.0 anyad aparam ardhamīśeṣṭamiti yatra yatra parameśvarasyānugrahecchā tatra tatra tadicchayaiva vinādhikaraṇenety ācāryalakṣaṇam adhikaraṇam anapekṣyaiva pradhānā
cāsau vikṛtiśceti pradhānavikṛtiḥ śuddhavidyā asyā adhaḥ sarvatra māyīye cādhvani svamadhikāraṃ kṛtvā svasyādhvano'nugrahamārgasya saṃhṛtau samāptau apaiti apavṛjyate //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 5, 1.2, 1.1 tamaso malasya śakteśca bhagavatsambandhinyā vāmākhyāyā yo
'sāv adhikāro nyagbhāvanavyāpṛtatvaṃ tasya nivṛttervirāmāt yāsau paricyutiḥ kaivalyābhimukhībhāvaḥ tathā coktaṃ śrīmatsvāyambhuve /
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 5, 1.2, 1.1 tamaso malasya śakteśca bhagavatsambandhinyā vāmākhyāyā yo 'sāv adhikāro nyagbhāvanavyāpṛtatvaṃ tasya nivṛttervirāmāt
yāsau paricyutiḥ kaivalyābhimukhībhāvaḥ tathā coktaṃ śrīmatsvāyambhuve /
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 14.2, 5.0 kīdṛśaṃ paśuṃ kalayannityāha ā samutthānānniyatyā niyataṃ niyateḥ samutthānaṃ svakāraṇād abhivyaktiḥ tata ārabhya yāvat
saṃhāramasau paśuṃ karmajanite sukhaduḥkhopabhoge niyacchati //
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 21.2, 20.0 taṃ atra sarvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ jijñāsā ātmānaṃ kālajā majjadoṣānabhidhāya doṣaireva asāv vikrāntamudyoginaṃ sarvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ majjadoṣānabhidhāya kālajā doṣaireva vikrāntamudyoginaṃ sarvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ majjadoṣānabhidhāya ca kecid vātādilakṣaṇayuktam //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Cik., 29, 12.32, 27.0 sukṛtiphalabhoktṛtvaṃ śayīteti sukṛtiphalabhoktṛtvaṃ
tena ādhidaivikāḥ darśayannāha divā ityamuṃ sraṣṭetyādi ityamuṃ sraṣṭetyādi svāpaniṣedhaḥ //
Nighaṇṭuśeṣa
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 49.0 kiṃtu samyaṅmithyāsaṃśayasādṛśyapratītibhyo vilakṣaṇā citraturagādinyāyena yaḥ sukhī rāmaḥ
asāvayamiti pratītirastīti //
Rasahṛdayatantra
RHT, 2, 7.1 amunā vimardanena hi suviśuddho nāgavaṅgaparimuktaḥ /
RHT, 2, 15.2 saṃsvedya
pātyate'sau na patati yāvaddṛḍhaścāgniḥ //
RHT, 2, 17.1 iti labdhavīryaḥ samyak
capalo'sau saṃniyamyate tadanu /
RHT, 5, 6.2 grāso drutaḥ sa garbhe
drutvāsau jīryate kṣipram //
RHT, 6, 3.1 amunā krameṇa divasaistribhistribhirjārayedgrāsam /
RHT, 6, 5.1 tadanu sukhoṣṇe pātre
saṃmardyo'sau yathā na hīye /
RHT, 17, 8.2 dalasiddhe rasasiddhe
vidhāvasau bhavati khalu saphalaḥ //
RHT, 19, 7.2 pītvā payasā sahitaṃ
yāvakamamunā bhavecchuddhaḥ //
Rasamañjarī
RMañj, 10, 4.2 bhasmāṅgārakapālapāṃśumuśalaḥ sūryāstasūryodaye yaḥ sūryasvarasaṃsthito gadavatāṃ kālāya sa
syādasau //
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 3, 8.1 ḍamarūkābhidhayaṃtravareṇa taṃ
dvidaśayāmamamuṃ paca vahninā /
RPSudh, 3, 25.2 vidhividā bhiṣajā
hyamunā kṛto vimalaṣaḍguṇagandhakam aśnute //
RPSudh, 3, 62.1 yāmāṣṭakenāgnikṛtena dolayā paścād
rasenābhivimardito'sau /
RPSudh, 12, 13.3 kāmasya bodhaṃ kurute hi śīghraṃ nārīṃ ramedvai
caṭakāyate'sau //
RPSudh, 13, 11.1 māṣadvayonmitamamuṃ niśi bhakṣayitvā mṛṣṭaṃ payastadanu māhiṣamāśu pītvā /
Rasaratnasamuccaya
RRS, 1, 82.1 tadāprabhṛti sūto
'sau naiva sidhyatyasaṃskṛtaḥ /
RRS, 3, 62.2 vastreṣu lipyate
yāsau mañjiṣṭhārāgabandhinī //
RRS, 4, 3.2 garuḍodgārakaścaiva jñātavyā
maṇayastvamī //
RRS, 4, 71.2 saptāhānnātra saṃdehaḥ kharagharme
dravatyasau //
RRS, 6, 36.1 evaṃ śaktiyuto yo
'sau dīkṣayet taṃ gurūttamaḥ /
RRS, 8, 5.2 suślakṣṇaḥ kajjalābho
'sau kajjalītyabhidhīyate //
RRS, 8, 68.2 sthitir āsthāpanī kumbhe
yāsau rodhanamucyate //
RRS, 8, 79.2 bhuñjītākhilalohādyaṃ yo
'sau rākṣasavaktravān //
RRS, 11, 42.1 itthaṃ hy adhaūrdhvapātena pātito
'sau yadā bhavet /
RRS, 11, 46.1 saṃsvedyaḥ pātyo
'sau na patati yāvad dṛḍhaś cāgnau /
RRS, 11, 75.2 saṃsevito'sau na karoti bhasmakāryaṃ javād rogavināśanaṃ ca //
RRS, 11, 82.1 harodbhavo yo dviguṇābhrajīrṇaḥ sa syātkumāro
mitataṇḍulo'sau /
RRS, 11, 83.1 caturguṇavyomakṛtāśano
'sau rasāyanāgryas taruṇābhidhānaḥ /
RRS, 12, 35.1 vallaṃ tataḥ
surasamiśramamuṣya dadyāt sarpiḥ sitākaṇapayomadhu cānupeyam /
RRS, 13, 1.2 saṃdūṣya raktam
amunobhayamārgavarti niryātyasṛksthalayakṛtplihato 'timātram //
RRS, 16, 1.2 hṛtpṛṣṭhodaravastimastakarujaḥ saśvāsakāsaṃ jvaraṃ
gacchannūrdhvamasau hi nūnam aniśaṃ kopādudāvartayet //
RRS, 16, 108.1 amuṣya guñjā nava dāpanīyā hantuṃ viṣūcīṃ sitayā sametāḥ /
Rasaratnākara
RRĀ, V.kh., 18, 1.1 drutiriha paripācyā jārayet pāradendre munigaṇitam
athāsau sāritaḥ koṭivedhī /
Rasendracintāmaṇi
RCint, 2, 22.1 ā ṣaḍguṇaṃ gandhakam alpam alpaṃ
kṣipedasau jīrṇabalirbalī syāt /
RCint, 3, 156.2 racaya sikatāyantre yuktyā muhur muhur
ityasau hutabhuji vasanna sthemānaṃ kathañcana muñcati //
RCint, 3, 159.1 asyāmeva mūṣāyāṃ tattailamapagatakalkavimalamāpūrya tasminnadhikam ūṣmātmani drutabījaprakṣepasamakālameva samāvartanīyaḥ sūtavarastadanu sadyo mūṣānanam ācchādanīyam etat tailāktapaṭakhaṇḍagranthibandhena aruṇasitabījābhyām
amunā sāraṇakarmaṇā militaścetsāritaḥ samyak saṃyamitaśca vijñeyaḥ pratisāritastu dviguṇabījena tadvadanusāritastu triguṇabījena atra trividhāyāmeva sāraṇāyāmaruṇasitakarmaṇoḥ krāmaṇārtham īṣatpannagavaṅgau viśrāṇanīyāviti /
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
RCūM, 5, 164.2 nāsau samīheta gurūpadeśaṃ rasendravaidye'pi ca dhātuvāde //
RCūM, 16, 31.2 saptāhakaṃ
parivibhāvitakāñjiko'sau klinnaṃ hi lohanivahaṃ grasatīha sūtaḥ //
RCūM, 16, 33.2 tattvaṃ hyetad vrajati sa javātsāradhūmāyanāni
tattulyo'sau munibhirudito daṇḍadhārī ca nāmnā //
RCūM, 16, 44.2 nikhilanihitamūrtiḥ
niṣpatedudgato'sau punarapi nijapātre chinnapakṣaḥ sa sūtaḥ //
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 92.2, 6.0 evaṃ saptabhir dinaiḥ saptavāraṃ
saṃskṛto'sau nirodhako nāma raso mahābubhukṣayā pīḍito jihvāṃ lelihyamānaḥ kumpito grāhyaḥ //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 195.2, 4.0 tadyathā jāryaṃ vastu jārayitvā raso vastreṇa gālyate tato yadi kiṃcidvastre śeṣaṃ vigālya tiṣṭhati tadā
jñeyo'sau garbha iti //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 195.2, 7.0 tato yadi vastrātpūrvo 'pi niḥsarati nanu kiṃcil lagati paraṃ tolitaḥ sa tu nijataulyādhiko bhavati tadā
jñeyo'sau piṇḍa iti //
Rasārṇava
RArṇ, 7, 18.2 granthāntare'pi kīrtyo
'sau kīrtito bahubhiḥ suraiḥ //
RArṇ, 7, 25.2 vastraṃ ca veṣṭayet sadyaḥ
tenāsau capalaḥ smṛtaḥ //
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, Gr., 8.2 prastāvavīryarasayogavaśād
amuṣya buddhyā vimṛśya bhiṣajāṃ ca dhṛtir vidheyā //
RājNigh, 2, 29.1 jñeyaḥ so 'tra vanaspatiḥ phalati yaḥ puṣpair vinā taiḥ phalaṃ vānaspatya iti smṛtas tanur
asau hrasvaḥ kṣupaḥ kathyate /
RājNigh, 2, 39.2 amuṣya nṛharīśituḥ kṛtivarasya vargaḥ kṛtāvasāvagamadādimaḥ sadabhidhānacūḍāmaṇau //
RājNigh, 2, 39.2 amuṣya nṛharīśituḥ kṛtivarasya vargaḥ
kṛtāvasāvagamadādimaḥ sadabhidhānacūḍāmaṇau //
RājNigh, Mūl., 225.2 tasya śrīnṛhareḥ kṛtāv avasito yo malakādir mahān vargo
'sāv abhidhānakośapariṣaccūḍāmaṇau saptamaḥ //
RājNigh, Śālm., 158.2 amuṣyāyaṃ vargo nṛharikṛtinaḥ kāṅkṣati kṛtau sthitiṃ śālmalyādir vasubhir abhidhāśekharamaṇau //
RājNigh, 12, 56.2 yenāsau smaramaṇḍanaikavasatir bhāle kapole gale dormūle kucamaṇḍale ca kurute saṅgaṃ kuraṅgīdṛśām //
RājNigh, 12, 155.2 vargaṃ vaktrāmbhoruhamodārham adhīyāthainaṃ madhye saṃsad
asau dīvyatu vaidyaḥ //
RājNigh, 13, 170.2 yaḥ puṣparāgam amalaṃ
kalayedamuṣya puṣṇāti kīrtim atiśauryasukhāyur arthān //
RājNigh, 13, 218.1 yān saṃskṛtān śubhaguṇān atha cānyathā ced doṣāṃś ca yān api diśanti rasādayo
'mī /
RājNigh, Rogādivarga, 51.2 yasminnauṣadhayas tathā samuditāḥ sidhyanti vīryādhikā vipro
'sau bhiṣag ucyate svayamiti śrutyāpi satyāpitam //
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
SDS, Rāseśvaradarśana, 51.3 jāto yadyaparaṃ na vedayati ca svasmāt svayaṃ dyotate yo brahmaiva sa dainyasaṃsṛtibhayāt
pāyādasau pārada iti //
Sarvāṅgasundarā
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 23.1, 1.0 rasair jihvāvaiṣayikair madhurāmlakaṭukaiḥ vipākakālopalabhyo madhurāmlakaṭukalakṣaṇo yo raso bhavati
asau tulyaphalaḥ tulyaṃ sadṛśaṃ phalaṃ yasya sa tulyaphalaḥ //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 29, 25.0 ayaṃ rasasaṃyogabheda evaṃ guṇo'yamevaṃguṇaḥ evaṃguṇatvāc
cāmuṣmin viṣaye yojya etasmin viṣaye cāyamiti nirdeṣṭuṃ na śakyate anirjñātasvarūpatvāt //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 16, 16.2, 2.0 tasya yathoktasya hetorabhāvād avidyamānatvāt yo'cchapeyasnehaḥ kevala eva na saṃyuktaḥ
nāsau vicāraṇā kevalopayogitvād bahūpayogitvāccetyarthaḥ //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 16, 22.2, 3.0 tenāyamarthaḥ
bhaktasyādāvupayukto'sau sneho'dhodehajān vyādhīn jayet madhya upayukto madhyadehajān bhaktasyoparyupayukta ūrdhvadehajāniti yathākramam //
SarvSund zu AHS, Utt., 39, 106.2, 1.0 amūni pūrvoktāni rasāyanāni lohalepanāni kṣīrāñjalibhyāṃ dugdhapalāṣṭakena upayuktāni pūrvoktaguṇātiśayam āyuḥprakarṣaṃ ca tato dviguṇaṃ vidadhati //
SarvSund zu AHS, Utt., 39, 112.2, 1.0 svarbhānor amṛtāpaharaṇāparādhena kaṇṭhācchinnādye 'mṛtasya bindavo dharitryāṃ patitās te laśunatvaṃ prāptāḥ yato 'smāddhetor daityadehotthaṃ laśunam ato dvijā na bhakṣayanti sākṣāccāmṛtasambhūtatvāddhetor
asau rasono rasāyanaṃ grāmaṇīḥ śreṣṭhaḥ //
Skandapurāṇa
SkPur, 13, 17.2 tārkṣyaṃ samāruhya mahīdhrakalpaṃ gadādharo
'sau tvaritaṃ sametaḥ //
Smaradīpikā
Smaradīpikā, 1, 19.1 vadati madhuravāṇīṃ raktanetraḥ suśīlaḥ calamatiratibhīruḥ śīghragāmī mṛgo
'sau //
Smaradīpikā, 1, 22.1 vṛṣo yathā udarakaṭikṛśāsyaḥ śīghragāmī natāṃsaḥ kanakaruciradehaḥ kaṣṭavādī vṛṣo
'sau //
Spandakārikānirṇaya
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 1.2, 9.0 tathā hi śivādeḥ kṣityantasyāśeṣasya tattvagrāmasya prāksṛṣṭasya saṃhartṛrūpā yā nimeṣabhūr
asāv evodbhaviṣyaddaśāpekṣayā sraṣṭurūponmeṣabhūmis tathā viśvanimeṣabhūś cidghanatonmeṣasārā cidghanatānimajjanabhūmir api viśvonmeṣarūpā //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 5.2, 8.0 mūḍhabhāvo mūḍhatvaṃ śūnyarūpatāpi yatra nāsti so 'pi hi na prathate kathamasti prathate cet tarhi prathātmakatvān
nāsau kaścit prathaivāsti na ca prathāyāḥ kadācidbhāvo bhavati tadabhāve prathābhāvasyāpyasiddheḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 13.2, 12.0 ityālokamālāyām uktaṃ tat tu satyaṃ tvādṛśām avijñeyā avijñeyatvād vaktum aśakyety ucyatāṃ śūnyateti tu kutaḥ śūnyatāpi ca yāvad bhāvyate tāvad vikalpollikhitatvād
asau vivejñaiya //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 13.2, 15.0 abhiyogaḥ samādhānotthitasya kīdṛgaham āsamiti tadavasthābhimukhavimarśātmābhilāpas tatsaṃsparśāt tadvaśāddhetos tad āsīd iti yato niścayaḥ gāḍhamūḍho 'ham āsam iti yato 'sti pratipattiḥ ato mohāvasthaiva sā kalpitā tathā smaryamāṇatvāt sā cānubhūyamānatvād anubhavituḥ pramātur avasthātṛrūpasya pratyuta sattām āvedayate na tv abhāvamiti viśvābhāvāvasthāyāṃ cidrūpasyākhaṇḍitameva rūpaṃ tiṣṭhatīti
nāmuṣyābhāvo jātucid vaktuṃ śakyata ityuktaṃ bhavati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 8.0 yaḥ punarantarmukho 'haṃtāprakāśarūpaḥ svabhāvo 'ta eva sarvajñatvaguṇasyāspadam upalakṣaṇaṃ caitat sarvakartṛtvāder api tasya lopo na kadācit syād bhavatīti na kadācidapi saṃbhāvanīyo 'nyasya tallopam upalabdhuḥ kasyāpy anupalambhāt yadi sa kaścid upalabhyate sa
evāsāv antarmukhaś cidrūpo na ced upalabhyate tarhi sā lopadaśāstīti kuto niścayaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 13.0 atha cānyasya kāryonmukhaprayatnasyānupalambhād anupalambhaprakāśanān na kadācit prakāśātmano 'ntarmukhasya tasyopalabdhur lopaḥ yato
'sāv antarmukhobhāvaḥ sarvajñatvaguṇasyāspadaṃ tām apyabhāvadaśāṃ vettyeva anyathā saiva na sidhyediti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 17.2, 1.0 tasya prākaraṇikasvabhāvasya yopalabdhiḥ anavacchinnaḥ prakāśaḥ sā kathitayuktyavaṣṭambhāt suṣṭhu prabuddhasyāprabuddhatāsaṃskāreṇāpi śūnyasya satataṃ triṣvapi jāgarasvapnasauṣuptapadeṣu nityamiti ādau madhye'nte cāvyabhicāriṇī anapāyinī syādbhavatyeva
sadāsau śaṃkarātmakasvasvabhāvatayā sphuratīty arthaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 18.2, 2.0 tatra hi
viśvamasau sadāśiveśvaravatsvāṅgavat paśyati tadanyatra tu suṣupte na tu yathānye suṣuptaturyayor iti tripadāvyabhicāriṇī iti prakrānte turyasyāprastutatvāt tadupalabdher eva ca turyarūpatvāt asau vibhuś cinmaya evāsya bhāti aśeṣavedyopaśamād ity etat suprabuddhābhiprāyam eva na tu vastuvṛttānusāreṇa tadanyatra tu cinmayaḥ ity asyānupapannatvāpatteḥ loke sauṣuptasya mohamayatvāt śivāpekṣayā tu jāgratsvapnayorapi cinmayatvāt evamapi ca prakṛtānupayuktatvāt //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 18.2, 2.0 tatra hi viśvamasau sadāśiveśvaravatsvāṅgavat paśyati tadanyatra tu suṣupte na tu yathānye suṣuptaturyayor iti tripadāvyabhicāriṇī iti prakrānte turyasyāprastutatvāt tadupalabdher eva ca turyarūpatvāt
asau vibhuś cinmaya evāsya bhāti aśeṣavedyopaśamād ity etat suprabuddhābhiprāyam eva na tu vastuvṛttānusāreṇa tadanyatra tu cinmayaḥ ity asyānupapannatvāpatteḥ loke sauṣuptasya mohamayatvāt śivāpekṣayā tu jāgratsvapnayorapi cinmayatvāt evamapi ca prakṛtānupayuktatvāt //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 3.2, 1.0 yadyuktayuktyā nityaṃ nārādhyate dhātā tadā svasvarūpasthityabhāve satataṃ pratyahaṃ laukikasyeva cāsya yogino 'pi jāgarāyāṃ svapne ca sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇārthaprakāśanatanniścayanādisvabhāvā pārameśvarī sṛṣṭiḥ svatantrā syāllaukikavadyoginam api saṃsārāvaṭa
evāsau pātayed ityarthaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 8.2, 1.0 mnā sarvakeśānāmāspadaṃ tataśca dehe yā glāniḥ arthāddehābhimāninaḥ puṃso yo
harṣakṣayo'sau viluṇṭhikā parasaṃviddraviṇāpahāreṇa pārimityadaurgatyapradā tasyāśca glāner ajñānataś cidānandaghanasvasvarūpāpratyabhijñānāt sṛtir udbhavo 'vasthitiśca //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 13.2, 6.0 evaṃ ceyad viśvaśaktikhacitaparāśaktisundarasya svātmanaḥ svarūpagopanakrīḍayā svātmabhittāv evāṃśāṃśikayā nirbhāsanaṃ bhagavān yāvaccikīrṣati
tāvadekaivābhinnāpyasau tadīyā vimarśaśaktiricchātvaṃ pratipadya jñānakriyārūpatayā sthitvā śivaśaktiparāmarśātmakabījayonibhedena dvidhā bhūtvā vargabhedena tatkalābhedena ca navadhā pañcāśaddhā ca sphurantī tadvimarśasārair aghoraghoraghorataraiḥ saṃvittidevatātmabhiḥ rūpaiḥ prathamānā bhagavataḥ pañcavidhakṛtyakāritāṃ nirvahati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 13.2, 28.0 kalābhir akārādivargādhiṣṭhāyikābhir brāhmyādibhis tadvarṇabhaṭṭārakādhiṣṭhātṛbhūtābhiś ca śrīmālinīvijayoktadevatārūpābhiḥ kalābhir akārādivarṇair viluptavibhavaḥ saṃkucito'smi apūrṇo 'smi karavāṇi kiṃcididam upādade idaṃ jahāmi ityādivicitravikalpakāvikalpakapratipattikadambakāntaranupraviṣṭasthūlasūkṣmaśabdānuvedhakadarthito harṣaśokādirūpatāṃ nenīyamāna iva kṣaṇam api svarūpasthitiṃ na labhate yataḥ
ato'sāv uktarūpaḥ śaktivargeṇa bhujyamānaḥ paśur uktaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 16.2, 1.0 seti ślokatrayanirṇītatvāt iyamiti prameyaparyantena rūpeṇa sphurantī svasvabhāvarūpasya cidātmanaḥ śivasya sambandhinī spandatattvātmikā parābhaṭṭārikaiva viśvavaicitryāvasthitikāritvāt kriyāśaktiḥ prāṅnirṇītadṛśā śiva eva gṛhītapaśubhūmike vartamānā prāṇapuryaṣṭakarūpam
amuṃ kartṛtātmanāhaṃtāvipruṣā prokṣitaṃ kurvāṇā tathārūpeṇāpratyabhijñāya svarūpāvārakatvād dhānādānādiparikleśahetutvācca bandhayitrī bhavati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 16.2, 3.0 iti śrīvijñānabhaṭṭārakoktanītyā prāptyupāyaḥ
parāśaktistadātmatayāsau kriyāśaktirjñāyate yoginā yadā vā vikalpakāvikalpakaprasare 'pi śivasvarūpasya svātmano 'ṃśabhūtam evāśeṣavedyam anenekṣyate tadāsyāsau parānandamayīṃ parāṃ siddhim upapādayati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 16.2, 3.0 iti śrīvijñānabhaṭṭārakoktanītyā prāptyupāyaḥ parāśaktistadātmatayāsau kriyāśaktirjñāyate yoginā yadā vā vikalpakāvikalpakaprasare 'pi śivasvarūpasya svātmano 'ṃśabhūtam evāśeṣavedyam anenekṣyate
tadāsyāsau parānandamayīṃ parāṃ siddhim upapādayati //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 18.2, 2.0 yata eva pratyayeṣu sukhādipratyayodbhavaḥ ata
evāsau pratyayodbhavāt paśuḥ paravaśaḥ śabdānuvedhakrameṇa pade pade brāhmyādidevībhir ākṣipyamāṇaḥ na tu suprabuddhavat svatantraḥ tasya puryaṣṭakasya bhāvādeva punaḥpunarudbodhitavicitravāsanaḥ saṃsaret tattadbhogocitabhogāyatanāni śarīrāṇyarjayitvā gṛhṇāti cotsṛjati ca //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā zu SūryaŚ, 1, 1.2, 7.0 udayaścāsau giriśca tasya taṭī tasyā dhātavo gairikādayasteṣāṃ dhārākāro dravo dhārādravaḥ prapātastasyevaughaiḥ pravāhaiḥ samūhairavicchinnaiḥ siktā ata eva raktā iva //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā zu SūryaŚ, 1, 2.2, 16.0 kālasyevākāro yasya sa kālākāraḥ sa
cāsāvandhakāraśca tasyānanaṃ mukhaṃ tatra patitaṃ yajjagattasya sādhvasaṃ bhayaṃ tasya dhvaṃso nāśastatra kalyāḥ paṭavaḥ samarthā eva //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā zu SūryaŚ, 1, 9.2, 14.0 dīrghaṃ ca tadduḥkhaṃ ca tasya prabhava utpattisthānaṃ sa
cāsau bhavaśca saṃsārastasmād bhayaṃ tad evodanvān samudras tasmād uttāras tatra nāvo yānapātrāṇi //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā zu SūryaŚ, 1, 11.2, 15.0 nirvāṇodyogino mokṣotsukāste ca te yoginaśca teṣāṃ pragamo'punarāvṛttistasya nijā ātmīyā sā
cāsau tanuśca tasyā dvārdvāraṃ tasyāṃ vetrāyamāṇāḥ pratīhārā ivācarantaḥ //
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 1, 18.0 dhvastāśeṣamalātmasaṃvidudaye mokṣaś ca
tenāmunā śāstreṇa prakaṭīkaromi nikhilaṃ yaj jñeyatattvaṃ bhavet //
TantraS, 4, 9.0 tatra atidṛḍhaśaktipātāviddhasya svayam eva sāṃsiddhikatayā sattarka udeti yo
'sau devībhiḥ dīkṣita iti ucyate //
TantraS, 5, 1.0 tatra yadā vikalpaḥ svayam eva saṃskāram ātmani upāyāntaranirapekṣatayaiva kartuṃ prabhavati tadā
asau pāśavavyāpārāt pracyutaḥ śuddhavidyānugraheṇa parameśaśaktirūpatām āpanna upāyatayā avalambyamānaḥ śāktaṃ jñānam āvirbhāvayati //
TantraS, 5, 3.0 yadā tu upāyāntaram
asau svasaṃskārārthaṃ vikalpo 'pekṣate tadā buddhiprāṇadehaghaṭādikān parimitarūpān upāyatvena gṛhṇan aṇutvaṃ prāpta āṇavaṃ jñānam āvirbhāvayati tatra buddhiḥ dhyānātmikā prāṇaḥ sthūlaḥ sūkṣmaś ca ādya uccāraṇātmā uccāraṇaṃ ca nāma pañca prāṇādyā vṛttayaḥ sūkṣmas tu varṇaśabdavācyo vakṣyate dehaḥ saṃniveśaviśeṣātmā karaṇaśabdavācyaḥ ghaṭādayo bāhyāḥ kumbhasthaṇḍilaliṅgapūjādyupāyatayā kīrtayiṣyamāṇāḥ //
TantraS, 5, 4.0 tatra dhyānaṃ tāvat iha ucitam upadekṣyāmaḥ yat etat svaprakāśaṃ sarvatattvāntarbhūtaṃ paraṃ tattvam uktaṃ tad eva nijahṛdayabodhe dhyātvā tatra pramātṛpramāṇaprameyarūpasya vahnyarkasomatritayasya saṃghaṭṭaṃ dhyāyet yāvat
asau mahābhairavāgniḥ dhyānavātasamiddhākāraḥ sampadyate tasya prāktanaśaktijvālādvādaśakaparivṛtasya cakrātmanaḥ cakṣurādīnām anyatamasuṣiradvāreṇa niḥsṛtasya bāhye grāhyātmani viśrāntaṃ cintayet tena ca viśrāntena prathamaṃ tadbāhyaṃ somarūpatayā sṛṣṭikrameṇa prapūritaṃ tataḥ arkarūpatayā sthityā avabhāsitaṃ tato 'pi saṃhāravahnirūpatayā vilāpitaṃ tataḥ anuttarātmatām āpāditaṃ dhyāyet //
TantraS, 6, 1.1 sa eva sthānaprakalpanaśabdena uktaḥ tatra tridhā sthānaṃ prāṇavāyuḥ śarīraṃ bāhyaṃ ca tatra prāṇe tāvat vidhiḥ sarvaḥ
asau vakṣyamāṇaḥ adhvā prāṇasthaḥ kalyate tasya kramākramakalanaiva kālaḥ sa ca parameśvara eva antarbhāti tadbhāsanaṃ ca devasya kālī nāma śaktiḥ bhedena tu tadābhāsanaṃ kramākramayoḥ prāṇavṛttiḥ //
TantraS, 6, 2.1 saṃvid eva hi prameyebhyo vibhaktaṃ rūpaṃ gṛhṇāti ata eva ca avacchedayogāt vedyatāṃ yāntī nabhaḥ tataḥ svātantryāt meye svīkārautsukyena nipatantī kriyāśaktipradhānā prāṇanārūpā jīvasvabhāvā pañcabhī rūpaiḥ dehaṃ yataḥ pūrayati tato
'sau cetana iva bhāti //
TantraS, 6, 5.1 tatra yady api dehe sabāhyābhyantaram otaprotarūpaḥ prāṇaḥ tathāpi prasphuṭasaṃvedyaprayatnaḥ
asau hṛdayāt prabhṛti iti tata eva ayaṃ nirūpaṇīyaḥ //
TantraS, 6, 82.0 ata eva ekāśītipadasmaraṇasamaye vividhadharmānupraveśamukhena eka eva
asau parameśvaraviṣayo vikalpaḥ kālagrāse na avikalpātmā eva sampadyate iti //
TantraS, 8, 7.0 tatrāpi ca parameśvarasya kartṛtvānapāya iti akalpito 'pi
asau pāramārthikaḥ sthita eva //
TantraS, 8, 10.0 ity evaṃ saṃvedanasvātantryasvabhāvaḥ parameśvara eva viśvabhāvaśarīro ghaṭāder nirmātā kumbhakārasaṃvidas tato 'nadhikatvāt kumbhakāraśarīrasya ca bhāvarāśimadhye nikṣepāt kathaṃ kumbhakāraśarīrasya kartṛtvābhimānaḥ iti cet parameśvarakṛta
evāsau ghaṭādivat bhaviṣyati //
TantraS, 9, 38.0 lokās tu vikalpaviśrāntyā tām ahaṃtāmayīm ahaṃtācchāditedaṃbhāvavikalpaprasarāṃ nirvikalpāṃ vimarśabhuvam aprakāśitām iva manyante duḥkhāvasthāṃ sukhaviśrāntā iva vikalpanirhrāsena tu sā prakāśata eva iti iyam
asau sambandhe grāhyagrāhakayoḥ sāvadhānatā iti abhinavaguptaguravaḥ //
TantraS, 10, 18.0 meyāṃśagāmī sthūlasūkṣmapararūpatvāt trividho bhuvanatattvakalātmādhvabhedaḥ mātṛviśrāntyā tathaiva trividhaḥ tatra pramāṇatāyāṃ padādhvā pramāṇasyaiva kṣobhataraṃgaśāmyattāyāṃ mantrādhvā tatpraśame pūrṇapramātṛtāyāṃ varṇādhvā sa eva ca
asau tāvati viśrāntyā labdhasvarūpo bhavati iti ekasyaiva ṣaḍvidhatvaṃ yuktam //
TantraS, 11, 5.0 svatantraparameśādvayavāde tu upapadyate etat yathāhi parameśvaraḥ svarūpācchādanakrīḍayā paśuḥ pudgalo 'ṇuḥ sampannaḥ na ca tasya deśakālasvarūpabhedavirodhaḥ tadvat svarūpasthaganavinivṛttyā svarūpapratyāpattiṃ jhaṭiti vā krameṇa vā samāśrayan śaktipātapātram aṇuḥ ucyate svātantryamātrasāraś ca
asau paramaśivaḥ śakteḥ pātayitā iti nirapekṣa eva śaktipāto yaḥ svarūpaprathāphalaḥ yas tu bhogotsukasya sa karmāpekṣaḥ lokottararūpabhogotsukasya tu sa eva śaktipātaḥ parameśvarecchāpreritamāyāgarbhādhikārīyarudraviṣṇubrahmādidvāreṇa mantrādirūpatvaṃ māyāpuṃvivekaṃ puṃskalāvivekaṃ puṃprakṛtivivekaṃ puṃbuddhivivekam anyac ca phalaṃ prasnuvānaḥ tadadharatattvabhogaṃ pratibadhnāti bhogamokṣobhayotsukasya bhoge karmāpekṣo mokṣe tu tannirapekṣaḥ iti sāpekṣanirapekṣaḥ //
TantraS, 11, 6.0 na ca vācyaṃ kasmāt kasmiṃścid eva puṃsi śaktipāta iti sa eva parameśvaraḥ tathā bhāti iti satattve ko
'sau pumān nāma yaduddeśena viṣayakṛtā codanā iyam //
TantraS, Caturdaśam āhnikam, 21.0 evaṃ krameṇa pādāṅguṣṭhāt prabhṛti dvādaśāntaparyantaṃ svātmadehasvātmacaitanyābhinnīkṛtadehacaitanyasya śiṣyasya āsādya tatraiva anantānandasarasi svātantryaiśvaryasāre samastecchājñānakriyāśaktinirbharasamastadevatācakreśvare samastādhvabharite cinmātrāvaśeṣaviśvabhāvamaṇḍale tathāvidharūpaikīkāreṇa śiṣyātmanā saha ekībhūto viśrāntim āsādayet ity evaṃ parameśvarābhinno
'sau bhavati //
TantraS, 17, 1.0 vaiṣṇavādidakṣiṇatantrānteṣu śāsaneṣu ye sthitāḥ tadgṛhītavratā vā ye ca uttamaśāsanasthā api anadhikṛtādharaśāsanagurūpasevinaḥ te yadā śaktipātena pārameśvareṇa unmukhīkriyante tadā teṣām ayaṃ vidhiḥ tatra enaṃ kṛtopavāsam anyadine sādhāraṇamantrapūjitasya tadīyāṃ ceṣṭāṃ śrāvitasya bhagavato 'gre praveśayet tatrāsya vrataṃ gṛhītvā ambhasi kṣipet tato
'sau snāyāt tataḥ prokṣya carudantakāṣṭhābhyāṃ saṃskṛtya baddhanetraṃ praveśya sādhāraṇena mantreṇa parameśvarapūjāṃ kārayet //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 13.1 jayatājjagaduddhṛtikṣamo
'sau bhagavatyā saha śaṃbhunātha ekaḥ /
TĀ, 1, 36.1 jñānājñānasvarūpaṃ yaduktaṃ
pratyekamapyadaḥ /
TĀ, 1, 67.2 eka evāsya dharmo
'sau sarvākṣepeṇa vartate //
TĀ, 1, 71.1 na
vāsau paramārthena na kiṃcidbhāsanādṛte /
TĀ, 1, 80.2 tānyapyamuṣya nāthasya svātantryalaharībharaḥ //
TĀ, 1, 332.2 yastvāmāha jaḍaṃ jaḍaḥ sahṛdayaṃmanyatvaduḥśikṣito manye
'muṣya jaḍātmatā stutipadaṃ tvatsāmyasaṃbhāvanāt //
TĀ, 2, 4.1 yaccaturdhoditaṃ rūpaṃ vijñānasya
vibhorasau /
TĀ, 2, 16.2 amuṣminparamādvaite prakāśātmani ko 'paraḥ //
TĀ, 2, 26.1 na mantro na ca mantryo
'sau na ca mantrayitā prabhuḥ /
TĀ, 3, 3.1 ato
'sau parameśānaḥ svātmavyomanyanargalaḥ /
TĀ, 3, 18.2 nahyādarśe saṃsthito
'sau taddṛṣṭau sa upāyakaḥ //
TĀ, 3, 25.1 na
cāsau śabdajaḥ śabda āgacchattvena saṃśravāt /
TĀ, 3, 44.2 nāthasya vadate
'muṣya vimalāṃ viśvarūpatām //
TĀ, 3, 88.1 jātāpi
visisṛkṣāsau yadvimarśāntaraikyataḥ /
TĀ, 3, 113.2 yo
'sau nādātmakaḥ śabdaḥ sarvaprāṇiṣvavasthitaḥ //
TĀ, 3, 214.2 cittapralayanāmāsau visargaḥ śāmbhavaḥ paraḥ //
TĀ, 3, 291.2 athāsau tādṛśo na syādbhavabhaktyā ca bhāvitaḥ //
TĀ, 4, 4.1 caturṣveva vikalpeṣu yaḥ saṃskāraḥ
kramādasau /
TĀ, 4, 10.1 kiṃtu
durghaṭakāritvātsvācchandyānnirmalādasau /
TĀ, 4, 66.2 ukto yastena taddoṣābhāve
'sau na niṣiddhatā //
TĀ, 4, 71.1 taddīkṣākramayogena śāstrārthaṃ
vettyasau tataḥ /
TĀ, 4, 83.1 āśvāsaśca vicitro
'sau śaktipātavaśāttathā /
TĀ, 4, 144.2 jvalannivāsau brahmādyairdṛśyate parameśvaraḥ //
TĀ, 5, 4.1 kasyacittu vikalpo
'sau svātmasaṃskaraṇaṃ prati /
TĀ, 5, 5.2 tathāpi
niścayātmāsāvaṇoḥ svātantryayojakaḥ //
TĀ, 5, 30.2 anena kramayogena yatra yatra
patatyadaḥ //
TĀ, 5, 98.2 sarvataśca vibhuryo
'sau vibhutvapadadāyakaḥ //
TĀ, 5, 131.2 ukto ya eṣa uccārastatra yo
'sau sphuran sthitaḥ //
TĀ, 6, 51.1 tatrāpi tu prayatno
'sau na saṃvedyatayā sthitaḥ /
TĀ, 6, 93.2 dvādaśāntasamīpe tu
yāsau pañcadaśī tuṭiḥ //
TĀ, 6, 98.1 tatra pañcadaśī
yāsau tuṭiḥ prakṣīṇacandramāḥ /
TĀ, 6, 185.1 pramātrabhede bhede 'tha citro
vitatimāpyasau /
TĀ, 6, 187.2 śaśvadyadyapyapāno 'yam itthaṃ vahati
kiṃtvasau //
TĀ, 7, 29.2 na
cāsau vastuto dīrghā kālabhedavyapohanāt //
TĀ, 8, 17.2 yadyapyamuṣya nāthasya saṃvittyanatirekiṇaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 24.1 narakebhyaḥ purā
vyaktastenāsau tadadho mataḥ /
TĀ, 8, 32.1 siddhīrdadātyasāvevaṃ śrīmadrauravaśāsane /
TĀ, 8, 86.2 tatraiva ca trikūṭe laṅkā
ṣaḍamī hyupadvīpāḥ //
TĀ, 8, 102.2 tadbahiḥ
ṣaḍamī dvīpāḥ pratyekaṃ svārṇavairvṛtāḥ //
TĀ, 8, 154.1 tatra sthitaḥ sa
svayambhūrviśvamāviṣkarotyadaḥ /
TĀ, 8, 266.2 yacchanti guṇebhyo
'mī puruṣebhyo yogadātāraḥ //
TĀ, 8, 322.2 tatra na bhuvanavibhāgo yukto
granthāvasau tasmāt //
TĀ, 8, 444.1 avimuktarudrakoṭī vastrāpada
ityadaḥ pavitraṃ khe /
TĀ, 9, 2.1 yānyuktāni
purāṇyamūni vividhair bhedair yadeṣvanvitaṃ rūpaṃ bhāti paraṃ prakāśaniviḍaṃ devaḥ sa ekaḥ śivaḥ /
TĀ, 9, 16.1 tataśca citrākāro
'sau tāvānkaścitprasajyate /
TĀ, 9, 19.2 tasya tarhi kramaḥ ko
'sau tadanyānupalambhataḥ //
TĀ, 9, 20.1 svabhāva iti
cennāsau svarūpādadhiko bhavet /
TĀ, 11, 4.1 kecidāhuḥ
punaryāsau śaktirantaḥ susūkṣmikā /
TĀ, 11, 74.1 pramā yasya jaḍo
'sau no tatrārthe 'bhyeti mātṛtām /
TĀ, 12, 7.1 tathā vilokyamāno
'sau viśvāntardevatāmayaḥ /
TĀ, 12, 20.2 tathāhi śaṅkā mālinyaṃ glāniḥ saṃkoca
ityadaḥ //
TĀ, 16, 68.1 dātrarpito
'sau taddvārā yāti sāyujyataḥ śivam /
TĀ, 17, 6.2 tejojalānnatritayaṃ tredhā
pratyekamapyadaḥ //
TĀ, 17, 68.1 pluṣṭo līnasvabhāvo
'sau pāśastaṃ prati śambhuvat /
TĀ, 17, 73.1 gurau deve tathā śāstre bhaktiḥ kāryāsya
nahyasau /
TĀ, 19, 1.3 ityuktyā mālinīśāstre
sūcitāsau maheśinā //
TĀ, 19, 17.2 cintayitvāmunā tasya vedanaṃ bodhanaṃ bhramam //
TĀ, 26, 34.2 yāsau kālādhikāre prāk sandhyā proktā catuṣṭayī //
TĀ, 26, 37.1 tatsaṃskāravaśātsarvaṃ kālaṃ syāttanmayo
hyasau /
TĀ, 26, 37.2 tato yatheṣṭakāle
'sau pūjāṃ puṣpāsavādibhiḥ //
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 6.1, 5.0 itthaṃ saṃsthitasya trikañcukasya parityāgāt saṃnyāsāt nirākhyapadāvasthitiḥ nirgatā ākhyā abhidhānaṃ yasya
asau nirākhyaḥ avyapadeśyam anuttaraṃ vāguttīrṇaṃ paraṃ dhāma tasmin sarvottīrṇāniketanaparamākāśe 'vasthitiḥ sadaiva aparicyutasvabhāvaniṣṭhā bhavatīti sambandhaḥ //
Ānandakanda
ĀK, 1, 2, 152.5 amuṣya liṅgasya sarvendriyāṇi vāṅmanaścakṣuḥśrotrajihvāghrāṇā ihāgatya sukhaṃ ciraṃ tiṣṭhantu so'haṃ haṃsaḥ svāhā /
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āsapt, 2, 38.2 guṇagarvitā punar
asau hasati śanaiḥ śuṣkaruditamukhī //
Āsapt, 2, 73.1 amunā hatam idam idam iti rudatī prativeśine'ṅgam aṅgam iyam /
Āsapt, 2, 256.1 tṛṇamukham iva na khalu tvāṃ tyajanty
amī hariṇa vairiṇaḥ śabarāḥ /
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 1, 6.2 vyākhyābhāsarasaprakāśanam idaṃ tv asmin yadi prāpyate kvāpi kvāpi kaṇo guṇasya
tadasau karṇe kṣaṇaṃ dhīyatām //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 26.2, 2.0 avidyamānāv antapārau
yasyāsāv anantapāraḥ atra pāraśabdena gobalīvardanyāyenādir ucyate pāraśabdo hy ubhayor api nadīkūlayor vivakṣāvaśād vartate kiṃvā ananto mokṣaḥ pāram utkṛṣṭaṃ phalaṃ yasyāyurvedasyāsāv anantapāraḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 26.2, 2.0 avidyamānāv antapārau yasyāsāv anantapāraḥ atra pāraśabdena gobalīvardanyāyenādir ucyate pāraśabdo hy ubhayor api nadīkūlayor vivakṣāvaśād vartate kiṃvā ananto mokṣaḥ pāram utkṛṣṭaṃ phalaṃ
yasyāyurvedasyāsāv anantapāraḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 28.2, 5.0 anye tv āhuḥ śuṣkasya cetyanena yasya dravyasya śuṣkasya cārdrasya copayogaḥ tatra śuṣkāvasthāyāṃ yo 'vyaktaḥ sa rasa ucyate yastvārdrāvasthāyāṃ vyaktaḥ san śuṣkāvasthāyāṃ nānuyāti
nāsau rasaḥ kiṃtv anurasaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 81, 6.1 matsyapayasos tu yadyapi sahopayogo viruddhatvenoktaḥ
tathāpyasau guṇaviruddhatvena kathita iti guṇavirodhakasyaivodāharaṇam /
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 146.2, 10.0 tattvasmṛtiḥ ātmādīnāṃ yathā bhūtānusmaraṇaṃ sā ca nātmā śarīrādyupakāryaḥ
śarīrādayaścāmī ātmavyatiriktāḥ ityādismaraṇarūpasmṛtiḥ //
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 6, 6.4 tataścintitaṃ
kimasau mama vidhāsyati uktaṃ ca /
Śusa, 6, 9.3 tṛptastatpiśitena
satvaramasau tenaiva yātaḥ pathā svasthāstiṣṭhata daivameva hi nṛṇāṃ vṛddhau kṣaye kāraṇam //
Śusa, 25, 2.5 sa kṣapaṇako 'pi tasya pūjāṃ kriyamāṇāmasahamānaḥ svayaṃ tadīyopāśraye veśyāṃ preṣayitvā
asau veśyālubdho na suśīla iti śvetāmbarasya lokapravādamakarot /
Śusa, 27, 2.7 tato
'sau tāṃ bahiryāntīṃ nivārya pārśvasthita eva tiṣṭhati /
Śusa, 27, 2.10 tacca
kurvanbhartrāsau puṃścihne dhṛtaḥ kathaṃ gacchatu uttaram dhṛtvā ca patiḥ prāha pradīpamānaya mayā coro dhṛto 'sti /
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 11, 14.1, 6.0 kokilairiti śuṣkagomayasaṃjñaiḥ aṅgārairvā yataḥ vahniṃ kharataraṃ kuryāditi grahaṇāt
evamityamunā prakāreṇa puṭatrayam ityatrāgner boddhavyam //
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
ACint, 1, 117.2 yadi bhavati ca raktaṃ tajjalaṃ pītavarṇaṃ na bhavati mṛganābhiḥ kṛtrimo
'sau vikāraḥ //
Agastīyaratnaparīkṣā
Bhramarāṣṭaka
Bhramarāṣṭaka, 1, 1.1 gandhāḍhyāsau bhuvanaviditā ketakī svarṇavarṇā padmabhrāntyā kṣudhitamadhupaḥ puṣpamadhye papāta /
Bhramarāṣṭaka, 1, 2.2 baddhastatra niśākareṇa vidhinā
krandatyasau mūḍhadhīḥ saṃtoṣeṇa vinā parābhavapadaṃ prāpnoti mūḍho janaḥ //
Bhramarāṣṭaka, 1, 3.1 ye'mī te mukulodgamādanudinaṃ tvāmāśritāḥ ṣaṭpadāste bhrāmyanti phalādvavahir bahirato dṛṣṭvā na sambhāṣase /
Bhramarāṣṭaka, 1, 6.1 dṛṣṭvā sphīto
bhavadalirasau lekhyapadmaṃ viśālaṃ citraṃ citraṃ kimiti kimiti vyāharan niṣpapāta /
Bhāvaprakāśa
BhPr, 6, 8, 97.3 vaṅgena kuṣṭhaṃ bhujagena ṣaṇḍho
bhavedato'sau pariśodhanīyaḥ //
BhPr, 6, 8, 101.2 kāsīsaṃ rasakaṃ kapardasikatābolāśca kaṅkuṣṭhakaṃ saurāṣṭrī ca matā
amī uparasāḥ sūtasya kiṃcidguṇaiḥ //
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
ŚGDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 58.2, 1.0 rasāt pāradāt śuddhāt bhāgaikaḥ elīyaḥ elavālukaṃ pippalī śivā harītakī ākārakarabhaḥ ākallakaḥ gandho gandhakaḥ kaṭutailena drāvayitvā śodhitaḥ indravāruṇyāḥ phalāni
amī elīyādayaḥ caturbhāgāḥ pratyekaṃ punaḥ indravāruṇikārasaiḥ mardayet māṣamātrāṃ vaṭīṃ khādet //
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 1, 163.2 kṛṣṇas tathaiko 'pi jagaddhitārthaṃ
śabdenāsau pañcapado vibhāti //
HBhVil, 1, 168.2 teṣām
asau darśayed ātmarūpaṃ tasmān mumukṣur abhyasen nityaśāntyai //
HBhVil, 1, 170.2 tad u hovāca brāhmaṇo
'sāv anavarataṃ me dhyātaḥ stutaḥ parārdhānte so 'budhyata /
HBhVil, 1, 180.2 amuṃ pañcapadaṃ mantram āvartayed yaḥ sa yāty anāyāsataḥ kevalaṃ tat padaṃ tat /
HBhVil, 3, 130.2 so
'sāv adabhrakaruṇo bhagavān vivṛddhapremasmitena nayanāmburuhaṃ vijṛmbhan /
HBhVil, 5, 174.2 udyadvirocanasarocir
amuṣya madhye saṃcintayet sukhaniviṣṭam atho mukundam //
HBhVil, 5, 204.4 saṃprīṇayantam uditābhir
amuṃ mahatyā saṃcintayen nabhasi dhātṛsutaṃ munīndram //
HBhVil, 5, 205.1 ata eva
amuṃ śrīkṛṣṇaṃ mahatyākhyayā kacchapikayā svakīyavīṇayā prīṇayantam /
HBhVil, 5, 218.3 śrīmadvaktrāravindapratisahitaśaśāṅkākṛtiḥ pītavāsā devo
'sau veṇunādakṣapitajanadhṛtir devakīnandano naḥ //
HBhVil, 5, 219.1 asau anirvacanīyamāhātmyaḥ śrīdevakīnandano devo naḥ asmān avyāt rakṣatu /
Haṃsadūta
Haṃsadūta, 1, 3.1 kadācit khedāgniṃ vighaṭayitum antargatam
asau sahālībhirlebhe taralitamanā yāmunataṭīm /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 7.1 tadālokastokocchvasitahṛdayā
sādaramasau praṇāmaṃ saṃśantī laghu laghu samāsādya savidham /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 8.1 amarṣāt premerṣyāṃ sapadi dadhatī kaṃsamathane pravṛttā haṃsāya khamabhilaṣitaṃ
śaṃsitumasau /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 12.1 kiśorottaṃśo
'sau kaṭhinamatinā dānapatinā yayā ninye tūrṇaṃ paśupayuvatījīvitapatiḥ /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 36.1 asavyaṃ bibhrāṇā
padamadhṛtalākṣārasamasau prayātāhaṃ mugdhe virama mama veśaiḥ kimadhunā /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 44.1 viṣādaṃ mākārṣīrdrutam
avitathavyāhṛtirasau samāgantā rādhe dhṛtanavaśikhaṇḍastava sakhā /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 53.2 tathāpi
strīprajñāsulabhataralatvādahamasau pravṛttā tanmūrtistavaratimahāsāhasarase //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 69.2 amī vyomībhūtā vrajavasatibhūmīparisarā vahante nastāpaṃ murahara vidūraṃ tvayi gate //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 76.1 taraṃgaiḥ kurvāṇā
śamanabhaginīlāghavamasau nadīṃ kāṃcid goṣṭhe nayanajalapūrairajanayat /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 78.1 mayā vācyaḥ kiṃ vā tvamiha nijadoṣāt param
asau yayau mandā vṛndāvanakumudabandho vidhuratām /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 84.2 nidhāsyantī kaṇṭhe tava
nijabhujāvallarimasau dharaṇyām unmīlajjaḍimanibiḍāṅgī viluṭhati //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 95.2 amuñcantī saṅgaṃ kuvalayadṛśaḥ
kevalamasau balādadya prāṇānavati bhavadāśā sahacarī //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 100.1 amī kuñjaḥ pūrvaṃ na mama dadhire kāmapi mudaṃ drumālīyaṃ cetaḥ sakhi na katiśo nanditavatī /
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
JanMVic, 1, 2.0 bhūyo bhūyaḥ pralayavibhavoddāmaduḥkhāntarāyo yo
'sāv antar jayati hṛdaye ko 'pi saṃvidvikāsaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 14.0 tad evam
asau bhagavān svamāyāśaktyākhyena avyabhicaritasvātantryaśaktimahimnā svātmanaiva ātmānaṃ saṃkucitam iva avabhāsayan vijñānākalaḥ pralayākalaḥ sakalaś ca sampadyate //
JanMVic, 1, 118.1 evam
asau bhagavān svātantryaśaktimahimnā paśudaśām avalambamāno bhogopadānapravaṇaḥ sampūrṇadehaprāṇabalaḥ san uktena ṣaḍadhvajālakrameṇa prabuddhaḥ śarīraparigraham āsādayati krameṇa bhukteṣu karmasu ṣaḍbhir bhāvavikārair jarārogādibhiḥ kāyayantre vighaṭamāne dehastambho vepathur nāḍīcakrasaṃkocaḥ kvacid viparyayeṇa tadvikāso marmabhaṅgaḥ śoṣa ityādi pūrvasaṃsthāpanopamardakaṃ sarvam upapadyate yāvat vinaśyati vināśaś ca kṣaṇiko 'sya yady api tathāpi sthūlayā vṛttyā daśabhir daśabhir abhivyaktaḥ proktaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 122.0 tataś ca tasmin śarīrayantre vighaṭite sā saṃvit prāṇanātmatām avalambya ātivāhikena dehena dehāntaraṃ nīyate tataś ca ātivāhikaṃ śarīrakaṃ bhūtabhaviṣyaddehāntarāle yugyasthānīyaṃ sambhavati yadārūḍho
'sau pudgalaḥ śarīrāntarāsaṅgam anubhavati uktaṃ ca kośabhāṣye mṛtyūpapattibhavayor antarā bhavatīha yaḥ //
JanMVic, 1, 138.0 etad evam uktarūpeṇa
asau ātivāhikena dehena dehāntaraṃ nīyate so 'pi dehaḥ suptotthitāt prabodham avāpya prāṇiti uktena cakreṇa so 'pi vinaśyati yāvat araghaṭṭaghaṭīyantravat parivartamāno 'ṇuḥ nānākāyanikāyaiḥ saṃsarati saṃsāre //
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 102.0 idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena samardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 102.0 idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena samardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 105.0 yady abhicared idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena vyardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 105.0 yady abhicared idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena vyardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 107.0 tejasā brahmavarcasena vyardhayatīdam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ojasā vīryeṇa samardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 107.0 tejasā brahmavarcasena vyardhayatīdam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram ojasā vīryeṇa samardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 110.0 yady abhicared idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ojasā vīryeṇa vyardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 110.0 yady abhicared idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram ojasā vīryeṇa vyardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 113.0 idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ūrjā paśubhis samardhayāmīti vaiśyam //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 113.0 idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram ūrjā paśubhis samardhayāmīti vaiśyam //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 116.0 yady abhicared idam aham
amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ūrjā paśubhir vyardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 116.0 yady abhicared idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam
amuṣyāḥ putram ūrjā paśubhir vyardhayāmīti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 3, 7.0 yā te gharma divi śug yā jāgate chandasi yā saptadaśe stome yā havirdhāne tān ta etad avayaje tasyai svāhety
amuṣyā evainam etaj jāgatācchandasas saptadaśāt stomāddhavirdhānāc ca rudraṃ niravadayate //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 58.0 asau vā ādityo haṃsāḥ [... au1 letterausjhjh] pariṣiñcan paryeti //
Kokilasaṃdeśa
KokSam, 1, 1.2 citrā daivī
gatiriyamasau śailajāmaṇḍitāyāṃ kāñcyāṃ kampātaṭabhuvi tayānanvito budhyate sma //
KokSam, 1, 6.2 tvatsamparkaṃ subhaga niyataṃ kāṅkṣate
'sau vilolā lolambākṣī calakisalayairāhvayantī sarāgā //
KokSam, 1, 46.1 putrasyāsau priyasakha iti prītigarbhaiḥ kaṭākṣair dṛṣṭastasyāṃ puri viharatā rukmiṇīvallabhena /
KokSam, 1, 56.2 bimbavyājādviśati bhavati
syādamuṣyeti śaṅke spaṣṭāṅkasya kṣaṇamudayagasyendubimbasya lakṣmīḥ //
KokSam, 1, 78.2 draṣṭavyo
'sau kisalayamṛdurmuktipuryālayāyāḥ kātyāyanyā mahiṣamathanoḍḍāmaraḥ pādapadmaḥ //
KokSam, 2, 54.2 smāraṃ smāraṃ kathamapi mayā muhyatā sahyate
'sau mando vāyuḥ sutanu bakulodbhedasaurabhyabandhuḥ //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 2.2, 7.0 punaḥ kiṃbhūtaḥ nāgakṣayetyādi nāgānāṃ śeṣādīnāṃ kṣayāya nāśāya bahalarāgo bahuprīto yo
'sau garuḍaḥ khageśvaraḥ tatra carati gacchati tathoktaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 22.2, 2.0 tadbrahma īdṛśaṃ jñeyaṃ paramānandaikamayamiti parama utkṛṣṭo
'sāv ānandaḥ paramānandaḥ sa eva eko 'dvitīyas tātprācuryaṃ yasmiṃs tathoktaṃ punaḥ kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ paramaṃ jyotiḥsvabhāvaṃ paramaṃ yajjyotiḥ tatsvabhāvaḥ svarūpaṃ yasya tad aśarīratvātsvaprakāśitvācca punaḥ avikalpaṃ mithyājñānaśūnyaṃ punarvigalitasarvakleśaṃ vigalitā viśeṣeṇa dūrīkṛtāḥ sarvakleśāḥ duḥkhāni yasmāt tat svarūpatvāt punaḥ śāntaṃ śamamayaṃ punaḥ svayaṃvedyam anyena veditum aśakyam ātmanaiva vedyaṃ tasmānnāparo'stīti bhāvāt //
MuA zu RHT, 2, 4.2, 3.0 etaiḥ kaiḥ guḍadagdhorṇālavaṇaiḥ guḍa ikṣuvikāraḥ prasiddhaḥ dagdhorṇā dagdhā
cāsau ūrṇā ceti samāsaḥ ūrṇā pratītā meṣaromanicayam ityarthaḥ lavaṇaṃ saindhavamekaṃ guḍadagdhorṇārajanī iti vā pāṭhaḥ tatra haridrā grāhyā na saindhavam //
MuA zu RHT, 2, 7.2, 5.0 amunā virecanena uktaśodhanena sūtaḥ suviśuddho bhavet viśeṣaśuddho bhaved ityutthāpanam //
MuA zu RHT, 2, 17.2, 2.0 iti pūrvoktavidhānena yantraṇādinā tadanu rodhanānantaram
asau capalaścañcalo raso niyamyate karmavidā saṃniyamanaṃ kriyate //
MuA zu RHT, 2, 18.2, 2.0 asau pūrvasaṃskṛtarasa etair auṣadhais tridinaṃ nirantaraṃ yathā syāt tathā svedena dīpitaḥ kṣutpīḍitaḥ san grāsārthī kavalābhilāṣī jāyate //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 16.2, 6.0 tailam ādiḥ yeṣāṃ te tailādikās tailavasāmūtraśukrapuṣpāḥ etaistapto yo rasa uṣṇatvaṃ nīto yo
'sau pāradastasmin satyevaṃ ghanamabhrakaṃ carati rasendraḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 4, 15.2, 7.0 evamamunā vidhānena saha sūtakaḥ pārado rajyate rāgavān bhavati badhyate baddhaśca bhavatītyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 5.2, 3.0 kena vidhānena pattralepanena patraṃ kaṇṭakabhedi tatra
yo'sau lepaḥ vahniyogāditi śeṣaḥ tena //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 15.2, 2.0 rasakaṃ kharparikaṃ balinā gandhena saha yuktaṃ sat militaṃ sat samabhāgena iti śeṣaḥ kena kṛtvā pūrvoktavidhānayogena pūrvoktaṃ yadvidhānaṃ yantrādikaṃ tasya
yo'sau yogastena kṛtvā tāvadbhṛśamatyarthaṃ pakvaṃ kāryaṃ yāvadaśarīratāṃ yāti taccūrṇaṃ garbhe rasodare dravati garbhadrutirbhavati caśabdājjarati ca //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 21.2, 8.0 anena vidhinā uktavidhānena nāgaṃ sīsakaṃ puṭitaṃ sat mriyate mṛtaṃ bhavatīti
vāmunā vidhānenaiva nirutthatāṃ gataṃ aśarīratāṃ prāptaṃ vaṅgaṃ sarvakarmasu cāraṇajāraṇabhakṣaṇādikāryeṣu niyujyate rasajñairiti śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 34.2, 2.0 bījabalābalamardanayogaṃ kṛtaṃ jñātvā bījānāṃ dhātūpadhātuyogajanitānāṃ balābale nyūnādhike
yo'sau mardanayogastameva kṛtaṃ jñātvā viditvā rasarāje svedavidhānaṃ kuryāt vā puṭaṃ vahniyogaṃ kuryāt vā yantraṃ vihitarasakarma kuryāt vihitaṃ kṛtaṃ rasasya karma saṃskārarūpaṃ yatra tathoktaṃ garbhayantrādikamityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 42.2, 3.0 tāraṃ vaṅgaṃ sūtam iti tāraṃ rūpyaṃ vaṅgaṃ khurakaṃ sūtaṃ saṃskṛtapāradaṃ etattritayaṃ saṃsārya melanaṃ vidhāya vaṅgaparihīnaṃ kuryāt tathā tenaiva vidhānena tālasya
yo'sau yogastena yantrayogena ca dīrghamūṣāyogena ca nirvaṅgaṃ vaṅgavivarjitaṃ kuryāt //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 46.2, 7.0 tu punaḥ rasendrake garbhe rasendrakṛto
yo'sau garbhastasmin bījaṃ kṛtvā vidhinā piṣṭīrvidheyā sā piṣṭī mṛditā kāryā kasmāt abhiṣavayogāt saṃmardanayogāt kena saha sūtakabhasmavareṇa saha sūtakasya yadbhasmavaraṃ tena sā piṣṭī garbhe dravati caśabdājjarati ca //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 58.2, 2.0 evaṃ
amunā prakāreṇa vidhinārthād upadeśena pakvaṃ yadbījavaraṃ tathā pūrvasaṃskṛtaḥ sūtarāṭ pāradaḥ amlena jambīrādinā saṃsvedyaḥ svedākhyo vidhiḥ kartavyaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 58.2, 20.0 evaṃ
amunā prakāreṇa garbhe rasodare jarati niḥśeṣatvaṃ rasodare prāpnoti ca punargarbhadrutyā rahitaṃ draveṇa varjitaṃ bījavaraṃ biḍairjarati drutabījamāraṇasamartho biḍa ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 6, 3.1, 11.0 amunā krameṇeti uktaprakāreṇa tribhistribhirdivasaiḥ tribhiḥ saṃkhyākairdivasaiḥ grāse jāte anyagrāsaḥ kriyate garbhadrutagrāsaḥ kriyate garbhadrutagrāsaḥ tridivasairjaratīti bhāvaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 6, 7.2, 9.0 kathaṃ yathā na hīyate nāśaṃ nāpnuyāt atyauṣṇyāt vā kāṃsyatāmranāgavaṅgakanakatārapātrāt vā dṛḍhakaraghātād raso hīna eva syāt
ato'sau pāradas tāvan saṃmardyo yāvallagnakāñjikaṃ rasasaṃsargasauvīraṃ śuṣyati niḥśeṣatāṃ yātītyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 6, 7.2, 11.0 itthaṃ
amunā prakāreṇa karamardanataḥ hastatalamardanataḥ sunirmalībhūto malarahitaḥ śoṣitajalo rasaścaturguṇena vastreṇa kṛtvā pānasyopari pīḍyaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 7, 9.2, 2.0 ādau prathamaṃ sūtasya rasasyāṣṭamāṃśena pūrvanirmitaṃ viḍaṃ adharottaraṃ adha uparibhāgaṃ ca dattvā evaṃ
amunā prakāreṇa jāraṇaṃ kuryāt punaḥ kramyate aneneti kramo biḍarūpaḥ tatkramaḥ paraṃparā tasmāt agniṃ vivardhayet karmakṛt ityadhyāhāraḥ vāraṃvāraṃ biḍasaṃprayogādagnirvardhate //
MuA zu RHT, 10, 6.2, 2.0 tadrasavaikrāntakaṃ sattvaṃ hemnā samaṃ svarṇena samabhāgaṃ dvandvānvitaṃ sat dvandvamelāpakauṣadhasahitaṃ sat
evamamunā vidhānena milati rase iti śeṣaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 11, 12.2, 3.0 evamamunā prakāreṇa yathā dhātunirvāhaṇavidhistathā bījānāṃ rase nirvāhaṇaṃ kuryāt sarvabījanirvāhaṇe abhrakasatvaṃ prathamaṃ nirvāhyamiti jñeyam //
MuA zu RHT, 12, 10.2, 1.0 evam
amunā vidhinā raviśaśitīkṣṇaiḥ saha ravistāmraṃ śaśī rūpyaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ lohajātiḥ etaiḥ sārdhaṃ gaganādisatvāni abhrādīnāṃ sārāṇi milantīti yugmam //
MuA zu RHT, 14, 9.1, 1.0 rasabandhakaraṃ pāradabandhapradaṃ ca punaḥ tālakaṃ haritālaṃ sūto rasaḥ tenāpi niyāmakauṣadhibhiśca śatāvaryādibhiḥ pūrvoktābhir guṭikāṃ kṛtvā nigṛhya dhūmaṃ rundhitadhūmaṃ yathā syāttathā sudhiyā matimatā rasajñena
evamamunā vidhinā rasamāraṇaṃ kāryaṃ pāradabandhaḥ kārya ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 14, 12.2, 5.0 mūṣādhṛtaparpaṭikā mūṣāyāṃ yā parpaṭikā pūrvoktalohaparpaṭikā sā nigūḍhasudṛḍhena
nigūḍhaścāsau sudṛḍhaśca tena mūlakādikṣārabiḍena kṛtvā madhye svāntaḥ ācchādya dhmātaṃ kriyate punas tadūdhmātaṃ sat khoṭaṃ gacchati khoṭatvamāpnoti //
MuA zu RHT, 15, 13.2, 3.0 kasmāt nityaṃ yathā syāttathā guñjāmātropayogataḥ dinaṃ dinaṃ prati raktikāparimāṇasya rasasya
yo'sau upayogastena //
MuA zu RHT, 17, 2.2, 3.0 annaṃ godhūmādikaṃ vā dravyaṃ auṣadhaṃ anupānena saha jalādinā sārdhaṃ dhātuṣu māṃsādiṣu saptasu kramate vyāpnoti tathā
amunā vakṣyamāṇavidhānena krāmaṇayogāt krāmaṇāya yogaḥ kunaṭīmākṣikaviṣādis tataḥ sūtarājo loharūpyādiṣu viśati bāhyābhyantaraṃ vidhyatītyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 59.1, 1.0 pādādijīrṇasūte pādādinā pādārdhasamānadinā jīrṇo
yo'sau sūtaḥ tasmin hemakṛṣṭīnāṃ patrāṇi kaluṣakanakānāṃ patrāṇi lihyāt krāmaṇayogena lepayedityāgāmiślokāt //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 76.2, 1.0 evaṃ
amunā prakāreṇa śāstravidhijñena śāstrasya vidhiṃ jānātīti saḥ tena karmanipuṇena saṃskārapravīṇena kuśalena kartrā gurūpadeśaṃ gururuktalakṣaṇo granthādau tasya upadeśaṃ jñātvā vedhavidhānaṃ kartavyam ityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 7.2, 6.2 amunā vakṣyamāṇavirecanena yāvakādinā śuddhaśarīraḥ san parihatasaṃsargadoṣabalī bhavati saṃsargeṇa ye doṣāḥ śarīrābhyantarāste saṃsargadoṣāḥ te parihatā jitā yena saḥ parihatasaṃsargadoṣaḥ tena balī balayuktaḥ doṣanivṛttau guṇapravṛttir ityavaśyam //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 7.2, 7.0 kiṃ kṛtvā parihatadoṣaḥ
amunā payasā uṣṇodakena yāvakaṃ alaktaṃ pītvā śuddho bhavedityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 33.2, 4.0 itthamamunā prakāreṇa ślakṣṇam añjanasannibhaṃ yathā syāt tathā ghanasatvakāntaṃ kṛtvā punarlohaghanaṃ lohaṃ muṇḍādi ghanaṃ abhrasatvaṃ etadubhayaṃ vividhakāntalohacūrṇasamaṃ vividhā nānājātayaḥ ayaskāntabhedāḥ teṣāṃ cūrṇaṃ tatsamaṃ kṛtvā bhṛṅgeṇa ca bahuśo'nekavāraṃ sādhayedbhāvayedityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 39.2, 3.0 uparasabaddhe rase uparasair gandhādibhiḥ aṣṭabhiḥ baddho bandhanam āpanno
yo'sau rasaḥ tasmin bhukte sati bhokturaṅgāni hastapādādīni sphuṭanti //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 42.2, 2.0 iti kiṃ hemaniyojitasūtaṃ dhārayet hemnā saha niyojito miśrito yaḥ sūtaḥ taṃ kāntamaṇiḥ
kāntaścāsau maṇiśca vā kāntamaṇiḥ kāntasaṃjñako maṇiḥ ca punaḥ vividhaguṭikāḥ vividhāśca tā guṭikāśceti //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 64.2, 6.0 evamamunā prakāreṇa rasasaṃsiddhaḥ puruṣaḥ rasaḥ pāradaḥ saṃsiddhaḥ samyak siddho yasya vā rasena saṃsiddhaḥ jarāmaraṇavarjito bhavati vṛddhatvavyādhirahita ityarthaḥ guṇavāṃśca bhavati guṇā medhādayaḥ //
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 8, 52.2, 2.0 pataṅgīkalkataḥ pataṅgīkalkāntar ityarthaḥ katiciddināni sthitvā lauhaṃ tāraṃ ceti śeṣaḥ tatra lauhe viśeṣataḥ tāre ca yā hematā svarṇasādṛśyaṃ jātā
asau hematā cullakā yāti cullakā iti saṃjñāṃ labhate ityarthaḥ iti matā //
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 8, 52.2, 7.0 tathā
asau lauhatārayor hematā katiciddināni sthitvā pataṅgīkalke ityāśayaḥ cullakā yāti cullaketyākhyayā khyātiṃ yātītyarthaḥ //
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 8, 68.2, 2.0 jalasaindhavābhyāṃ saha kumbhamadhye divasatrayaṃ rasasya yā āsthāpanī ā samyak sthāpanī ṣaṇḍhadoṣanāśanapūrvakaṃ svavīrye sthāpanakāriṇī kriyeti śeṣaḥ
asau sthitiḥ sthāpanaṃ rodhanamityucyate //
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 8, 71.2, 2.0 iyanmānasya etāvatparimāṇasya sūtasya saṃbandhavivakṣayā ṣaṣṭhī iyanmite sūte ityarthaḥ yā iyatī mitiḥ etāvatparimāṇaṃ bhojyadravyāṇām iti śeṣaḥ iti ucyate bhojyadravyātmikā grasanīyasvarṇādidravyāṇāṃ mānanirdeśarūpā
asau uktiḥ grāsamānaṃ samīritam iyanmānaḥ sūtaḥ iyanmānaṃ svarṇādidravyaṃ grasituṃ samarthaḥ evaṃrūpamānanirdeśaḥ grāsamānaṃ jñeyam //
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 79.2, 3.0 tena prakāśamūṣāsvapi sthito'gnisahaḥ pārado dhmānena kaṭhinaṃ mṛdu sarvaṃ lohādi yadā bhunakti
asau mahāmukhavān ityucyate //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 11, 70.2, 2.0 bhasmīkṛtānāṃ śaṅkhaśuktyādīnāṃ vṛkṣakṣārādīnāṃ ca mūṣāṃ kṛtvā tatsaṃpuṭe pāradaṃ prakṣipya saṃpuṭitaḥ pārado laghupuṭadānena bhasmībhavatīti kṣārabandho
'sāvagnidīptyādikṛd bhavet //
Rasataraṅgiṇī
RTar, 2, 27.2 kajjalābho yadā
jāyate'sau tadā nāmataḥ kovidaiḥ kajjalītyucyate //
Rasikasaṃjīvanī
RSaṃjīv zu AmaruŚ, 36.2, 1.0 kiṃ nu śayitā utasviduparataiva athavāntaḥkaraṇe'bhedaṃ prāptā āhosvid dravatāṃ yayau
ityamunā saṃdehenānirvacanīyāvasthā //
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 1, 150.1 yaścāsau yaśaskāmo nāma bodhisattvo 'bhūt kausīdyaprāptaḥ tvameva ajita sa tena kālena tena samayena yaśaskāmo nāma bodhisattvo 'bhūt kausīdyaprāptaḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 173.2 adhyavasitā
hyamī sattvāḥ pañcasu kāmaguṇeṣu traidhātukaratyām //
SDhPS, 4, 27.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣa āhāracīvaraparyeṣṭihetor grāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānīṣu paryaṭamāno 'nupūrveṇa
yatrāsau puruṣo bahudhanahiraṇyasuvarṇakośakoṣṭhāgāras tasyaiva pitā vasati tannagaramanuprāpto bhavet //
SDhPS, 4, 72.2 gacchatāṃ bhavantau yo
'sau puruṣa ihāgato 'bhūt taṃ yuvāṃ dviguṇayā divasamudrayā ātmavacanenaiva bharayitveha mama niveśane karma kārāpayethām //
SDhPS, 5, 152.2 amī sattvāḥ pūrvaṃ kuśalaṃ kṛtvā mandadveṣāstīvrarāgā mandarāgāstīvradveṣāḥ kecidalpaprajñāḥ kecit paṇḍitāḥ kecitparipākaśuddhāḥ kecinmithyādṛṣṭayaḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 210.2 sattvā
amī kasya cāyaṃ prabhāvas tadbrūhi pṛṣṭo naradeva tvametat //
SDhPS, 11, 211.2 yacchrutvāmī bodhaye jātacittāḥ sarvajñatve niścitaṃ labdhagādhāḥ //
SDhPS, 14, 99.2 kathaṃ nāma bhagavatā anena kṣaṇavihāreṇa alpena kālāntareṇa
amī etāvanto bodhisattvā mahāsattvā asaṃkhyeyāḥ samādāpitāḥ paripācitāśca anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau //
SDhPS, 16, 46.1 tadyathā dānapāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ virahitaḥ prajñāpāramitayā yena ca ajita kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā imaṃ tathāgatāyuṣpramāṇanirdeśaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ śrutvā ekacittotpādikāpyadhimuktirutpāditā abhiśraddadhānatā vā kṛtāsya puṇyābhisaṃskārasya kuśalābhisaṃskārasya
asau paurvakaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ kuśalābhisaṃskāraḥ pañcapāramitāpratisaṃyukto 'ṣṭakalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrapariniṣpannaḥ śatatamīmapi kalāṃ nopayāti sahasratamīmapi śatasahasratamīmapi koṭīśatasahasratamīmapi koṭīnayutasahasratamīmapi koṭīnayutaśatasahasratamīmapi kalāṃ nopayāti saṃkhyāmapi kalāmapi gaṇanāmapi upamāmapi upanisāmapi na kṣamate //
SDhPS, 17, 7.1 atha khalvajita yo
'sau pañcāśattamaḥ puruṣo bhavet paraṃparāśravānumodakas tasyāpi tāvadahamajita kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā anumodanāsahagataṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāram abhinirdekṣyāmi //
SDhPS, 17, 29.1 asya anumodanāsahagatasya ajita puṇyābhisaṃskārasya kuśalamūlābhisaṃskārasya anumodanāsahagatasya agrataḥ
asau paurviko dānasahagataśca arhattvapratiṣṭhāpanāsahagataśca puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatatamīmapi kalāṃ nopayāti sahasratamīmapi śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīmapi koṭīsahasratamīmapi koṭīśatasahasratamīmapi koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīmapi kalāṃ nopayāti //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 1, 51.2 pātuṃ punar viśvam
asau svakāryaṃ bheje tanūs taṃ praṇamāmi kṛṣṇam //
SātT, 2, 3.2 dharmaṃ tathā bhagavatā kathitaṃ viśeṣaśiṣyeṣv
asau paramanirvṛtim ādadhānam //
SātT, 2, 21.2 śrīsatyasena iti durjanayakṣarakṣān yas tān apāharad
asau suranāthamitraḥ //
SātT, 2, 44.2 brahmaṇya indrahasitān samidaṃśuhastān gurvarcanāya kṛpayāvad
amūn prapannān //
SātT, 2, 68.1 goptā bhaviṣyati
jagajjanadhārayāsau bhūtvā śrutendrasahito bhagavān apāraḥ /
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 15, 7.1 kutrāpi dhattūrakabījaṃ kṣiptvā tad vā bhakṣati tadā tadguṇādiphalaṃ labhyate
asau cauraḥ iti /
UḍḍT, 15, 7.4 jale sādhunāma pattrayuktamṛttikā ca jale majjati tataḥ spṛṣṭvā kriyate
asau cauraḥ iti /
Yogaratnākara
YRā, Dh., 222.2 līno bhavetsarvasamṛddhidāyī
virājate'sau nitarāṃ rasendraḥ //
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 14, 17.0 asāv asāv iti nāmanī yajamānasya abhivyāhṛtya uttarāṃ devayajyām āśāste bhūyo haviṣkaraṇam āśāsta āyur āśāste suprajāstvam āśāste divyaṃ dhāma āśāste //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 14, 17.0 asāv
asāv iti nāmanī yajamānasya abhivyāhṛtya uttarāṃ devayajyām āśāste bhūyo haviṣkaraṇam āśāsta āyur āśāste suprajāstvam āśāste divyaṃ dhāma āśāste //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 2, 12, 10.0 tato 'si tantur asy anu mā saṃtanuhi prajayā paśubhī rāyaspoṣeṇa suprajāstvena suvīryeṇa mānuṣas tantur asy anu mā rabhasva mā tvaṃ mad vyavacchitthā
asāv iti jyeṣṭhasya putrasya nāmābhivyāhṛtya yāvanto vā bhavanti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 4, 2.4 ity ulmukam unmṛṣṭasya dakṣiṇārdhe nidhāya mūle kuśān sakṛllūnān unmṛṣṭe
nidhāyāsāvavanenikṣva ye ca tvām atrānv iti pitur nāmādiśya kuśeṣv apo niṣiñcaty avācīnapāṇinā //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 9, 4.0 prajāpater bhāgo 'sy ūrjasvān payasvān akṣitir asi mā me kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmiṃlloka iha cety anvāhāryam abhimṛśya //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 11, 3.0 sadasi san me bhūyāḥ sarvam asi sarvaṃ me bhūyāḥ pūrṇam asi pūrṇaṃ me bhūyā akṣitir asi mā me kṣeṣṭhā
amutrāmuṣmiṃlloka iha ceti pūrṇapātram abhimṛśya diśo vyudukṣati //